kinetica.Kinetica Class Reference

API to talk to Kinetica Database More...

Classes
class	Options
	Connection Options More...

Public Member Functions
	Kinetica (string url_str, Options? options=null)
	API Constructor More...
void	AddTableType (string table_name, Type obj_type)
	Given a table name, add its record type to enable proper encoding of records for insertion or updates. More...
void	SetKineticaSourceClassToTypeMapping (Type? objectType, KineticaType kineticaType)
	Saves an object class type to a KineticaType association. More...
void	DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingRecordType< T > (KineticaType record_type, IList< byte[]> records_binary, IList< T > records)
	Given a KineticaType object for a certain record type, decode binary data into distinct records (objects). More...
void	DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T > (string schema_string, IList< byte[]> records_binary, IList< T > records)
	Given a schema string for a certain record type, decode binary data into distinct records (objects). More...
void	DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T > (IList< string > schema_strings, IList< IList< byte[]>> lists_records_binary, IList< IList< T >> record_lists)
	Given a list of schema strings, decode binary data into distinct records (objects). More...
void	DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T > (IList< string > type_ids, IList< byte[]> records_binary, IList< T > records)
	Given IDs of records types registered with Kinetica, decode binary data into distinct records (objects). More...
void	DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T > (IList< string > type_ids, IList< IList< byte[]>> lists_records_binary, IList< IList< T >> record_lists)
	Given IDs of records types registered with Kinetica, decode binary data into distinct records (objects). More...
AdminAddHostResponse	adminAddHost (AdminAddHostRequest request_)
	Adds a host to an existing cluster. More...
AdminAddHostResponse	adminAddHost (string host_address, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Adds a host to an existing cluster. More...
AdminAddRanksResponse	adminAddRanks (AdminAddRanksRequest request_)
	Add one or more ranks to an existing Kinetica cluster. More...
AdminAddRanksResponse	adminAddRanks (IList< string > hosts, IList< IDictionary< string, string >> config_params, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Add one or more ranks to an existing Kinetica cluster. More...
AdminAlterHostResponse	adminAlterHost (AdminAlterHostRequest request_)
	Alter properties on an existing host in the cluster. More...
AdminAlterHostResponse	adminAlterHost (string host, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alter properties on an existing host in the cluster. More...
AdminAlterJobsResponse	adminAlterJobs (AdminAlterJobsRequest request_)
	Perform the requested action on a list of one or more job(s). More...
AdminAlterJobsResponse	adminAlterJobs (IList< long > job_ids, string action, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Perform the requested action on a list of one or more job(s). More...
AdminBackupBeginResponse	adminBackupBegin (AdminBackupBeginRequest request_)
	Prepares the system for a backup by closing all open file handles after allowing current active jobs to complete. More...
AdminBackupBeginResponse	adminBackupBegin (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Prepares the system for a backup by closing all open file handles after allowing current active jobs to complete. More...
AdminBackupEndResponse	adminBackupEnd (AdminBackupEndRequest request_)
	Restores the system to normal operating mode after a backup has completed, allowing any queries that were blocked to complete. More...
AdminBackupEndResponse	adminBackupEnd (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Restores the system to normal operating mode after a backup has completed, allowing any queries that were blocked to complete. More...
AdminHaRefreshResponse	adminHaRefresh (AdminHaRefreshRequest request_)
	Restarts the HA processing on the given cluster as a mechanism of accepting breaking HA conf changes. More...
AdminHaRefreshResponse	adminHaRefresh (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Restarts the HA processing on the given cluster as a mechanism of accepting breaking HA conf changes. More...
AdminOfflineResponse	adminOffline (AdminOfflineRequest request_)
	Take the system offline. More...
AdminOfflineResponse	adminOffline (bool offline, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Take the system offline. More...
AdminRebalanceResponse	adminRebalance (AdminRebalanceRequest request_)
	Rebalance the data in the cluster so that all nodes contain an equal number of records approximately and/or rebalance the shards to be equally distributed (as much as possible) across all the ranks. More...
AdminRebalanceResponse	adminRebalance (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Rebalance the data in the cluster so that all nodes contain an equal number of records approximately and/or rebalance the shards to be equally distributed (as much as possible) across all the ranks. More...
AdminRemoveHostResponse	adminRemoveHost (AdminRemoveHostRequest request_)
	Removes a host from an existing cluster. More...
AdminRemoveHostResponse	adminRemoveHost (string host, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Removes a host from an existing cluster. More...
AdminRemoveRanksResponse	adminRemoveRanks (AdminRemoveRanksRequest request_)
	Remove one or more ranks from an existing Kinetica cluster. More...
AdminRemoveRanksResponse	adminRemoveRanks (IList< string > ranks, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Remove one or more ranks from an existing Kinetica cluster. More...
AdminRepairTableResponse	adminRepairTable (AdminRepairTableRequest request_)
	Manually repair a corrupted table.Returns information about affected tables. More...
AdminRepairTableResponse	adminRepairTable (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Manually repair a corrupted table.Returns information about affected tables. More...
AdminShowAlertsResponse	adminShowAlerts (AdminShowAlertsRequest request_)
	Requests a list of the most recent alerts.Returns lists of alert data, including timestamp and type. More...
AdminShowAlertsResponse	adminShowAlerts (int num_alerts, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Requests a list of the most recent alerts.Returns lists of alert data, including timestamp and type. More...
AdminShowClusterOperationsResponse	adminShowClusterOperations (AdminShowClusterOperationsRequest request_)
	Requests the detailed status of the current operation (by default) or a prior cluster operation specified by history_index.Returns details on the requested cluster operation. More...
AdminShowClusterOperationsResponse	adminShowClusterOperations (int history_index=0, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Requests the detailed status of the current operation (by default) or a prior cluster operation specified by history_index .Returns details on the requested cluster operation. More...
AdminShowJobsResponse	adminShowJobs (AdminShowJobsRequest request_)
	Get a list of the current jobs in GPUdb. More...
AdminShowJobsResponse	adminShowJobs (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Get a list of the current jobs in GPUdb. More...
AdminShowShardsResponse	adminShowShards (AdminShowShardsRequest request_)
	Show the mapping of shards to the corresponding rank and tom. More...
AdminShowShardsResponse	adminShowShards (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Show the mapping of shards to the corresponding rank and tom. More...
AdminShutdownResponse	adminShutdown (AdminShutdownRequest request_)
	Exits the database server application. More...
AdminShutdownResponse	adminShutdown (string exit_type, string authorization, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Exits the database server application. More...
AdminSwitchoverResponse	adminSwitchover (AdminSwitchoverRequest request_)
	Manually switch over one or more processes to another host. More...
AdminSwitchoverResponse	adminSwitchover (IList< string > processes, IList< string > destinations, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Manually switch over one or more processes to another host. More...
AdminVerifyDbResponse	adminVerifyDb (AdminVerifyDbRequest request_)
	Verify database is in a consistent state. More...
AdminVerifyDbResponse	adminVerifyDb (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Verify database is in a consistent state. More...
AggregateConvexHullResponse	aggregateConvexHull (AggregateConvexHullRequest request_)
	Calculates and returns the convex hull for the values in a table specified by table_name. More...
AggregateConvexHullResponse	aggregateConvexHull (string table_name, string x_column_name, string y_column_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates and returns the convex hull for the values in a table specified by table_name . More...
AggregateGroupByResponse	aggregateGroupBy (AggregateGroupByRequest request_)
	Calculates unique combinations (groups) of values for the given columns in a given table or view and computes aggregates on each unique combination. More...
AggregateGroupByResponse	aggregateGroupBy (string table_name, IList< string > column_names, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates unique combinations (groups) of values for the given columns in a given table or view and computes aggregates on each unique combination. More...
AggregateHistogramResponse	aggregateHistogram (AggregateHistogramRequest request_)
	Performs a histogram calculation given a table, a column, and an interval function. More...
AggregateHistogramResponse	aggregateHistogram (string table_name, string column_name, double start, double end, double interval, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Performs a histogram calculation given a table, a column, and an interval function. More...
AggregateKMeansResponse	aggregateKMeans (AggregateKMeansRequest request_)
	This endpoint runs the k-means algorithm - a heuristic algorithm that attempts to do k-means clustering. More...
AggregateKMeansResponse	aggregateKMeans (string table_name, IList< string > column_names, int k, double tolerance, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	This endpoint runs the k-means algorithm - a heuristic algorithm that attempts to do k-means clustering. More...
AggregateMinMaxResponse	aggregateMinMax (AggregateMinMaxRequest request_)
	Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum values of a particular column in a table. More...
AggregateMinMaxResponse	aggregateMinMax (string table_name, string column_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum values of a particular column in a table. More...
AggregateMinMaxGeometryResponse	aggregateMinMaxGeometry (AggregateMinMaxGeometryRequest request_)
	Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum x- and y-coordinates of a particular geospatial geometry column in a table. More...
AggregateMinMaxGeometryResponse	aggregateMinMaxGeometry (string table_name, string column_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum x- and y-coordinates of a particular geospatial geometry column in a table. More...
AggregateStatisticsResponse	aggregateStatistics (AggregateStatisticsRequest request_)
	Calculates the requested statistics of the given column(s) in a given table. More...
AggregateStatisticsResponse	aggregateStatistics (string table_name, string column_name, string stats, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates the requested statistics of the given column(s) in a given table. More...
AggregateStatisticsByRangeResponse	aggregateStatisticsByRange (AggregateStatisticsByRangeRequest request_)
	Divides the given set into bins and calculates statistics of the values of a value-column in each bin. More...
AggregateStatisticsByRangeResponse	aggregateStatisticsByRange (string table_name, string select_expression, string column_name, string value_column_name, string stats, double start, double end, double interval, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Divides the given set into bins and calculates statistics of the values of a value-column in each bin. More...
AggregateUniqueResponse	aggregateUnique (AggregateUniqueRequest request_)
	Returns all the unique values from a particular column (specified by column_name) of a particular table or view (specified by table_name). More...
AggregateUniqueResponse	aggregateUnique (string table_name, string column_name, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Returns all the unique values from a particular column (specified by column_name ) of a particular table or view (specified by table_name ). More...
AggregateUnpivotResponse	aggregateUnpivot (AggregateUnpivotRequest request_)
	Rotate the column values into rows values. More...
AggregateUnpivotResponse	aggregateUnpivot (string table_name, IList< string > column_names, string variable_column_name, string value_column_name, IList< string > pivoted_columns, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Rotate the column values into rows values. More...
AlterCredentialResponse	alterCredential (AlterCredentialRequest request_)
	Alter the properties of an existing credential. More...
AlterCredentialResponse	alterCredential (string credential_name, IDictionary< string, string > credential_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options)
	Alter the properties of an existing credential. More...
AlterDatasinkResponse	alterDatasink (AlterDatasinkRequest request_)
	Alters the properties of an existing data sink More...
AlterDatasinkResponse	alterDatasink (string name, IDictionary< string, string > datasink_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options)
	Alters the properties of an existing data sink More...
AlterDatasourceResponse	alterDatasource (AlterDatasourceRequest request_)
	Alters the properties of an existing data source More...
AlterDatasourceResponse	alterDatasource (string name, IDictionary< string, string > datasource_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options)
	Alters the properties of an existing data source More...
AlterDirectoryResponse	alterDirectory (AlterDirectoryRequest request_)
	Alters an existing directory in KiFS. More...
AlterDirectoryResponse	alterDirectory (string directory_name, IDictionary< string, string > directory_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters an existing directory in KiFS. More...
AlterEnvironmentResponse	alterEnvironment (AlterEnvironmentRequest request_)
	Alters an existing environment which can be referenced by a user-defined function (UDF). More...
AlterEnvironmentResponse	alterEnvironment (string environment_name, string action, string _value, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters an existing environment which can be referenced by a user-defined function (UDF). More...
AlterResourceGroupResponse	alterResourceGroup (AlterResourceGroupRequest request_)
	Alters the properties of an exisiting resource group to facilitate resource management. More...
AlterResourceGroupResponse	alterResourceGroup (string name, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> tier_attributes=null, string ranking=AlterResourceGroupRequest.Ranking.EMPTY_STRING, string adjoining_resource_group="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters the properties of an exisiting resource group to facilitate resource management. More...
AlterRoleResponse	alterRole (AlterRoleRequest request_)
	Alters a Role. More...
AlterRoleResponse	alterRole (string name, string action, string _value, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters a Role. More...
AlterSchemaResponse	alterSchema (AlterSchemaRequest request_)
	Used to change the name of a SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name. More...
AlterSchemaResponse	alterSchema (string schema_name, string action, string _value, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Used to change the name of a SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name . More...
AlterSystemPropertiesResponse	alterSystemProperties (AlterSystemPropertiesRequest request_)
	The alterSystemProperties endpoint is primarily used to simplify the testing of the system and is not expected to be used during normal execution. More...
AlterSystemPropertiesResponse	alterSystemProperties (IDictionary< string, string > property_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	The alterSystemProperties endpoint is primarily used to simplify the testing of the system and is not expected to be used during normal execution. More...
AlterTableResponse	alterTable (AlterTableRequest request_)
	Apply various modifications to a table or view. More...
AlterTableResponse	alterTable (string table_name, string action, string _value, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Apply various modifications to a table or view. More...
AlterTableColumnsResponse	alterTableColumns (AlterTableColumnsRequest request_)
	Apply various modifications to columns in a table, view. More...
AlterTableColumnsResponse	alterTableColumns (string table_name, IList< IDictionary< string, string >> column_alterations, IDictionary< string, string > options)
	Apply various modifications to columns in a table, view. More...
AlterTableMetadataResponse	alterTableMetadata (AlterTableMetadataRequest request_)
	Updates (adds or changes) metadata for tables. More...
AlterTableMetadataResponse	alterTableMetadata (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > metadata_map, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Updates (adds or changes) metadata for tables. More...
AlterTableMonitorResponse	alterTableMonitor (AlterTableMonitorRequest request_)
	Alters a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor. More...
AlterTableMonitorResponse	alterTableMonitor (string topic_id, IDictionary< string, string > monitor_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string > options)
	Alters a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor. More...
AlterTierResponse	alterTier (AlterTierRequest request_)
	Alters properties of an exisiting tier to facilitate resource management. More...
AlterTierResponse	alterTier (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters properties of an exisiting tier to facilitate resource management. More...
AlterUserResponse	alterUser (AlterUserRequest request_)
	Alters a user. More...
AlterUserResponse	alterUser (string name, string action, string _value, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters a user. More...
AlterVideoResponse	alterVideo (AlterVideoRequest request_)
	Alters a video. More...
AlterVideoResponse	alterVideo (string path, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters a video. More...
AlterWalResponse	alterWal (AlterWalRequest request_)
	Alters table wal settings.Returns information about the requested table wal modifications. More...
AlterWalResponse	alterWal (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Alters table wal settings.Returns information about the requested table wal modifications. More...
AppendRecordsResponse	appendRecords (AppendRecordsRequest request_)
	Append (or insert) all records from a source table (specified by source_table_name) to a particular target table (specified by table_name). More...
AppendRecordsResponse	appendRecords (string table_name, string source_table_name, IDictionary< string, string > field_map, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Append (or insert) all records from a source table (specified by source_table_name ) to a particular target table (specified by table_name ). More...
ClearStatisticsResponse	clearStatistics (ClearStatisticsRequest request_)
	Clears statistics (cardinality, mean value, etc.) for a column in a specified table. More...
ClearStatisticsResponse	clearStatistics (string table_name="", string column_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Clears statistics (cardinality, mean value, etc.) for a column in a specified table. More...
ClearTableResponse	clearTable (ClearTableRequest request_)
	Clears (drops) one or all tables in the database cluster. More...
ClearTableResponse	clearTable (string table_name="", string authorization="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Clears (drops) one or all tables in the database cluster. More...
ClearTableMonitorResponse	clearTableMonitor (ClearTableMonitorRequest request_)
	Deactivates a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor. More...
ClearTableMonitorResponse	clearTableMonitor (string topic_id, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deactivates a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor. More...
ClearTriggerResponse	clearTrigger (ClearTriggerRequest request_)
	Clears or cancels the trigger identified by the specified handle. More...
ClearTriggerResponse	clearTrigger (string trigger_id, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Clears or cancels the trigger identified by the specified handle. More...
CollectStatisticsResponse	collectStatistics (CollectStatisticsRequest request_)
	Collect statistics for a column(s) in a specified table. More...
CollectStatisticsResponse	collectStatistics (string table_name, IList< string > column_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Collect statistics for a column(s) in a specified table. More...
CreateCredentialResponse	createCredential (CreateCredentialRequest request_)
	Create a new credential. More...
CreateCredentialResponse	createCredential (string credential_name, string type, string identity, string secret, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Create a new credential. More...
CreateDatasinkResponse	createDatasink (CreateDatasinkRequest request_)
	Creates a data sink, which contains the destination information for a data sink that is external to the database. More...
CreateDatasinkResponse	createDatasink (string name, string destination, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a data sink, which contains the destination information for a data sink that is external to the database. More...
CreateDatasourceResponse	createDatasource (CreateDatasourceRequest request_)
	Creates a data source, which contains the location and connection information for a data store that is external to the database. More...
CreateDatasourceResponse	createDatasource (string name, string location, string user_name, string password, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a data source, which contains the location and connection information for a data store that is external to the database. More...
CreateDirectoryResponse	createDirectory (CreateDirectoryRequest request_)
	Creates a new directory in KiFS. More...
CreateDirectoryResponse	createDirectory (string directory_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new directory in KiFS. More...
CreateEnvironmentResponse	createEnvironment (CreateEnvironmentRequest request_)
	Creates a new environment which can be used by user-defined functions (UDF). More...
CreateEnvironmentResponse	createEnvironment (string environment_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new environment which can be used by user-defined functions (UDF). More...
CreateGraphResponse	createGraph (CreateGraphRequest request_)
	Creates a new graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, and restrictions. More...
CreateGraphResponse	createGraph (string graph_name, bool directed_graph, IList< string > nodes, IList< string > edges, IList< string > weights, IList< string > restrictions, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, and restrictions. More...
CreateJobResponse	createJob (CreateJobRequest request_)
	Create a job which will run asynchronously. More...
CreateJobResponse	createJob (string endpoint, string request_encoding, byte[] data, string data_str, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Create a job which will run asynchronously. More...
CreateJoinTableResponse	createJoinTable (CreateJoinTableRequest request_)
	Creates a table that is the result of a SQL JOIN. More...
CreateJoinTableResponse	createJoinTable (string join_table_name, IList< string > table_names, IList< string > column_names, IList< string > expressions=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a table that is the result of a SQL JOIN. More...
CreateMaterializedViewResponse	createMaterializedView (CreateMaterializedViewRequest request_)
	Initiates the process of creating a materialized view, reserving the view's name to prevent other views or tables from being created with that name. More...
CreateMaterializedViewResponse	createMaterializedView (string table_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Initiates the process of creating a materialized view, reserving the view's name to prevent other views or tables from being created with that name. More...
CreateProcResponse	createProc (CreateProcRequest request_)
	Creates an instance (proc) of the user-defined functions (UDF) specified by the given command, options, and files, and makes it available for execution. More...
CreateProcResponse	createProc (string proc_name, string execution_mode=CreateProcRequest.ExecutionMode.DISTRIBUTED, IDictionary< string, byte[]> files=null, string command="", IList< string > args=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates an instance (proc) of the user-defined functions (UDF) specified by the given command, options, and files, and makes it available for execution. More...
CreateProjectionResponse	createProjection (CreateProjectionRequest request_)
	Creates a new projection of an existing table. More...
CreateProjectionResponse	createProjection (string table_name, string projection_name, IList< string > column_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new projection of an existing table. More...
CreateResourceGroupResponse	createResourceGroup (CreateResourceGroupRequest request_)
	Creates a new resource group to facilitate resource management. More...
CreateResourceGroupResponse	createResourceGroup (string name, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> tier_attributes, string ranking, string adjoining_resource_group="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new resource group to facilitate resource management. More...
CreateRoleResponse	createRole (CreateRoleRequest request_)
	Creates a new role. More...
CreateRoleResponse	createRole (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new role. More...
CreateSchemaResponse	createSchema (CreateSchemaRequest request_)
	Creates a SQL-style schema. More...
CreateSchemaResponse	createSchema (string schema_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a SQL-style schema. More...
CreateTableResponse	createTable (CreateTableRequest request_)
	Creates a new table. More...
CreateTableResponse	createTable (string table_name, string type_id, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new table. More...
CreateTableExternalResponse	createTableExternal (CreateTableExternalRequest request_)
	Creates a new external table, which is a local database object whose source data is located externally to the database. More...
CreateTableExternalResponse	createTableExternal (string table_name, IList< string > filepaths, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> modify_columns=null, IDictionary< string, string > create_table_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new external table, which is a local database object whose source data is located externally to the database. More...
CreateTableMonitorResponse	createTableMonitor (CreateTableMonitorRequest request_)
	Creates a monitor that watches for a single table modification event type (insert, update, or delete) on a particular table (identified by table_name) and forwards event notifications to subscribers via ZMQ. More...
CreateTableMonitorResponse	createTableMonitor (string table_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a monitor that watches for a single table modification event type (insert, update, or delete) on a particular table (identified by table_name ) and forwards event notifications to subscribers via ZMQ. More...
CreateTriggerByAreaResponse	createTriggerByArea (CreateTriggerByAreaRequest request_)
	Sets up an area trigger mechanism for two column_names for one or more tables. More...
CreateTriggerByAreaResponse	createTriggerByArea (string request_id, IList< string > table_names, string x_column_name, IList< double > x_vector, string y_column_name, IList< double > y_vector, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Sets up an area trigger mechanism for two column_names for one or more tables. More...
CreateTriggerByRangeResponse	createTriggerByRange (CreateTriggerByRangeRequest request_)
	Sets up a simple range trigger for a column_name for one or more tables. More...
CreateTriggerByRangeResponse	createTriggerByRange (string request_id, IList< string > table_names, string column_name, double min, double max, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Sets up a simple range trigger for a column_name for one or more tables. More...
CreateTypeResponse	createType (CreateTypeRequest request_)
	Creates a new type describing the layout of a table. More...
CreateTypeResponse	createType (string type_definition, string label, IDictionary< string, IList< string >> properties=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new type describing the layout of a table. More...
CreateUnionResponse	createUnion (CreateUnionRequest request_)
	Merges data from one or more tables with comparable data types into a new table. More...
CreateUnionResponse	createUnion (string table_name, IList< string > table_names, IList< IList< string >> input_column_names, IList< string > output_column_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Merges data from one or more tables with comparable data types into a new table. More...
CreateUserExternalResponse	createUserExternal (CreateUserExternalRequest request_)
	Creates a new external user (a user whose credentials are managed by an external LDAP). More...
CreateUserExternalResponse	createUserExternal (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new external user (a user whose credentials are managed by an external LDAP). More...
CreateUserInternalResponse	createUserInternal (CreateUserInternalRequest request_)
	Creates a new internal user (a user whose credentials are managed by the database system). More...
CreateUserInternalResponse	createUserInternal (string name, string password, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a new internal user (a user whose credentials are managed by the database system). More...
CreateVideoResponse	createVideo (CreateVideoRequest request_)
	Creates a job to generate a sequence of raster images that visualize data over a specified time. More...
CreateVideoResponse	createVideo (string attribute, string begin, double duration_seconds, string end, double frames_per_second, string style, string path, string style_parameters, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Creates a job to generate a sequence of raster images that visualize data over a specified time. More...
DeleteDirectoryResponse	deleteDirectory (DeleteDirectoryRequest request_)
	Deletes a directory from KiFS. More...
DeleteDirectoryResponse	deleteDirectory (string directory_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes a directory from KiFS. More...
DeleteFilesResponse	deleteFiles (DeleteFilesRequest request_)
	Deletes one or more files from KiFS. More...
DeleteFilesResponse	deleteFiles (IList< string > file_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes one or more files from KiFS. More...
DeleteGraphResponse	deleteGraph (DeleteGraphRequest request_)
	Deletes an existing graph from the graph server and/or persist. More...
DeleteGraphResponse	deleteGraph (string graph_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes an existing graph from the graph server and/or persist. More...
DeleteProcResponse	deleteProc (DeleteProcRequest request_)
	Deletes a proc. More...
DeleteProcResponse	deleteProc (string proc_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes a proc. More...
DeleteRecordsResponse	deleteRecords (DeleteRecordsRequest request_)
	Deletes record(s) matching the provided criteria from the given table. More...
DeleteRecordsResponse	deleteRecords (string table_name, IList< string > expressions, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes record(s) matching the provided criteria from the given table. More...
DeleteResourceGroupResponse	deleteResourceGroup (DeleteResourceGroupRequest request_)
	Deletes a resource group. More...
DeleteResourceGroupResponse	deleteResourceGroup (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes a resource group. More...
DeleteRoleResponse	deleteRole (DeleteRoleRequest request_)
	Deletes an existing role. More...
DeleteRoleResponse	deleteRole (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes an existing role. More...
DeleteUserResponse	deleteUser (DeleteUserRequest request_)
	Deletes an existing user. More...
DeleteUserResponse	deleteUser (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Deletes an existing user. More...
DownloadFilesResponse	downloadFiles (DownloadFilesRequest request_)
	Downloads one or more files from KiFS. More...
DownloadFilesResponse	downloadFiles (IList< string > file_names, IList< long > read_offsets, IList< long > read_lengths, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Downloads one or more files from KiFS. More...
DropCredentialResponse	dropCredential (DropCredentialRequest request_)
	Drop an existing credential. More...
DropCredentialResponse	dropCredential (string credential_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Drop an existing credential. More...
DropDatasinkResponse	dropDatasink (DropDatasinkRequest request_)
	Drops an existing data sink. More...
DropDatasinkResponse	dropDatasink (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Drops an existing data sink. More...
DropDatasourceResponse	dropDatasource (DropDatasourceRequest request_)
	Drops an existing data source. More...
DropDatasourceResponse	dropDatasource (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Drops an existing data source. More...
DropEnvironmentResponse	dropEnvironment (DropEnvironmentRequest request_)
	Drop an existing user-defined function (UDF) environment. More...
DropEnvironmentResponse	dropEnvironment (string environment_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Drop an existing user-defined function (UDF) environment. More...
DropSchemaResponse	dropSchema (DropSchemaRequest request_)
	Drops an existing SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name. More...
DropSchemaResponse	dropSchema (string schema_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Drops an existing SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name . More...
ExecuteProcResponse	executeProc (ExecuteProcRequest request_)
	Executes a proc. More...
ExecuteProcResponse	executeProc (string proc_name, IDictionary< string, string > _params=null, IDictionary< string, byte[]> bin_params=null, IList< string > input_table_names=null, IDictionary< string, IList< string >> input_column_names=null, IList< string > output_table_names=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Executes a proc. More...
ExecuteSqlResponse	executeSql (ExecuteSqlRequest request_)
	Execute a SQL statement (query, DML, or DDL). More...
ExecuteSqlResponse	executeSql (string statement, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, string request_schema_str="", IList< byte[]> data=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Execute a SQL statement (query, DML, or DDL). More...
ExportQueryMetricsResponse	exportQueryMetrics (ExportQueryMetricsRequest request_)
	Export query metrics to a given destination.Returns query metrics. More...
ExportQueryMetricsResponse	exportQueryMetrics (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Export query metrics to a given destination.Returns query metrics. More...
ExportRecordsToFilesResponse	exportRecordsToFiles (ExportRecordsToFilesRequest request_)
	Export records from a table to files. More...
ExportRecordsToFilesResponse	exportRecordsToFiles (string table_name, string filepath, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Export records from a table to files. More...
ExportRecordsToTableResponse	exportRecordsToTable (ExportRecordsToTableRequest request_)
	Exports records from source table to the specified target table in an external database More...
ExportRecordsToTableResponse	exportRecordsToTable (string table_name, string remote_query="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Exports records from source table to the specified target table in an external database More...
FilterResponse	filter (FilterRequest request_)
	Filters data based on the specified expression. More...
FilterResponse	filter (string table_name, string view_name, string expression, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Filters data based on the specified expression. More...
FilterByAreaResponse	filterByArea (FilterByAreaRequest request_)
	Calculates which objects from a table are within a named area of interest (NAI/polygon). More...
FilterByAreaResponse	filterByArea (string table_name, string view_name, string x_column_name, IList< double > x_vector, string y_column_name, IList< double > y_vector, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which objects from a table are within a named area of interest (NAI/polygon). More...
FilterByAreaGeometryResponse	filterByAreaGeometry (FilterByAreaGeometryRequest request_)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a named area of interest (NAI/polygon). More...
FilterByAreaGeometryResponse	filterByAreaGeometry (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, IList< double > x_vector, IList< double > y_vector, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a named area of interest (NAI/polygon). More...
FilterByBoxResponse	filterByBox (FilterByBoxRequest request_)
	Calculates how many objects within the given table lie in a rectangular box. More...
FilterByBoxResponse	filterByBox (string table_name, string view_name, string x_column_name, double min_x, double max_x, string y_column_name, double min_y, double max_y, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates how many objects within the given table lie in a rectangular box. More...
FilterByBoxGeometryResponse	filterByBoxGeometry (FilterByBoxGeometryRequest request_)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a rectangular box. More...
FilterByBoxGeometryResponse	filterByBoxGeometry (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, double min_x, double max_x, double min_y, double max_y, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a rectangular box. More...
FilterByGeometryResponse	filterByGeometry (FilterByGeometryRequest request_)
	Applies a geometry filter against a geospatial geometry column in a given table or view. More...
FilterByGeometryResponse	filterByGeometry (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, string input_wkt, string operation, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Applies a geometry filter against a geospatial geometry column in a given table or view. More...
FilterByListResponse	filterByList (FilterByListRequest request_)
	Calculates which records from a table have values in the given list for the corresponding column. More...
FilterByListResponse	filterByList (string table_name, string view_name, IDictionary< string, IList< string >> column_values_map, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which records from a table have values in the given list for the corresponding column. More...
FilterByRadiusResponse	filterByRadius (FilterByRadiusRequest request_)
	Calculates which objects from a table lie within a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e. More...
FilterByRadiusResponse	filterByRadius (string table_name, string view_name, string x_column_name, double x_center, string y_column_name, double y_center, double radius, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which objects from a table lie within a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e. More...
FilterByRadiusGeometryResponse	filterByRadiusGeometry (FilterByRadiusGeometryRequest request_)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e. More...
FilterByRadiusGeometryResponse	filterByRadiusGeometry (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, double x_center, double y_center, double radius, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e. More...
FilterByRangeResponse	filterByRange (FilterByRangeRequest request_)
	Calculates which objects from a table have a column that is within the given bounds. More...
FilterByRangeResponse	filterByRange (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, double lower_bound, double upper_bound, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which objects from a table have a column that is within the given bounds. More...
FilterBySeriesResponse	filterBySeries (FilterBySeriesRequest request_)
	Filters objects matching all points of the given track (works only on track type data). More...
FilterBySeriesResponse	filterBySeries (string table_name, string view_name, string track_id, IList< string > target_track_ids, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Filters objects matching all points of the given track (works only on track type data). More...
FilterByStringResponse	filterByString (FilterByStringRequest request_)
	Calculates which objects from a table or view match a string expression for the given string columns. More...
FilterByStringResponse	filterByString (string table_name, string view_name, string expression, string mode, IList< string > column_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which objects from a table or view match a string expression for the given string columns. More...
FilterByTableResponse	filterByTable (FilterByTableRequest request_)
	Filters objects in one table based on objects in another table. More...
FilterByTableResponse	filterByTable (string table_name, string view_name, string column_name, string source_table_name, string source_table_column_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Filters objects in one table based on objects in another table. More...
FilterByValueResponse	filterByValue (FilterByValueRequest request_)
	Calculates which objects from a table has a particular value for a particular column. More...
FilterByValueResponse	filterByValue (string table_name, string view_name, bool is_string, double _value, string value_str, string column_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Calculates which objects from a table has a particular value for a particular column. More...
GetJobResponse	getJob (GetJobRequest request_)
	Get the status and result of asynchronously running job. More...
GetJobResponse	getJob (long job_id, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Get the status and result of asynchronously running job. More...
GetRecordsResponse< T >	getRecords< T > (GetRecordsRequest request_)
	Retrieves records from a given table, optionally filtered by an expression and/or sorted by a column. More...
GetRecordsResponse< T >	getRecords< T > (string table_name, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves records from a given table, optionally filtered by an expression and/or sorted by a column. More...
GetRecordsByColumnResponse	getRecordsByColumn (GetRecordsByColumnRequest request_)
	For a given table, retrieves the values from the requested column(s). More...
GetRecordsByColumnResponse	getRecordsByColumn (string table_name, IList< string > column_names, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	For a given table, retrieves the values from the requested column(s). More...
GetRecordsBySeriesResponse< T >	getRecordsBySeries< T > (GetRecordsBySeriesRequest request_)
	Retrieves the complete series/track records from the given world_table_name based on the partial track information contained in the table_name. More...
GetRecordsBySeriesResponse< T >	getRecordsBySeries< T > (string table_name, string world_table_name, int offset=0, int limit=250, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves the complete series/track records from the given world_table_name based on the partial track information contained in the table_name . More...
GetRecordsFromCollectionResponse< T >	getRecordsFromCollection< T > (GetRecordsFromCollectionRequest request_)
	Retrieves records from a collection. More...
GetRecordsFromCollectionResponse< T >	getRecordsFromCollection< T > (string table_name, long offset=0, long limit=-9999, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves records from a collection. More...
GrantPermissionResponse	grantPermission (GrantPermissionRequest request_)
	Grant user or role the specified permission on the specified object. More...
GrantPermissionResponse	grantPermission (string principal, string _object, string object_type, string permission, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grant user or role the specified permission on the specified object. More...
GrantPermissionCredentialResponse	grantPermissionCredential (GrantPermissionCredentialRequest request_)
	Grants a credential-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionCredentialResponse	grantPermissionCredential (string name, string permission, string credential_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a credential-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionDatasourceResponse	grantPermissionDatasource (GrantPermissionDatasourceRequest request_)
	Grants a data source permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionDatasourceResponse	grantPermissionDatasource (string name, string permission, string datasource_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a data source permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionDirectoryResponse	grantPermissionDirectory (GrantPermissionDirectoryRequest request_)
	Grants a KiFS directory-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionDirectoryResponse	grantPermissionDirectory (string name, string permission, string directory_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a KiFS directory-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionProcResponse	grantPermissionProc (GrantPermissionProcRequest request_)
	Grants a proc-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionProcResponse	grantPermissionProc (string name, string permission, string proc_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a proc-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionSystemResponse	grantPermissionSystem (GrantPermissionSystemRequest request_)
	Grants a system-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionSystemResponse	grantPermissionSystem (string name, string permission, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a system-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionTableResponse	grantPermissionTable (GrantPermissionTableRequest request_)
	Grants a table-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantPermissionTableResponse	grantPermissionTable (string name, string permission, string table_name, string filter_expression="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants a table-level permission to a user or role. More...
GrantRoleResponse	grantRole (GrantRoleRequest request_)
	Grants membership in a role to a user or role. More...
GrantRoleResponse	grantRole (string role, string member, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Grants membership in a role to a user or role. More...
HasPermissionResponse	hasPermission (HasPermissionRequest request_)
	Checks if the specified user has the specified permission on the specified object. More...
HasPermissionResponse	hasPermission (string principal, string _object, string object_type, string permission, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Checks if the specified user has the specified permission on the specified object. More...
HasProcResponse	hasProc (HasProcRequest request_)
	Checks the existence of a proc with the given name. More...
HasProcResponse	hasProc (string proc_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Checks the existence of a proc with the given name. More...
HasRoleResponse	hasRole (HasRoleRequest request_)
	Checks if the specified user has the specified role. More...
HasRoleResponse	hasRole (string principal, string role, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Checks if the specified user has the specified role. More...
HasSchemaResponse	hasSchema (HasSchemaRequest request_)
	Checks for the existence of a schema with the given name. More...
HasSchemaResponse	hasSchema (string schema_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Checks for the existence of a schema with the given name. More...
HasTableResponse	hasTable (HasTableRequest request_)
	Checks for the existence of a table with the given name. More...
HasTableResponse	hasTable (string table_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Checks for the existence of a table with the given name. More...
HasTypeResponse	hasType (HasTypeRequest request_)
	Check for the existence of a type. More...
HasTypeResponse	hasType (string type_id, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Check for the existence of a type. More...
InsertRecordsResponse	insertRecordsRaw (RawInsertRecordsRequest request_)
	Adds multiple records to the specified table. More...
InsertRecordsResponse	insertRecords< T > (InsertRecordsRequest< T > request_)
	Adds multiple records to the specified table. More...
InsertRecordsResponse	insertRecords< T > (string table_name, IList< T > data, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Adds multiple records to the specified table. More...
InsertRecordsFromFilesResponse	insertRecordsFromFiles (InsertRecordsFromFilesRequest request_)
	Reads from one or more files and inserts the data into a new or existing table. More...
InsertRecordsFromFilesResponse	insertRecordsFromFiles (string table_name, IList< string > filepaths, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> modify_columns=null, IDictionary< string, string > create_table_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Reads from one or more files and inserts the data into a new or existing table. More...
InsertRecordsFromPayloadResponse	insertRecordsFromPayload (InsertRecordsFromPayloadRequest request_)
	Reads from the given text-based or binary payload and inserts the data into a new or existing table. More...
InsertRecordsFromPayloadResponse	insertRecordsFromPayload (string table_name, string data_text, byte[] data_bytes, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> modify_columns=null, IDictionary< string, string > create_table_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Reads from the given text-based or binary payload and inserts the data into a new or existing table. More...
InsertRecordsFromQueryResponse	insertRecordsFromQuery (InsertRecordsFromQueryRequest request_)
	Computes remote query result and inserts the result data into a new or existing table More...
InsertRecordsFromQueryResponse	insertRecordsFromQuery (string table_name, string remote_query, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >> modify_columns=null, IDictionary< string, string > create_table_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Computes remote query result and inserts the result data into a new or existing table More...
InsertRecordsRandomResponse	insertRecordsRandom (InsertRecordsRandomRequest request_)
	Generates a specified number of random records and adds them to the given table. More...
InsertRecordsRandomResponse	insertRecordsRandom (string table_name, long count, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, double >> options=null)
	Generates a specified number of random records and adds them to the given table. More...
InsertSymbolResponse	insertSymbol (InsertSymbolRequest request_)
	Adds a symbol or icon (i.e. More...
InsertSymbolResponse	insertSymbol (string symbol_id, string symbol_format, byte[] symbol_data, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Adds a symbol or icon (i.e. More...
KillProcResponse	killProc (KillProcRequest request_)
	Kills a running proc instance. More...
KillProcResponse	killProc (string run_id="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Kills a running proc instance. More...
LockTableResponse	lockTable (LockTableRequest request_)
	Manages global access to a table's data. More...
LockTableResponse	lockTable (string table_name, string lock_type=LockTableRequest.LockType.STATUS, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Manages global access to a table's data. More...
MatchGraphResponse	matchGraph (MatchGraphRequest request_)
	Matches a directed route implied by a given set of latitude/longitude points to an existing underlying road network graph using a given solution type. More...
MatchGraphResponse	matchGraph (string graph_name, IList< string > sample_points, string solve_method=MatchGraphRequest.SolveMethod.MARKOV_CHAIN, string solution_table="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Matches a directed route implied by a given set of latitude/longitude points to an existing underlying road network graph using a given solution type. More...
MergeRecordsResponse	mergeRecords (MergeRecordsRequest request_)
	Create a new empty result table (specified by table_name), and insert all records from source tables (specified by source_table_names) based on the field mapping information (specified by field_maps). More...
MergeRecordsResponse	mergeRecords (string table_name, IList< string > source_table_names, IList< IDictionary< string, string >> field_maps, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Create a new empty result table (specified by table_name ), and insert all records from source tables (specified by source_table_names ) based on the field mapping information (specified by field_maps ). More...
ModifyGraphResponse	modifyGraph (ModifyGraphRequest request_)
	Update an existing graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, restrictions, and options. More...
ModifyGraphResponse	modifyGraph (string graph_name, IList< string > nodes, IList< string > edges, IList< string > weights, IList< string > restrictions, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Update an existing graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, restrictions, and options. More...
QueryGraphResponse	queryGraph (QueryGraphRequest request_)
	Employs a topological query on a graph generated a-priori by createGraph and returns a list of adjacent edge(s) or node(s), also known as an adjacency list, depending on what's been provided to the endpoint; providing edges will return nodes and providing nodes will return edges. More...
QueryGraphResponse	queryGraph (string graph_name, IList< string > queries, IList< string > restrictions=null, string adjacency_table="", int rings=1, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Employs a topological query on a graph generated a-priori by createGraph and returns a list of adjacent edge(s) or node(s), also known as an adjacency list, depending on what's been provided to the endpoint; providing edges will return nodes and providing nodes will return edges. More...
RepartitionGraphResponse	repartitionGraph (RepartitionGraphRequest request_)
	Rebalances an existing partitioned graph. More...
RepartitionGraphResponse	repartitionGraph (string graph_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Rebalances an existing partitioned graph. More...
RevokePermissionResponse	revokePermission (RevokePermissionRequest request_)
	Revoke user or role the specified permission on the specified object. More...
RevokePermissionResponse	revokePermission (string principal, string _object, string object_type, string permission, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revoke user or role the specified permission on the specified object. More...
RevokePermissionCredentialResponse	revokePermissionCredential (RevokePermissionCredentialRequest request_)
	Revokes a credential-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionCredentialResponse	revokePermissionCredential (string name, string permission, string credential_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a credential-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionDatasourceResponse	revokePermissionDatasource (RevokePermissionDatasourceRequest request_)
	Revokes a data source permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionDatasourceResponse	revokePermissionDatasource (string name, string permission, string datasource_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a data source permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionDirectoryResponse	revokePermissionDirectory (RevokePermissionDirectoryRequest request_)
	Revokes a KiFS directory-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionDirectoryResponse	revokePermissionDirectory (string name, string permission, string directory_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a KiFS directory-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionProcResponse	revokePermissionProc (RevokePermissionProcRequest request_)
	Revokes a proc-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionProcResponse	revokePermissionProc (string name, string permission, string proc_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a proc-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionSystemResponse	revokePermissionSystem (RevokePermissionSystemRequest request_)
	Revokes a system-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionSystemResponse	revokePermissionSystem (string name, string permission, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a system-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionTableResponse	revokePermissionTable (RevokePermissionTableRequest request_)
	Revokes a table-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokePermissionTableResponse	revokePermissionTable (string name, string permission, string table_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes a table-level permission from a user or role. More...
RevokeRoleResponse	revokeRole (RevokeRoleRequest request_)
	Revokes membership in a role from a user or role. More...
RevokeRoleResponse	revokeRole (string role, string member, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Revokes membership in a role from a user or role. More...
ShowCredentialResponse	showCredential (ShowCredentialRequest request_)
	Shows information about a specified credential or all credentials. More...
ShowCredentialResponse	showCredential (string credential_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about a specified credential or all credentials. More...
ShowDatasinkResponse	showDatasink (ShowDatasinkRequest request_)
	Shows information about a specified data sink or all data sinks. More...
ShowDatasinkResponse	showDatasink (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about a specified data sink or all data sinks. More...
ShowDatasourceResponse	showDatasource (ShowDatasourceRequest request_)
	Shows information about a specified data source or all data sources. More...
ShowDatasourceResponse	showDatasource (string name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about a specified data source or all data sources. More...
ShowDirectoriesResponse	showDirectories (ShowDirectoriesRequest request_)
	Shows information about directories in KiFS. More...
ShowDirectoriesResponse	showDirectories (string directory_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about directories in KiFS. More...
ShowEnvironmentResponse	showEnvironment (ShowEnvironmentRequest request_)
	Shows information about a specified user-defined function (UDF) environment or all environments.Returns detailed information about existing environments. More...
ShowEnvironmentResponse	showEnvironment (string environment_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about a specified user-defined function (UDF) environment or all environments.Returns detailed information about existing environments. More...
ShowFilesResponse	showFiles (ShowFilesRequest request_)
	Shows information about files in KiFS. More...
ShowFilesResponse	showFiles (IList< string > paths, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about files in KiFS. More...
ShowGraphResponse	showGraph (ShowGraphRequest request_)
	Shows information and characteristics of graphs that exist on the graph server. More...
ShowGraphResponse	showGraph (string graph_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information and characteristics of graphs that exist on the graph server. More...
ShowProcResponse	showProc (ShowProcRequest request_)
	Shows information about a proc. More...
ShowProcResponse	showProc (string proc_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about a proc. More...
ShowProcStatusResponse	showProcStatus (ShowProcStatusRequest request_)
	Shows the statuses of running or completed proc instances. More...
ShowProcStatusResponse	showProcStatus (string run_id="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows the statuses of running or completed proc instances. More...
ShowResourceObjectsResponse	showResourceObjects (ShowResourceObjectsRequest request_)
	Returns information about the internal sub-components (tiered objects) which use resources of the system. More...
ShowResourceObjectsResponse	showResourceObjects (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Returns information about the internal sub-components (tiered objects) which use resources of the system. More...
ShowResourceStatisticsResponse	showResourceStatistics (ShowResourceStatisticsRequest request_)
	Requests various statistics for storage/memory tiers and resource groups.Returns statistics on a per-rank basis. More...
ShowResourceStatisticsResponse	showResourceStatistics (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Requests various statistics for storage/memory tiers and resource groups.Returns statistics on a per-rank basis. More...
ShowResourceGroupsResponse	showResourceGroups (ShowResourceGroupsRequest request_)
	Requests resource group properties.Returns detailed information about the requested resource groups. More...
ShowResourceGroupsResponse	showResourceGroups (IList< string > names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Requests resource group properties.Returns detailed information about the requested resource groups. More...
ShowSchemaResponse	showSchema (ShowSchemaRequest request_)
	Retrieves information about a schema (or all schemas), as specified in schema_name. More...
ShowSchemaResponse	showSchema (string schema_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves information about a schema (or all schemas), as specified in schema_name . More...
ShowSecurityResponse	showSecurity (ShowSecurityRequest request_)
	Shows security information relating to users and/or roles. More...
ShowSecurityResponse	showSecurity (IList< string > names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows security information relating to users and/or roles. More...
ShowSqlProcResponse	showSqlProc (ShowSqlProcRequest request_)
	Shows information about SQL procedures, including the full definition of each requested procedure. More...
ShowSqlProcResponse	showSqlProc (string procedure_name="", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Shows information about SQL procedures, including the full definition of each requested procedure. More...
ShowStatisticsResponse	showStatistics (ShowStatisticsRequest request_)
	Retrieves the collected column statistics for the specified table(s). More...
ShowStatisticsResponse	showStatistics (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves the collected column statistics for the specified table(s). More...
ShowSystemPropertiesResponse	showSystemProperties (ShowSystemPropertiesRequest request_)
	Returns server configuration and version related information to the caller. More...
ShowSystemPropertiesResponse	showSystemProperties (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Returns server configuration and version related information to the caller. More...
ShowSystemStatusResponse	showSystemStatus (ShowSystemStatusRequest request_)
	Provides server configuration and health related status to the caller. More...
ShowSystemStatusResponse	showSystemStatus (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Provides server configuration and health related status to the caller. More...
ShowSystemTimingResponse	showSystemTiming (ShowSystemTimingRequest request_)
	Returns the last 100 database requests along with the request timing and internal job id. More...
ShowSystemTimingResponse	showSystemTiming (IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Returns the last 100 database requests along with the request timing and internal job id. More...
ShowTableResponse	showTable (ShowTableRequest request_)
	Retrieves detailed information about a table, view, or schema, specified in table_name. More...
ShowTableResponse	showTable (string table_name, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves detailed information about a table, view, or schema, specified in table_name . More...
ShowTableMetadataResponse	showTableMetadata (ShowTableMetadataRequest request_)
	Retrieves the user provided metadata for the specified tables. More...
ShowTableMetadataResponse	showTableMetadata (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves the user provided metadata for the specified tables. More...
ShowTableMonitorsResponse	showTableMonitors (ShowTableMonitorsRequest request_)
	Show table monitors and their properties. More...
ShowTableMonitorsResponse	showTableMonitors (IList< string > monitor_ids, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Show table monitors and their properties. More...
ShowTablesByTypeResponse	showTablesByType (ShowTablesByTypeRequest request_)
	Gets names of the tables whose type matches the given criteria. More...
ShowTablesByTypeResponse	showTablesByType (string type_id, string label, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Gets names of the tables whose type matches the given criteria. More...
ShowTriggersResponse	showTriggers (ShowTriggersRequest request_)
	Retrieves information regarding the specified triggers or all existing triggers currently active. More...
ShowTriggersResponse	showTriggers (IList< string > trigger_ids, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves information regarding the specified triggers or all existing triggers currently active. More...
ShowTypesResponse	showTypes (ShowTypesRequest request_)
	Retrieves information for the specified data type ID or type label. More...
ShowTypesResponse	showTypes (string type_id, string label, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves information for the specified data type ID or type label. More...
ShowVideoResponse	showVideo (ShowVideoRequest request_)
	Retrieves information about rendered videos. More...
ShowVideoResponse	showVideo (IList< string > paths, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Retrieves information about rendered videos. More...
ShowWalResponse	showWal (ShowWalRequest request_)
	Requests table wal properties.Returns information about the requested table wal entries. More...
ShowWalResponse	showWal (IList< string > table_names, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Requests table wal properties.Returns information about the requested table wal entries. More...
SolveGraphResponse	solveGraph (SolveGraphRequest request_)
	Solves an existing graph for a type of problem (e.g., shortest path, page rank, travelling salesman, etc.) using source nodes, destination nodes, and additional, optional weights and restrictions. More...
SolveGraphResponse	solveGraph (string graph_name, IList< string > weights_on_edges=null, IList< string > restrictions=null, string solver_type=SolveGraphRequest.SolverType.SHORTEST_PATH, IList< string > source_nodes=null, IList< string > destination_nodes=null, string solution_table="graph_solutions", IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Solves an existing graph for a type of problem (e.g., shortest path, page rank, travelling salesman, etc.) using source nodes, destination nodes, and additional, optional weights and restrictions. More...
UpdateRecordsResponse	updateRecordsRaw (RawUpdateRecordsRequest request_)
	Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call. More...
UpdateRecordsResponse	updateRecords< T > (UpdateRecordsRequest< T > request_)
	Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call. More...
UpdateRecordsResponse	updateRecords< T > (string table_name, IList< string > expressions, IList< IDictionary< string, string >> new_values_maps, IList< T > data=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call. More...
UpdateRecordsBySeriesResponse	updateRecordsBySeries (UpdateRecordsBySeriesRequest request_)
	Updates the view specified by table_name to include full series (track) information from the world_table_name for the series (tracks) present in the view_name. More...
UpdateRecordsBySeriesResponse	updateRecordsBySeries (string table_name, string world_table_name, string view_name="", IList< string > reserved=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Updates the view specified by table_name to include full series (track) information from the world_table_name for the series (tracks) present in the view_name . More...
UploadFilesResponse	uploadFiles (UploadFilesRequest request_)
	Uploads one or more files to KiFS. More...
UploadFilesResponse	uploadFiles (IList< string > file_names, IList< byte[]> file_data, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Uploads one or more files to KiFS. More...
UploadFilesFromurlResponse	uploadFilesFromurl (UploadFilesFromurlRequest request_)
	Uploads one or more files to KiFS. More...
UploadFilesFromurlResponse	uploadFilesFromurl (IList< string > file_names, IList< string > urls, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Uploads one or more files to KiFS. More...
VisualizeImageChartResponse	visualizeImageChart (VisualizeImageChartRequest request_)
	Scatter plot is the only plot type currently supported. More...
VisualizeImageChartResponse	visualizeImageChart (string table_name, IList< string > x_column_names, IList< string > y_column_names, double min_x, double max_x, double min_y, double max_y, int width, int height, string bg_color, IDictionary< string, IList< string >> style_options, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Scatter plot is the only plot type currently supported. More...
VisualizeIsochroneResponse	visualizeIsochrone (VisualizeIsochroneRequest request_)
	Generate an image containing isolines for travel results using an existing graph. More...
VisualizeIsochroneResponse	visualizeIsochrone (string graph_name, string source_node, double max_solution_radius, IList< string > weights_on_edges, IList< string > restrictions, int num_levels, bool generate_image, string levels_table, IDictionary< string, string > style_options, IDictionary< string, string > solve_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > contour_options=null, IDictionary< string, string > options=null)
	Generate an image containing isolines for travel results using an existing graph. More...

Static Public Member Functions
static string	GetApiVersion ()
	API Version More...

Public Attributes
const int	END_OF_SET = -9999
	No Limit More...
const string	API_VERSION = "7.2.3.0"

Properties
string	Url [get]
	URL for Kinetica Server (including "http:" and port) as a string More...
Uri	URL [get]
	URL for Kinetica Server (including "http:" and port) More...
string?	Username = null [get]
	Optional: User Name for Kinetica security More...
bool	UseSnappy = false [get, set]
	Use Snappy More...
int	ThreadCount = 1 [get, set]
	Thread Count More...

Detailed Description

API to talk to Kinetica Database

Definition at line 40 of file Kinetica.cs.

Constructor & Destructor Documentation

Kinetica()

kinetica.Kinetica.Kinetica ( string  url_str, Options?  options = null  )

inline

API Constructor

Parameters

url_str	URL for Kinetica Server (including "http:" and port)
options	Optional connection options

Definition at line 137 of file Kinetica.cs.

Member Function Documentation

AddTableType()

void kinetica.Kinetica.AddTableType ( string  table_name, Type  obj_type  )

inline

Given a table name, add its record type to enable proper encoding of records for insertion or updates.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table.
obj_type	The type associated with the table.

Definition at line 177 of file Kinetica.cs.

adminAddHost() [1/2]

AdminAddHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAddHost ( AdminAddHostRequest  request_ )

inline

Adds a host to an existing cluster.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAddHost() [2/2]

AdminAddHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAddHost ( string  host_address, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Adds a host to an existing cluster.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

host_address

IP address of the host that will be added to the cluster. This host must have installed the same version of Kinetica as the cluster to which it is being added.

options

Optional parameters. DRY_RUN: If set to TRUE, only validation checks will be performed. No host is added. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ACCEPTS_FAILOVER: If set to TRUE, the host will accept processes (ranks, graph server, etc.) in the event of a failover on another node in the cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PUBLIC_ADDRESS: The publicly-accessible IP address for the host being added, typically specified for clients using multi-head operations. This setting is required if any other host(s) in the cluster specify a public address. HOST_MANAGER_PUBLIC_URL: The publicly-accessible full path URL to the host manager on the host being added, e.g., 'http://172.123.45.67:9300'. The default host manager port can be found in the list of ports used by Kinetica. RAM_LIMIT: The desired RAM limit for the host being added, i.e. the sum of RAM usage for all processes on the host will not be able to exceed this value. Supported units: K (thousand), KB (kilobytes), M (million), MB (megabytes), G (billion), GB (gigabytes); if no unit is provided, the value is assumed to be in bytes. For example, if RAM_LIMIT is set to 10M, the resulting RAM limit is 10 million bytes. Set RAM_LIMIT to -1 to have no RAM limit. GPUS: Comma-delimited list of GPU indices (starting at 1) that are eligible for running worker processes. If left blank, all GPUs on the host being added will be eligible. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 141 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAddRanks() [1/2]

AdminAddRanksResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAddRanks ( AdminAddRanksRequest  request_ )

inline

Add one or more ranks to an existing Kinetica cluster.

The new ranks will not contain any data initially (other than replicated tables) and will not be assigned any shards. To rebalance data and shards across the cluster, use adminRebalance.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

For example, if attempting to add three new ranks (two ranks on host 172.123.45.67 and one rank on host 172.123.45.68) to a Kinetica cluster with additional configuration parameters:

* hosts would be an array including 172.123.45.67 in the first two indices (signifying two ranks being added to host 172.123.45.67) and 172.123.45.68 in the last index (signifying one rank being added to host 172.123.45.67)

* config_params would be an array of maps, with each map corresponding to the ranks being added in hosts. The key of each map would be the configuration parameter name and the value would be the parameter's value, e.g. '{"rank.gpu":"1"}'

This endpoint's processing includes copying all replicated table data to the new rank(s) and therefore could take a long time. The API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 182 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAddRanks() [2/2]

AdminAddRanksResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAddRanks ( IList< string >  hosts, IList< IDictionary< string, string >>  config_params, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Add one or more ranks to an existing Kinetica cluster.

The new ranks will not contain any data initially (other than replicated tables) and will not be assigned any shards. To rebalance data and shards across the cluster, use adminRebalance.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

For example, if attempting to add three new ranks (two ranks on host 172.123.45.67 and one rank on host 172.123.45.68) to a Kinetica cluster with additional configuration parameters:

* hosts would be an array including 172.123.45.67 in the first two indices (signifying two ranks being added to host 172.123.45.67) and 172.123.45.68 in the last index (signifying one rank being added to host 172.123.45.67)

* config_params would be an array of maps, with each map corresponding to the ranks being added in hosts . The key of each map would be the configuration parameter name and the value would be the parameter's value, e.g. '{"rank.gpu":"1"}'

This endpoint's processing includes copying all replicated table data to the new rank(s) and therefore could take a long time. The API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

hosts	Array of host IP addresses (matching a hostN.address from the gpudb.conf file), or host identifiers (e.g. 'host0' from the gpudb.conf file), on which to add ranks to the cluster. The hosts must already be in the cluster. If needed beforehand, to add a new host to the cluster use adminAddHost. Include the same entry as many times as there are ranks to add to the cluster, e.g., if two ranks on host 172.123.45.67 should be added, hosts could look like '["172.123.45.67", "172.123.45.67"]'. All ranks will be added simultaneously, i.e. they're not added in the order of this array. Each entry in this array corresponds to the entry at the same index in the config_params .
config_params	Array of maps containing configuration parameters to apply to the new ranks found in hosts . For example, '{"rank.gpu":"2", "tier.ram.rank.limit":"10000000000"}'. Currently, the available parameters are rank-specific parameters in the Network, Hardware, Text Search, and RAM Tiered Storage sections in the gpudb.conf file, with the key exception of the 'rankN.host' settings in the Network section that will be determined by hosts instead. Though many of these configuration parameters typically are affixed with 'rankN' in the gpudb.conf file (where N is the rank number), the 'N' should be omitted in config_params as the new rank number(s) are not allocated until the ranks have been added to the cluster. Each entry in this array corresponds to the entry at the same index in the hosts . This array must either be completely empty or have the same number of elements as the hosts . An empty config_params array will result in the new ranks being set with default parameters.
options	Optional parameters. DRY_RUN: If TRUE, only validation checks will be performed. No ranks are added. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 284 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAlterHost() [1/2]

AdminAlterHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAlterHost ( AdminAlterHostRequest  request_ )

inline

Alter properties on an existing host in the cluster.

Currently, the only property that can be altered is a hosts ability to accept failover processes.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 300 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAlterHost() [2/2]

AdminAlterHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAlterHost ( string  host, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alter properties on an existing host in the cluster.

Currently, the only property that can be altered is a hosts ability to accept failover processes.

Parameters

host	Identifies the host this applies to. Can be the host address, or formatted as 'hostN' where N is the host number as specified in gpudb.conf
options	Optional parameters. ACCEPTS_FAILOVER: If set to TRUE, the host will accept processes (ranks, graph server, etc.) in the event of a failover on another node in the cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 346 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAlterJobs() [1/2]

AdminAlterJobsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAlterJobs ( AdminAlterJobsRequest  request_ )

inline

Perform the requested action on a list of one or more job(s).

Based on the type of job and the current state of execution, the action may not be successfully executed. The final result of the attempted actions for each specified job is returned in the status array of the response. See Job Manager for more information.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 365 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminAlterJobs() [2/2]

AdminAlterJobsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminAlterJobs ( IList< long >  job_ids, string  action, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Perform the requested action on a list of one or more job(s).

Based on the type of job and the current state of execution, the action may not be successfully executed. The final result of the attempted actions for each specified job is returned in the status array of the response. See Job Manager for more information.

Parameters

job_ids	Jobs to be modified.
action	Action to be performed on the jobs specified by job_ids. Supported values: CANCEL
options	Optional parameters. JOB_TAG: Job tag returned in call to create the job The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 405 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminBackupBegin() [1/2]

AdminBackupBeginResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminBackupBegin ( AdminBackupBeginRequest  request_ )

inline

Prepares the system for a backup by closing all open file handles after allowing current active jobs to complete.

When the database is in backup mode, queries that result in a disk write operation will be blocked until backup mode has been completed by using adminBackupEnd.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 424 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminBackupBegin() [2/2]

AdminBackupBeginResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminBackupBegin ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Prepares the system for a backup by closing all open file handles after allowing current active jobs to complete.

When the database is in backup mode, queries that result in a disk write operation will be blocked until backup mode has been completed by using adminBackupEnd.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 443 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminBackupEnd() [1/2]

AdminBackupEndResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminBackupEnd ( AdminBackupEndRequest  request_ )

inline

Restores the system to normal operating mode after a backup has completed, allowing any queries that were blocked to complete.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 456 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminBackupEnd() [2/2]

AdminBackupEndResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminBackupEnd ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Restores the system to normal operating mode after a backup has completed, allowing any queries that were blocked to complete.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 471 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminHaRefresh() [1/2]

AdminHaRefreshResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminHaRefresh ( AdminHaRefreshRequest  request_ )

inline

Restarts the HA processing on the given cluster as a mechanism of accepting breaking HA conf changes.

Additionally the cluster is put into read-only while HA is restarting.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 485 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminHaRefresh() [2/2]

AdminHaRefreshResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminHaRefresh ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Restarts the HA processing on the given cluster as a mechanism of accepting breaking HA conf changes.

Additionally the cluster is put into read-only while HA is restarting.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 501 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminOffline() [1/2]

AdminOfflineResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminOffline ( AdminOfflineRequest  request_ )

inline

Take the system offline.

When the system is offline, no user operations can be performed with the exception of a system shutdown.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 515 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminOffline() [2/2]

AdminOfflineResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminOffline ( bool  offline, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Take the system offline.

When the system is offline, no user operations can be performed with the exception of a system shutdown.

Parameters

offline	Set to true if desired state is offline. Supported values: true false
options	Optional parameters. FLUSH_TO_DISK: Flush to disk when going offline. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 562 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRebalance() [1/2]

AdminRebalanceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRebalance ( AdminRebalanceRequest  request_ )

inline

Rebalance the data in the cluster so that all nodes contain an equal number of records approximately and/or rebalance the shards to be equally distributed (as much as possible) across all the ranks.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

* If adminRebalance is invoked after a change is made to the cluster, e.g., a host was added or removed, sharded data will be evenly redistributed across the cluster by number of shards per rank while unsharded data will be redistributed across the cluster by data size per rank

* If adminRebalance is invoked at some point when unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) in the cluster is unevenly distributed over time, sharded data will not move while unsharded data will be redistributed across the cluster by data size per rank

NOTE: Replicated data will not move as a result of this call

This endpoint's processing time depends on the amount of data in the system, thus the API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 602 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRebalance() [2/2]

AdminRebalanceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRebalance ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Rebalance the data in the cluster so that all nodes contain an equal number of records approximately and/or rebalance the shards to be equally distributed (as much as possible) across all the ranks.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

* If adminRebalance is invoked after a change is made to the cluster, e.g., a host was added or removed, sharded data will be evenly redistributed across the cluster by number of shards per rank while unsharded data will be redistributed across the cluster by data size per rank

* If adminRebalance is invoked at some point when unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) in the cluster is unevenly distributed over time, sharded data will not move while unsharded data will be redistributed across the cluster by data size per rank

NOTE: Replicated data will not move as a result of this call

This endpoint's processing time depends on the amount of data in the system, thus the API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. REBALANCE_SHARDED_DATA: If TRUE, sharded data will be rebalanced approximately equally across the cluster. Note that for clusters with large amounts of sharded data, this data transfer could be time consuming and result in delayed query responses. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA: If TRUE, unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) will be rebalanced approximately equally across the cluster. Note that for clusters with large amounts of unsharded data, this data transfer could be time consuming and result in delayed query responses. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TABLE_INCLUDES: Comma-separated list of unsharded table names to rebalance. Not applicable to sharded tables because they are always rebalanced. Cannot be used simultaneously with TABLE_EXCLUDES. This parameter is ignored if REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA is FALSE. TABLE_EXCLUDES: Comma-separated list of unsharded table names to not rebalance. Not applicable to sharded tables because they are always rebalanced. Cannot be used simultaneously with TABLE_INCLUDES. This parameter is ignored if REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA is FALSE. AGGRESSIVENESS: Influences how much data is moved at a time during rebalance. A higher AGGRESSIVENESS will complete the rebalance faster. A lower AGGRESSIVENESS will take longer but allow for better interleaving between the rebalance and other queries. Valid values are constants from 1 (lowest) to 10 (highest). The default value is '10'. COMPACT_AFTER_REBALANCE: Perform compaction of deleted records once the rebalance completes to reclaim memory and disk space. Default is TRUE, unless REPAIR_INCORRECTLY_SHARDED_DATA is set to TRUE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. COMPACT_ONLY: If set to TRUE, ignore rebalance options and attempt to perform compaction of deleted records to reclaim memory and disk space without rebalancing first. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. REPAIR_INCORRECTLY_SHARDED_DATA: Scans for any data sharded incorrectly and re-routes the data to the correct location. Only necessary if adminVerifyDb reports an error in sharding alignment. This can be done as part of a typical rebalance after expanding the cluster or in a standalone fashion when it is believed that data is sharded incorrectly somewhere in the cluster. Compaction will not be performed by default when this is enabled. If this option is set to TRUE, the time necessary to rebalance and the memory used by the rebalance may increase. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 837 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRemoveHost() [1/2]

AdminRemoveHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRemoveHost ( AdminRemoveHostRequest  request_ )

inline

Removes a host from an existing cluster.

If the host to be removed has any ranks running on it, the ranks must be removed using adminRemoveRanks or manually switched over to a new host using adminSwitchover prior to host removal. If the host to be removed has the graph server or SQL planner running on it, these must be manually switched over to a new host using adminSwitchover.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 859 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRemoveHost() [2/2]

AdminRemoveHostResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRemoveHost ( string  host, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Removes a host from an existing cluster.

If the host to be removed has any ranks running on it, the ranks must be removed using adminRemoveRanks or manually switched over to a new host using adminSwitchover prior to host removal. If the host to be removed has the graph server or SQL planner running on it, these must be manually switched over to a new host using adminSwitchover.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

host	Identifies the host this applies to. Can be the host address, or formatted as 'hostN' where N is the host number as specified in gpudb.conf
options	Optional parameters. DRY_RUN: If set to TRUE, only validation checks will be performed. No host is removed. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 912 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRemoveRanks() [1/2]

AdminRemoveRanksResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRemoveRanks ( AdminRemoveRanksRequest  request_ )

inline

Remove one or more ranks from an existing Kinetica cluster.

All data will be rebalanced to other ranks before the rank(s) is removed unless the REBALANCE_SHARDED_DATA or REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA parameters are set to FALSE in the options, in which case the corresponding sharded data and/or unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) will be deleted.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

This endpoint's processing time depends on the amount of data in the system, thus the API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 945 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRemoveRanks() [2/2]

AdminRemoveRanksResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRemoveRanks ( IList< string >  ranks, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Remove one or more ranks from an existing Kinetica cluster.

All data will be rebalanced to other ranks before the rank(s) is removed unless the REBALANCE_SHARDED_DATA or REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA parameters are set to FALSE in the options , in which case the corresponding sharded data and/or unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) will be deleted.

The database must be offline for this operation, see adminOffline

This endpoint's processing time depends on the amount of data in the system, thus the API call may time out if run directly. It is recommended to run this endpoint asynchronously via createJob.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

ranks

Each array value designates one or more ranks to remove from the cluster. Values can be formatted as 'rankN' for a specific rank, 'hostN' (from the gpudb.conf file) to remove all ranks on that host, or the host IP address (hostN.address from the gpub.conf file) which also removes all ranks on that host. Rank 0 (the head rank) cannot be removed (but can be moved to another host using adminSwitchover). At least one worker rank must be left in the cluster after the operation.

options

Optional parameters. REBALANCE_SHARDED_DATA: If TRUE, sharded data will be rebalanced approximately equally across the cluster. Note that for clusters with large amounts of sharded data, this data transfer could be time consuming and result in delayed query responses. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. REBALANCE_UNSHARDED_DATA: If TRUE, unsharded data (a.k.a. randomly-sharded) will be rebalanced approximately equally across the cluster. Note that for clusters with large amounts of unsharded data, this data transfer could be time consuming and result in delayed query responses. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. AGGRESSIVENESS: Influences how much data is moved at a time during rebalance. A higher AGGRESSIVENESS will complete the rebalance faster. A lower AGGRESSIVENESS will take longer but allow for better interleaving between the rebalance and other queries. Valid values are constants from 1 (lowest) to 10 (highest). The default value is '10'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1064 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRepairTable() [1/2]

AdminRepairTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRepairTable ( AdminRepairTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Manually repair a corrupted table.Returns information about affected tables.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1077 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminRepairTable() [2/2]

AdminRepairTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminRepairTable ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Manually repair a corrupted table.Returns information about affected tables.

Parameters

table_names

List of tables to query. An asterisk returns all tables.

options

Optional parameters. REPAIR_POLICY: Corrective action to take. Supported values: DELETE_CHUNKS: Deletes any corrupted chunks SHRINK_COLUMNS: Shrinks corrupted chunks to the shortest column REPLAY_WAL: Manually invokes wal replay on the table VERIFY_ALL: If FALSE only table chunk data already known to be corrupted will be repaired. Otherwise the database will perform a full table scan to check for correctness. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1151 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowAlerts() [1/2]

AdminShowAlertsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowAlerts ( AdminShowAlertsRequest  request_ )

inline

Requests a list of the most recent alerts.Returns lists of alert data, including timestamp and type.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1164 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowAlerts() [2/2]

AdminShowAlertsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowAlerts ( int  num_alerts, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Requests a list of the most recent alerts.Returns lists of alert data, including timestamp and type.

Parameters

num_alerts	Number of most recent alerts to request. The response will include up to num_alerts depending on how many alerts there are in the system. A value of 0 returns all stored alerts.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1182 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowClusterOperations() [1/2]

AdminShowClusterOperationsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowClusterOperations ( AdminShowClusterOperationsRequest  request_ )

inline

Requests the detailed status of the current operation (by default) or a prior cluster operation specified by history_index.Returns details on the requested cluster operation.

The response will also indicate how many cluster operations are stored in the history.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1199 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowClusterOperations() [2/2]

AdminShowClusterOperationsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowClusterOperations ( int  history_index = 0, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Requests the detailed status of the current operation (by default) or a prior cluster operation specified by history_index .Returns details on the requested cluster operation.

The response will also indicate how many cluster operations are stored in the history.

Parameters

history_index	Indicates which cluster operation to retrieve. Use 0 for the most recent. The default value is 0.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1220 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowJobs() [1/2]

AdminShowJobsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowJobs ( AdminShowJobsRequest  request_ )

inline

Get a list of the current jobs in GPUdb.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1233 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowJobs() [2/2]

AdminShowJobsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowJobs ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Get a list of the current jobs in GPUdb.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. SHOW_ASYNC_JOBS: If TRUE, then the completed async jobs are also included in the response. By default, once the async jobs are completed they are no longer included in the jobs list. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SHOW_WORKER_INFO: If TRUE, then information is also returned from worker ranks. By default only status from the head rank is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1296 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowShards() [1/2]

AdminShowShardsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowShards ( AdminShowShardsRequest  request_ )

inline

Show the mapping of shards to the corresponding rank and tom.

The response message contains list of 16384 (total number of shards in the system) Rank and TOM numbers corresponding to each shard.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1311 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShowShards() [2/2]

AdminShowShardsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShowShards ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Show the mapping of shards to the corresponding rank and tom.

The response message contains list of 16384 (total number of shards in the system) Rank and TOM numbers corresponding to each shard.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1328 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShutdown() [1/2]

AdminShutdownResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShutdown ( AdminShutdownRequest  request_ )

inline

Exits the database server application.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1339 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminShutdown() [2/2]

AdminShutdownResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminShutdown ( string  exit_type, string  authorization, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Exits the database server application.

Parameters

exit_type	Reserved for future use. User can pass an empty string.
authorization	No longer used. User can pass an empty string.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1356 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminSwitchover() [1/2]

AdminSwitchoverResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminSwitchover ( AdminSwitchoverRequest  request_ )

inline

Manually switch over one or more processes to another host.

Individual ranks or entire hosts may be moved to another host.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1375 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminSwitchover() [2/2]

AdminSwitchoverResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminSwitchover ( IList< string >  processes, IList< string >  destinations, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Manually switch over one or more processes to another host.

Individual ranks or entire hosts may be moved to another host.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

processes	Indicates the process identifier to switch over to another host. Options are 'hostN' and 'rankN' where 'N' corresponds to the number associated with a host or rank in the Network section of the gpudb.conf file; e.g., 'host[N].address' or 'rank[N].host'. If 'hostN' is provided, all processes on that host will be moved to another host. Each entry in this array will be switched over to the corresponding host entry at the same index in destinations .
destinations	Indicates to which host to switch over each corresponding process given in processes . Each index must be specified as 'hostN' where 'N' corresponds to the number associated with a host or rank in the Network section of the gpudb.conf file; e.g., 'host[N].address'. Each entry in this array will receive the corresponding process entry at the same index in processes .
options	Optional parameters. DRY_RUN: If set to TRUE, only validation checks will be performed. Nothing is switched over. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1438 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminVerifyDb() [1/2]

AdminVerifyDbResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminVerifyDb ( AdminVerifyDbRequest  request_ )

inline

Verify database is in a consistent state.

When inconsistencies or errors are found, the verified_ok flag in the response is set to false and the list of errors found is provided in the error_list.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1455 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

adminVerifyDb() [2/2]

AdminVerifyDbResponse kinetica.Kinetica.adminVerifyDb ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Verify database is in a consistent state.

When inconsistencies or errors are found, the verified_ok flag in the response is set to false and the list of errors found is provided in the error_list.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. REBUILD_ON_ERROR: [DEPRECATED – Use the Rebuild DB feature of GAdmin instead.]. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. VERIFY_NULLS: When TRUE, verifies that null values are set to zero. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. VERIFY_PERSIST: When TRUE, persistent objects will be compared against their state in memory and workers will be checked for orphaned table data in persist. To check for orphaned worker data, either set CONCURRENT_SAFE in options to TRUE or place the database offline. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CONCURRENT_SAFE: When TRUE, allows this endpoint to be run safely with other concurrent database operations. Other operations may be slower while this is running. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. VERIFY_RANK0: If TRUE, compare rank0 table metadata against workers' metadata. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. DELETE_ORPHANED_TABLES: If TRUE, orphaned table directories found on workers for which there is no corresponding metadata will be deleted. Must set VERIFY_PERSIST in options to TRUE. It is recommended to run this while the database is offline OR set CONCURRENT_SAFE in options to TRUE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. VERIFY_ORPHANED_TABLES_ONLY: If TRUE, only the presence of orphaned table directories will be checked, all persistence checks will be skipped. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1659 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateConvexHull() [1/2]

AggregateConvexHullResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateConvexHull ( AggregateConvexHullRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates and returns the convex hull for the values in a table specified by table_name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1673 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateConvexHull() [2/2]

AggregateConvexHullResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateConvexHull ( string  table_name, string  x_column_name, string  y_column_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates and returns the convex hull for the values in a table specified by table_name .

Parameters

table_name	Name of table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
x_column_name	Name of the column containing the x coordinates of the points for the operation being performed.
y_column_name	Name of the column containing the y coordinates of the points for the operation being performed.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1698 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateGroupBy() [1/2]

AggregateGroupByResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateGroupBy ( AggregateGroupByRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates unique combinations (groups) of values for the given columns in a given table or view and computes aggregates on each unique combination.

This is somewhat analogous to an SQL-style SELECT...GROUP BY.

For aggregation details and examples, see Aggregation. For limitations, see Aggregation Limitations.

Any column(s) can be grouped on, and all column types except unrestricted-length strings may be used for computing applicable aggregates; columns marked as store-only are unable to be used in grouping or aggregation.

The results can be paged via the offset and limit parameters. For example, to get 10 groups with the largest counts the inputs would be: limit=10, options={"sort_order":"descending", "sort_by":"value"}.

options can be used to customize behavior of this call e.g. filtering or sorting the results.

To group by columns 'x' and 'y' and compute the number of objects within each group, use: column_names=['x','y','count(*)'].

To also compute the sum of 'z' over each group, use: column_names=['x','y','count(*)','sum(z)'].

Available aggregation functions are: count(*), sum, min, max, avg, mean, stddev, stddev_pop, stddev_samp, var, var_pop, var_samp, arg_min, arg_max and count_distinct.

Available grouping functions are Rollup, Cube, and Grouping Sets

This service also provides support for Pivot operations.

Filtering on aggregates is supported via expressions using aggregation functions supplied to HAVING.

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

If a RESULT_TABLE name is specified in the options, the results are stored in a new table with that name–no results are returned in the response. Both the table name and resulting column names must adhere to standard naming conventions; column/aggregation expressions will need to be aliased. If the source table's shard key is used as the grouping column(s) and all result records are selected (offset is 0 and limit is -9999), the result table will be sharded, in all other cases it will be replicated. Sorting will properly function only if the result table is replicated or if there is only one processing node and should not be relied upon in other cases. Not available when any of the values of column_names is an unrestricted-length string.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 1785 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateGroupBy() [2/2]

AggregateGroupByResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateGroupBy ( string  table_name, IList< string >  column_names, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates unique combinations (groups) of values for the given columns in a given table or view and computes aggregates on each unique combination.

This is somewhat analogous to an SQL-style SELECT...GROUP BY.

For aggregation details and examples, see Aggregation. For limitations, see Aggregation Limitations.

Any column(s) can be grouped on, and all column types except unrestricted-length strings may be used for computing applicable aggregates; columns marked as store-only are unable to be used in grouping or aggregation.

The results can be paged via the offset and limit parameters. For example, to get 10 groups with the largest counts the inputs would be: limit=10, options={"sort_order":"descending", "sort_by":"value"}.

options can be used to customize behavior of this call e.g. filtering or sorting the results.

To group by columns 'x' and 'y' and compute the number of objects within each group, use: column_names=['x','y','count(*)'].

To also compute the sum of 'z' over each group, use: column_names=['x','y','count(*)','sum(z)'].

Available aggregation functions are: count(*), sum, min, max, avg, mean, stddev, stddev_pop, stddev_samp, var, var_pop, var_samp, arg_min, arg_max and count_distinct.

Available grouping functions are Rollup, Cube, and Grouping Sets

This service also provides support for Pivot operations.

Filtering on aggregates is supported via expressions using aggregation functions supplied to HAVING.

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

If a RESULT_TABLE name is specified in the options , the results are stored in a new table with that name–no results are returned in the response. Both the table name and resulting column names must adhere to standard naming conventions; column/aggregation expressions will need to be aliased. If the source table's shard key is used as the grouping column(s) and all result records are selected (offset is 0 and limit is -9999), the result table will be sharded, in all other cases it will be replicated. Sorting will properly function only if the result table is replicated or if there is only one processing node and should not be relied upon in other cases. Not available when any of the values of column_names is an unrestricted-length string.

Parameters

table_name	Name of an existing table or view on which the operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_names	List of one or more column names, expressions, and aggregate expressions.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use has_more_records to see if more records exist in the result to be fetched, and offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of RESULT_TABLE. If RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_RESULT_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema as part of RESULT_TABLE and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. EXPRESSION: Filter expression to apply to the table prior to computing the aggregate group by. CHUNKED_EXPRESSION_EVALUATION: evaluate the filter expression during group-by chunk processing. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. HAVING: Filter expression to apply to the aggregated results. SORT_ORDER: [DEPRECATED–use order_by instead] String indicating how the returned values should be sorted - ascending or descending. Supported values: ASCENDING: Indicates that the returned values should be sorted in ascending order. DESCENDING: Indicates that the returned values should be sorted in descending order. The default value is ASCENDING. SORT_BY: [DEPRECATED–use order_by instead] String determining how the results are sorted. Supported values: KEY: Indicates that the returned values should be sorted by key, which corresponds to the grouping columns. If you have multiple grouping columns (and are sorting by key), it will first sort the first grouping column, then the second grouping column, etc. VALUE: Indicates that the returned values should be sorted by value, which corresponds to the aggregates. If you have multiple aggregates (and are sorting by value), it will first sort by the first aggregate, then the second aggregate, etc. The default value is VALUE. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by as well as the sort direction, e.g., 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The default value is ''. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. RESULT_TABLE: The name of a table used to store the results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Column names (group-by and aggregate fields) need to be given aliases e.g. ["FChar256 as fchar256", "sum(FDouble) as sfd"]. If present, no results are returned in the response. This option is not available if one of the grouping attributes is an unrestricted string (i.e.; not charN) type. RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST: If TRUE, then the result table specified in RESULT_TABLE will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the result table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESULT_TABLE_FORCE_REPLICATED: Force the result table to be replicated (ignores any sharding). Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESULT_TABLE_GENERATE_PK: If TRUE then set a primary key for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CREATE_INDEXES: Comma-separated list of columns on which to create indexes on the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. VIEW_ID: ID of view of which the result table will be a member. The default value is ''. PIVOT: pivot column PIVOT_VALUES: The value list provided will become the column headers in the output. Should be the values from the pivot_column. GROUPING_SETS: Customize the grouping attribute sets to compute the aggregates. These sets can include ROLLUP or CUBE operartors. The attribute sets should be enclosed in paranthesis and can include composite attributes. All attributes specified in the grouping sets must present in the groupby attributes. ROLLUP: This option is used to specify the multilevel aggregates. CUBE: This option is used to specify the multidimensional aggregates. SHARD_KEY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sharded on; e.g. 'column1, column2'. The columns specified must be present in column_names . If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2266 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateHistogram() [1/2]

AggregateHistogramResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateHistogram ( AggregateHistogramRequest  request_ )

inline

Performs a histogram calculation given a table, a column, and an interval function.

The interval is used to produce bins of that size and the result, computed over the records falling within each bin, is returned. For each bin, the start value is inclusive, but the end value is exclusive–except for the very last bin for which the end value is also inclusive. The value returned for each bin is the number of records in it, except when a column name is provided as a VALUE_COLUMN. In this latter case the sum of the values corresponding to the VALUE_COLUMN is used as the result instead. The total number of bins requested cannot exceed 10,000.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service a request that specifies a VALUE_COLUMN.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2301 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateHistogram() [2/2]

AggregateHistogramResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateHistogram ( string  table_name, string  column_name, double  start, double  end, double  interval, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Performs a histogram calculation given a table, a column, and an interval function.

The interval is used to produce bins of that size and the result, computed over the records falling within each bin, is returned. For each bin, the start value is inclusive, but the end value is exclusive–except for the very last bin for which the end value is also inclusive. The value returned for each bin is the number of records in it, except when a column name is provided as a VALUE_COLUMN. In this latter case the sum of the values corresponding to the VALUE_COLUMN is used as the result instead. The total number of bins requested cannot exceed 10,000.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service a request that specifies a VALUE_COLUMN.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of a column or an expression of one or more column names over which the histogram will be calculated.
start	Lower end value of the histogram interval, inclusive.
end	Upper end value of the histogram interval, inclusive.
interval	The size of each bin within the start and end parameters.
options	Optional parameters. VALUE_COLUMN: The name of the column to use when calculating the bin values (values are summed). The column must be a numerical type (int, double, long, float). The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2355 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateKMeans() [1/2]

AggregateKMeansResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateKMeans ( AggregateKMeansRequest  request_ )

inline

This endpoint runs the k-means algorithm - a heuristic algorithm that attempts to do k-means clustering.

An ideal k-means clustering algorithm selects k points such that the sum of the mean squared distances of each member of the set to the nearest of the k points is minimized. The k-means algorithm however does not necessarily produce such an ideal cluster. It begins with a randomly selected set of k points and then refines the location of the points iteratively and settles to a local minimum. Various parameters and options are provided to control the heuristic search.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service this request.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2385 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateKMeans() [2/2]

AggregateKMeansResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateKMeans ( string  table_name, IList< string >  column_names, int  k, double  tolerance, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

This endpoint runs the k-means algorithm - a heuristic algorithm that attempts to do k-means clustering.

An ideal k-means clustering algorithm selects k points such that the sum of the mean squared distances of each member of the set to the nearest of the k points is minimized. The k-means algorithm however does not necessarily produce such an ideal cluster. It begins with a randomly selected set of k points and then refines the location of the points iteratively and settles to a local minimum. Various parameters and options are provided to control the heuristic search.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service this request.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_names	List of column names on which the operation would be performed. If n columns are provided then each of the k result points will have n dimensions corresponding to the n columns.
k	The number of mean points to be determined by the algorithm.
tolerance	Stop iterating when the distances between successive points is less than the given tolerance.
options	Optional parameters. WHITEN: When set to 1 each of the columns is first normalized by its stdv - default is not to whiten. MAX_ITERS: Number of times to try to hit the tolerance limit before giving up - default is 10. NUM_TRIES: Number of times to run the k-means algorithm with a different randomly selected starting points - helps avoid local minimum. Default is 1. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of RESULT_TABLE. If RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_RESULT_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESULT_TABLE: The name of a table used to store the results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. If this option is specified, the results are not returned in the response. RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST: If TRUE, then the result table specified in RESULT_TABLE will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the result table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2535 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateMinMax() [1/2]

AggregateMinMaxResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateMinMax ( AggregateMinMaxRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum values of a particular column in a table.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2552 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateMinMax() [2/2]

AggregateMinMaxResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateMinMax ( string  table_name, string  column_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum values of a particular column in a table.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of a column or an expression of one or more column on which the min-max will be calculated.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2573 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateMinMaxGeometry() [1/2]

AggregateMinMaxGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateMinMaxGeometry ( AggregateMinMaxGeometryRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum x- and y-coordinates of a particular geospatial geometry column in a table.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2589 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateMinMaxGeometry() [2/2]

AggregateMinMaxGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateMinMaxGeometry ( string  table_name, string  column_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates and returns the minimum and maximum x- and y-coordinates of a particular geospatial geometry column in a table.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of a geospatial geometry column on which the min-max will be calculated.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2611 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateStatistics() [1/2]

AggregateStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateStatistics ( AggregateStatisticsRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates the requested statistics of the given column(s) in a given table.

The available statistics are: COUNT (number of total objects), MEAN, STDV (standard deviation), VARIANCE, SKEW, KURTOSIS, SUM, MIN, MAX, WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, CARDINALITY (unique count), ESTIMATED_CARDINALITY, PERCENTILE, and PERCENTILE_RANK.

Estimated cardinality is calculated by using the hyperloglog approximation technique.

Percentiles and percentile ranks are approximate and are calculated using the t-digest algorithm. They must include the desired PERCENTILE/PERCENTILE_RANK. To compute multiple percentiles each value must be specified separately (i.e. 'percentile(75.0),percentile(99.0),percentile_rank(1234.56),percentile_rank(-5)').

A second, comma-separated value can be added to the PERCENTILE statistic to calculate percentile resolution, e.g., a 50th percentile with 200 resolution would be 'percentile(50,200)'.

The weighted average statistic requires a weight column to be specified in WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME. The weighted average is then defined as the sum of the products of column_name times the WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME values divided by the sum of the WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME values.

Additional columns can be used in the calculation of statistics via ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES. Values in these columns will be included in the overall aggregate calculation–individual aggregates will not be calculated per additional column. For instance, requesting the COUNT & MEAN of column_name x and ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES y & z, where x holds the numbers 1-10, y holds 11-20, and z holds 21-30, would return the total number of x, y, & z values (30), and the single average value across all x, y, & z values (15.5).

The response includes a list of key/value pairs of each statistic requested and its corresponding value.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2690 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateStatistics() [2/2]

AggregateStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateStatistics ( string  table_name, string  column_name, string  stats, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates the requested statistics of the given column(s) in a given table.

The available statistics are: COUNT (number of total objects), MEAN, STDV (standard deviation), VARIANCE, SKEW, KURTOSIS, SUM, MIN, MAX, WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, CARDINALITY (unique count), ESTIMATED_CARDINALITY, PERCENTILE, and PERCENTILE_RANK.

Estimated cardinality is calculated by using the hyperloglog approximation technique.

Percentiles and percentile ranks are approximate and are calculated using the t-digest algorithm. They must include the desired PERCENTILE/PERCENTILE_RANK. To compute multiple percentiles each value must be specified separately (i.e. 'percentile(75.0),percentile(99.0),percentile_rank(1234.56),percentile_rank(-5)').

A second, comma-separated value can be added to the PERCENTILE statistic to calculate percentile resolution, e.g., a 50th percentile with 200 resolution would be 'percentile(50,200)'.

The weighted average statistic requires a weight column to be specified in WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME. The weighted average is then defined as the sum of the products of column_name times the WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME values divided by the sum of the WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME values.

Additional columns can be used in the calculation of statistics via ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES. Values in these columns will be included in the overall aggregate calculation–individual aggregates will not be calculated per additional column. For instance, requesting the COUNT & MEAN of column_name x and ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES y & z, where x holds the numbers 1-10, y holds 11-20, and z holds 21-30, would return the total number of x, y, & z values (30), and the single average value across all x, y, & z values (15.5).

The response includes a list of key/value pairs of each statistic requested and its corresponding value.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the statistics operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of the primary column for which the statistics are to be calculated.
stats	Comma separated list of the statistics to calculate, e.g. "sum,mean". Supported values: COUNT: Number of objects (independent of the given column(s)). MEAN: Arithmetic mean (average), equivalent to sum/count. STDV: Sample standard deviation (denominator is count-1). VARIANCE: Unbiased sample variance (denominator is count-1). SKEW: Skewness (third standardized moment). KURTOSIS: Kurtosis (fourth standardized moment). SUM: Sum of all values in the column(s). MIN: Minimum value of the column(s). MAX: Maximum value of the column(s). WEIGHTED_AVERAGE: Weighted arithmetic mean (using the option WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME as the weighting column). CARDINALITY: Number of unique values in the column(s). ESTIMATED_CARDINALITY: Estimate (via hyperloglog technique) of the number of unique values in the column(s). PERCENTILE: Estimate (via t-digest) of the given percentile of the column(s) (percentile(50.0) will be an approximation of the median). Add a second, comma-separated value to calculate percentile resolution, e.g., 'percentile(75,150)' PERCENTILE_RANK: Estimate (via t-digest) of the percentile rank of the given value in the column(s) (if the given value is the median of the column(s), percentile_rank(<median>) will return approximately 50.0).
options	Optional parameters. ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES: A list of comma separated column names over which statistics can be accumulated along with the primary column. All columns listed and column_name must be of the same type. Must not include the column specified in column_name and no column can be listed twice. WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME: Name of column used as weighting attribute for the weighted average statistic. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2901 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateStatisticsByRange() [1/2]

AggregateStatisticsByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateStatisticsByRange ( AggregateStatisticsByRangeRequest  request_ )

inline

Divides the given set into bins and calculates statistics of the values of a value-column in each bin.

The bins are based on the values of a given binning-column. The statistics that may be requested are mean, stdv (standard deviation), variance, skew, kurtosis, sum, min, max, first, last and weighted average. In addition to the requested statistics the count of total samples in each bin is returned. This counts vector is just the histogram of the column used to divide the set members into bins. The weighted average statistic requires a weight column to be specified in WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME. The weighted average is then defined as the sum of the products of the value column times the weight column divided by the sum of the weight column.

There are two methods for binning the set members. In the first, which can be used for numeric valued binning-columns, a min, max and interval are specified. The number of bins, nbins, is the integer upper bound of (max-min)/interval. Values that fall in the range [min+n*interval,min+(n+1)*interval) are placed in the nth bin where n ranges from 0..nbin-2. The final bin is [min+(nbin-1)*interval,max]. In the second method, BIN_VALUES specifies a list of binning column values. Binning-columns whose value matches the nth member of the BIN_VALUES list are placed in the nth bin. When a list is provided, the binning-column must be of type string or int.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service this request.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 2945 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateStatisticsByRange() [2/2]

AggregateStatisticsByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateStatisticsByRange ( string  table_name, string  select_expression, string  column_name, string  value_column_name, string  stats, double  start, double  end, double  interval, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Divides the given set into bins and calculates statistics of the values of a value-column in each bin.

The bins are based on the values of a given binning-column. The statistics that may be requested are mean, stdv (standard deviation), variance, skew, kurtosis, sum, min, max, first, last and weighted average. In addition to the requested statistics the count of total samples in each bin is returned. This counts vector is just the histogram of the column used to divide the set members into bins. The weighted average statistic requires a weight column to be specified in WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME. The weighted average is then defined as the sum of the products of the value column times the weight column divided by the sum of the weight column.

There are two methods for binning the set members. In the first, which can be used for numeric valued binning-columns, a min, max and interval are specified. The number of bins, nbins, is the integer upper bound of (max-min)/interval. Values that fall in the range [min+n*interval,min+(n+1)*interval) are placed in the nth bin where n ranges from 0..nbin-2. The final bin is [min+(nbin-1)*interval,max]. In the second method, BIN_VALUES specifies a list of binning column values. Binning-columns whose value matches the nth member of the BIN_VALUES list are placed in the nth bin. When a list is provided, the binning-column must be of type string or int.

NOTE: The Kinetica instance being accessed must be running a CUDA (GPU-based) build to service this request.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the ranged-statistics operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
select_expression	For a non-empty expression statistics are calculated for those records for which the expression is true. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the binning-column used to divide the set samples into bins.
value_column_name	Name of the value-column for which statistics are to be computed.
stats	A string of comma separated list of the statistics to calculate, e.g. 'sum,mean'. Available statistics: mean, stdv (standard deviation), variance, skew, kurtosis, sum.
start	The lower bound of the binning-column.
end	The upper bound of the binning-column.
interval	The interval of a bin. Set members fall into bin i if the binning-column falls in the range [start+interval*i, start+interval*(i+1)).
options	Map of optional parameters: ADDITIONAL_COLUMN_NAMES: A list of comma separated value-column names over which statistics can be accumulated along with the primary value_column. BIN_VALUES: A list of comma separated binning-column values. Values that match the nth bin_values value are placed in the nth bin. WEIGHT_COLUMN_NAME: Name of the column used as weighting column for the weighted_average statistic. ORDER_COLUMN_NAME: Name of the column used for candlestick charting techniques. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3039 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateUnique() [1/2]

AggregateUniqueResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateUnique ( AggregateUniqueRequest  request_ )

inline

Returns all the unique values from a particular column (specified by column_name) of a particular table or view (specified by table_name).

If column_name is a numeric column, the values will be in data. Otherwise if column_name is a string column, the values will be in json_encoded_response. The results can be paged via offset and limit parameters.

Columns marked as store-only are unable to be used with this function.

To get the first 10 unique values sorted in descending order options would be:

{"limit":"10","sort_order":"descending"}

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

If a RESULT_TABLE name is specified in the options, the results are stored in a new table with that name–no results are returned in the response. Both the table name and resulting column name must adhere to standard naming conventions; any column expression will need to be aliased. If the source table's shard key is used as the column_name, the result table will be sharded, in all other cases it will be replicated. Sorting will properly function only if the result table is replicated or if there is only one processing node and should not be relied upon in other cases. Not available if the value of column_name is an unrestricted-length string.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3112 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateUnique() [2/2]

AggregateUniqueResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateUnique ( string  table_name, string  column_name, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Returns all the unique values from a particular column (specified by column_name ) of a particular table or view (specified by table_name ).

If column_name is a numeric column, the values will be in data. Otherwise if column_name is a string column, the values will be in json_encoded_response. The results can be paged via offset and limit parameters.

Columns marked as store-only are unable to be used with this function.

To get the first 10 unique values sorted in descending order options would be:

{"limit":"10","sort_order":"descending"}

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

If a RESULT_TABLE name is specified in the options , the results are stored in a new table with that name–no results are returned in the response. Both the table name and resulting column name must adhere to standard naming conventions; any column expression will need to be aliased. If the source table's shard key is used as the column_name , the result table will be sharded, in all other cases it will be replicated. Sorting will properly function only if the result table is replicated or if there is only one processing node and should not be relied upon in other cases. Not available if the value of column_name is an unrestricted-length string.

Parameters

table_name	Name of an existing table or view on which the operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of the column or an expression containing one or more column names on which the unique function would be applied.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use has_more_records to see if more records exist in the result to be fetched, and offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of RESULT_TABLE. If RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_RESULT_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema as part of RESULT_TABLE and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to the table. SORT_ORDER: String indicating how the returned values should be sorted. Supported values: ASCENDING DESCENDING The default value is ASCENDING. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by as well as the sort direction, e.g., 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The default value is ''. RESULT_TABLE: The name of the table used to store the results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. If present, no results are returned in the response. Not available if column_name is an unrestricted-length string. RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST: If TRUE, then the result table specified in RESULT_TABLE will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the result table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESULT_TABLE_FORCE_REPLICATED: Force the result table to be replicated (ignores any sharding). Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESULT_TABLE_GENERATE_PK: If TRUE then set a primary key for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. VIEW_ID: ID of view of which the result table will be a member. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3426 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateUnpivot() [1/2]

AggregateUnpivotResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateUnpivot ( AggregateUnpivotRequest  request_ )

inline

Rotate the column values into rows values.

For unpivot details and examples, see Unpivot. For limitations, see Unpivot Limitations.

Unpivot is used to normalize tables that are built for cross tabular reporting purposes. The unpivot operator rotates the column values for all the pivoted columns. A variable column, value column and all columns from the source table except the unpivot columns are projected into the result table. The variable column and value columns in the result table indicate the pivoted column name and values respectively.

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3457 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

aggregateUnpivot() [2/2]

AggregateUnpivotResponse kinetica.Kinetica.aggregateUnpivot ( string  table_name, IList< string >  column_names, string  variable_column_name, string  value_column_name, IList< string >  pivoted_columns, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Rotate the column values into rows values.

For unpivot details and examples, see Unpivot. For limitations, see Unpivot Limitations.

Unpivot is used to normalize tables that are built for cross tabular reporting purposes. The unpivot operator rotates the column values for all the pivoted columns. A variable column, value column and all columns from the source table except the unpivot columns are projected into the result table. The variable column and value columns in the result table indicate the pivoted column name and values respectively.

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table/view, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_names	List of column names or expressions. A wildcard '*' can be used to include all the non-pivoted columns from the source table.
variable_column_name	Specifies the variable/parameter column name. The default value is ''.
value_column_name	Specifies the value column name. The default value is ''.
pivoted_columns	List of one or more values typically the column names of the input table. All the columns in the source table must have the same data type.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of RESULT_TABLE. If RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_RESULT_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema as part of RESULT_TABLE and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. RESULT_TABLE: The name of a table used to store the results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. If present, no results are returned in the response. RESULT_TABLE_PERSIST: If TRUE, then the result table specified in RESULT_TABLE will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the result table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. EXPRESSION: Filter expression to apply to the table prior to unpivot processing. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by; e.g. 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The columns specified must be present in input table. If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. The default value is ''. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for the result table. Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. LIMIT: The number of records to keep. The default value is ''. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. VIEW_ID: view this result table is part of. The default value is ''. CREATE_INDEXES: Comma-separated list of columns on which to create indexes on the table specified in RESULT_TABLE. The columns specified must be present in output column names. If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. RESULT_TABLE_FORCE_REPLICATED: Force the result table to be replicated (ignores any sharding). Must be used in combination with the RESULT_TABLE option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3711 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterCredential() [1/2]

AlterCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterCredential ( AlterCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Alter the properties of an existing credential.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3733 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterCredential() [2/2]

AlterCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterCredential ( string  credential_name, IDictionary< string, string >  credential_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options  )

inline

Alter the properties of an existing credential.

Parameters

credential_name	Name of the credential to be altered. Must be an existing credential.
credential_updates_map	Map containing the properties of the credential to be updated. Error if empty. TYPE: New type for the credential. Supported values: AWS_ACCESS_KEY AWS_IAM_ROLE AZURE_AD AZURE_OAUTH AZURE_SAS AZURE_STORAGE_KEY DOCKER GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_ID GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS HDFS KAFKA IDENTITY: New user for the credential SECRET: New password for the credential SCHEMA_NAME: Updates the schema name. If SCHEMA_NAME doesn't exist, an error will be thrown. If SCHEMA_NAME is empty, then the user's default schema will be used.
options	Optional parameters.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3840 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDatasink() [1/2]

AlterDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDatasink ( AlterDatasinkRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters the properties of an existing data sink

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 3857 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDatasink() [2/2]

AlterDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDatasink ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  datasink_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options  )

inline

Alters the properties of an existing data sink

Parameters

name	Name of the data sink to be altered. Must be an existing data sink.
datasink_updates_map	Map containing the properties of the data sink to be updated. Error if empty. DESTINATION: Destination for the output data in format 'destination_type://path[:port]'. Supported destination types are 'azure', 'gcs', 'hdfs', 'http', 'https', 'jdbc', 'kafka', and 's3'. CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for connecting to this sink WAIT_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for waiting for a response from this sink CREDENTIAL: Name of the credential object to be used in this data sink S3_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Amazon S3 bucket to use as the data sink S3_REGION: Name of the Amazon S3 region where the given bucket is located S3_VERIFY_SSL: Whether to verify SSL connections. Supported values: TRUE: Connect with SSL verification FALSE: Connect without verifying the SSL connection; for testing purposes, bypassing TLS errors, self-signed certificates, etc. The default value is TRUE. S3_USE_VIRTUAL_ADDRESSING: Whether to use virtual addressing when referencing the Amazon S3 sink. Supported values: TRUE: The requests URI should be specified in virtual-hosted-style format where the bucket name is part of the domain name in the URL. FALSE: Use path-style URI for requests. The default value is TRUE. S3_AWS_ROLE_ARN: Amazon IAM Role ARN which has required S3 permissions that can be assumed for the given S3 IAM user S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM: Customer encryption algorithm used encrypting data S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_KEY: Customer encryption key to encrypt or decrypt data S3_ENCRYPTION_TYPE: Server side encryption type S3_KMS_KEY_ID: KMS key HDFS_KERBEROS_KEYTAB: Kerberos keytab file location for the given HDFS user. This may be a KIFS file. HDFS_DELEGATION_TOKEN: Delegation token for the given HDFS user HDFS_USE_KERBEROS: Use kerberos authentication for the given HDFS cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME: Name of the Azure storage account to use as the data sink, this is valid only if tenant_id is specified AZURE_CONTAINER_NAME: Name of the Azure storage container to use as the data sink AZURE_TENANT_ID: Active Directory tenant ID (or directory ID) AZURE_SAS_TOKEN: Shared access signature token for Azure storage account to use as the data sink AZURE_OAUTH_TOKEN: Oauth token to access given storage container GCS_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Google Cloud Storage bucket to use as the data sink GCS_PROJECT_ID: Name of the Google Cloud project to use as the data sink GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS: Google Cloud service account keys to use for authenticating the data sink JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_PATH: JDBC driver jar file location. This may be a KIFS file. JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME: Name of the JDBC driver class KAFKA_URL: The publicly-accessible full path URL to the kafka broker, e.g., 'http://172.123.45.67:9300'. KAFKA_TOPIC_NAME: Name of the Kafka topic to use for this data sink, if it references a Kafka broker ANONYMOUS: Create an anonymous connection to the storage provider–DEPRECATED: this is now the default. Specify use_managed_credentials for non-anonymous connection. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. USE_MANAGED_CREDENTIALS: When no credentials are supplied, we use anonymous access by default. If this is set, we will use cloud provider user settings. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_HTTPS: Use https to connect to datasink if true, otherwise use http. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. MAX_BATCH_SIZE: Maximum number of records per notification message. The default value is '1'. MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE: Maximum size in bytes of each notification message. The default value is '1000000'. JSON_FORMAT: The desired format of JSON encoded notifications message. Supported values: FLAT: A single record is returned per message NESTED: Records are returned as an array per message The default value is FLAT. SKIP_VALIDATION: Bypass validation of connection to this data sink. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SCHEMA_NAME: Updates the schema name. If SCHEMA_NAME doesn't exist, an error will be thrown. If SCHEMA_NAME is empty, then the user's default schema will be used.
options	Optional parameters.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4282 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDatasource() [1/2]

AlterDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDatasource ( AlterDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters the properties of an existing data source

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4298 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDatasource() [2/2]

AlterDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDatasource ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  datasource_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options  )

inline

Alters the properties of an existing data source

Parameters

name	Name of the data source to be altered. Must be an existing data source.
datasource_updates_map	Map containing the properties of the data source to be updated. Error if empty. LOCATION: Location of the remote storage in 'storage_provider_type://[storage_path[:storage_port]]' format. Supported storage provider types are 'azure', 'gcs', 'hdfs', 'jdbc', 'kafka', 'confluent', and 's3'. USER_NAME: Name of the remote system user; may be an empty string PASSWORD: Password for the remote system user; may be an empty string SKIP_VALIDATION: Bypass validation of connection to remote source. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for connecting to this storage provider WAIT_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for reading from this storage provider CREDENTIAL: Name of the credential object to be used in data source S3_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Amazon S3 bucket to use as the data source S3_REGION: Name of the Amazon S3 region where the given bucket is located S3_VERIFY_SSL: Whether to verify SSL connections. Supported values: TRUE: Connect with SSL verification FALSE: Connect without verifying the SSL connection; for testing purposes, bypassing TLS errors, self-signed certificates, etc. The default value is TRUE. S3_USE_VIRTUAL_ADDRESSING: Whether to use virtual addressing when referencing the Amazon S3 source. Supported values: TRUE: The requests URI should be specified in virtual-hosted-style format where the bucket name is part of the domain name in the URL. FALSE: Use path-style URI for requests. The default value is TRUE. S3_AWS_ROLE_ARN: Amazon IAM Role ARN which has required S3 permissions that can be assumed for the given S3 IAM user S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM: Customer encryption algorithm used encrypting data S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_KEY: Customer encryption key to encrypt or decrypt data HDFS_KERBEROS_KEYTAB: Kerberos keytab file location for the given HDFS user. This may be a KIFS file. HDFS_DELEGATION_TOKEN: Delegation token for the given HDFS user HDFS_USE_KERBEROS: Use kerberos authentication for the given HDFS cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME: Name of the Azure storage account to use as the data source, this is valid only if tenant_id is specified AZURE_CONTAINER_NAME: Name of the Azure storage container to use as the data source AZURE_TENANT_ID: Active Directory tenant ID (or directory ID) AZURE_SAS_TOKEN: Shared access signature token for Azure storage account to use as the data source AZURE_OAUTH_TOKEN: OAuth token to access given storage container GCS_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Google Cloud Storage bucket to use as the data source GCS_PROJECT_ID: Name of the Google Cloud project to use as the data source GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS: Google Cloud service account keys to use for authenticating the data source JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_PATH: JDBC driver jar file location. This may be a KIFS file. JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME: Name of the JDBC driver class KAFKA_URL: The publicly-accessible full path URL to the Kafka broker, e.g., 'http://172.123.45.67:9300'. KAFKA_TOPIC_NAME: Name of the Kafka topic to use as the data source ANONYMOUS: Create an anonymous connection to the storage provider–DEPRECATED: this is now the default. Specify use_managed_credentials for non-anonymous connection. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. USE_MANAGED_CREDENTIALS: When no credentials are supplied, we use anonymous access by default. If this is set, we will use cloud provider user settings. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_HTTPS: Use https to connect to datasource if true, otherwise use http. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SCHEMA_NAME: Updates the schema name. If SCHEMA_NAME doesn't exist, an error will be thrown. If SCHEMA_NAME is empty, then the user's default schema will be used. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LOCATION: Location of Confluent Schema Registry in '[storage_path[:storage_port]]' format. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CREDENTIAL: Confluent Schema Registry credential object name. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_PORT: Confluent Schema Registry port (optional).
options	Optional parameters.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4708 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDirectory() [1/2]

AlterDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDirectory ( AlterDirectoryRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters an existing directory in KiFS.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4724 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterDirectory() [2/2]

AlterDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterDirectory ( string  directory_name, IDictionary< string, string >  directory_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters an existing directory in KiFS.

Parameters

directory_name	Name of the directory in KiFS to be altered.
directory_updates_map	Map containing the properties of the directory to be altered. Error if empty. DATA_LIMIT: The maximum capacity, in bytes, to apply to the directory. Set to -1 to indicate no upper limit.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4752 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterEnvironment() [1/2]

AlterEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterEnvironment ( AlterEnvironmentRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters an existing environment which can be referenced by a user-defined function (UDF).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4769 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterEnvironment() [2/2]

AlterEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterEnvironment ( string  environment_name, string  action, string  _value, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters an existing environment which can be referenced by a user-defined function (UDF).

Parameters

environment_name	Name of the environment to be altered.
action	Modification operation to be applied. Supported values: INSTALL_PACKAGE: Install a python package from PyPI, an external data source or KiFS INSTALL_REQUIREMENTS: Install packages from a requirements file UNINSTALL_PACKAGE: Uninstall a python package. UNINSTALL_REQUIREMENTS: Uninstall packages from a requirements file RESET: Uninstalls all packages in the environment and resets it to the original state at time of creation REBUILD: Recreates the environment and re-installs all packages, upgrades the packages if necessary based on dependencies
_value	The value of the modification, depending on action . For example, if action is INSTALL_PACKAGE, this would be the python package name. If action is INSTALL_REQUIREMENTS, this would be the path of a requirements file from which to install packages. If an external data source is specified in DATASOURCE_NAME, this can be the path to a wheel file or source archive. Alternatively, if installing from a file (wheel or source archive), the value may be a reference to a file in KiFS.
options	Optional parameters. DATASOURCE_NAME: Name of an existing external data source from which packages specified in _value can be loaded The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4858 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterResourceGroup() [1/2]

AlterResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterResourceGroup ( AlterResourceGroupRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters the properties of an exisiting resource group to facilitate resource management.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 4913 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterResourceGroup() [2/2]

AlterResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterResourceGroup ( string  name, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  tier_attributes = null, string  ranking = AlterResourceGroupRequest.Ranking.EMPTY_STRING, string  adjoining_resource_group = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters the properties of an exisiting resource group to facilitate resource management.

Parameters

name	Name of the group to be altered. Must be an existing resource group name or an empty string when used inconjunction with the is_default_group option.
tier_attributes	Optional map containing tier names and their respective attribute group limits. The only valid attribute limit that can be set is max_memory (in bytes) for the VRAM & RAM tiers. For instance, to set max VRAM capacity to 1GB and max RAM capacity to 10GB, use: {'VRAM':{'max_memory':'1000000000'}, 'RAM':{'max_memory':'10000000000'}}. MAX_MEMORY: Maximum amount of memory usable in the given tier at one time for this group. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
ranking	If the resource group ranking is to be updated, this indicates the relative ranking among existing resource groups where this resource group will be moved; leave blank if not changing the ranking. When using BEFORE or AFTER, specify which resource group this one will be inserted before or after in adjoining_resource_group . Supported values: EMPTY_STRING FIRST LAST BEFORE AFTER The default value is EMPTY_STRING.
adjoining_resource_group	If ranking is BEFORE or AFTER, this field indicates the resource group before or after which the current group will be placed; otherwise, leave blank. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. MAX_CPU_CONCURRENCY: Maximum number of simultaneous threads that will be used to execute a request for this group. The minimum allowed value is '4'. MAX_DATA: Maximum amount of cumulative ram usage regardless of tier status for this group. The minimum allowed value is '-1'. MAX_SCHEDULING_PRIORITY: Maximum priority of a scheduled task for this group. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '100'. MAX_TIER_PRIORITY: Maximum priority of a tiered object for this group. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '10'. IS_DEFAULT_GROUP: If TRUE, this request applies to the global default resource group. It is an error for this field to be TRUE when the name field is also populated. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PERSIST: If TRUE and a system-level change was requested, the system configuration will be written to disk upon successful application of this request. This will commit the changes from this request and any additional in-memory modifications. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5082 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterRole() [1/2]

AlterRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterRole ( AlterRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters a Role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5101 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterRole() [2/2]

AlterRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterRole ( string  name, string  action, string  _value, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters a Role.

Parameters

name	Name of the role to be altered. Must be an existing role.
action	Modification operation to be applied to the role. Supported values: SET_COMMENT: Sets the comment for an internal role. SET_RESOURCE_GROUP: Sets the resource group for an internal role. The resource group must exist, otherwise, an empty string assigns the role to the default resource group.
_value	The value of the modification, depending on action .
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5139 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterSchema() [1/2]

AlterSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterSchema ( AlterSchemaRequest  request_ )

inline

Used to change the name of a SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5156 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterSchema() [2/2]

AlterSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterSchema ( string  schema_name, string  action, string  _value, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Used to change the name of a SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name .

Parameters

schema_name	Name of the schema to be altered.
action	Modification operation to be applied. Supported values: ADD_COMMENT: Adds a comment describing the schema RENAME_SCHEMA: Renames a schema to _value . Has the same naming restrictions as tables.
_value	The value of the modification, depending on action . For now the only value of action is RENAME_SCHEMA. In this case the value is the new name of the schema.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5197 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterSystemProperties() [1/2]

AlterSystemPropertiesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterSystemProperties ( AlterSystemPropertiesRequest  request_ )

inline

The alterSystemProperties endpoint is primarily used to simplify the testing of the system and is not expected to be used during normal execution.

Commands are given through the property_updates_map whose keys are commands and values are strings representing integer values (for example '8000') or boolean values ('true' or 'false').

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5220 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterSystemProperties() [2/2]

AlterSystemPropertiesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterSystemProperties ( IDictionary< string, string >  property_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

The alterSystemProperties endpoint is primarily used to simplify the testing of the system and is not expected to be used during normal execution.

Commands are given through the property_updates_map whose keys are commands and values are strings representing integer values (for example '8000') or boolean values ('true' or 'false').

Parameters

property_updates_map

Map containing the properties of the system to be updated. Error if empty. CONCURRENT_KERNEL_EXECUTION: Enables concurrent kernel execution if the value is TRUE and disables it if the value is FALSE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE SUBTASK_CONCURRENCY_LIMIT: Sets the maximum number of simultaneous threads allocated to a given request, on each rank. Note that thread allocation may also be limted by resource group limits and/or system load. CHUNK_SIZE: Sets the number of records per chunk to be used for all new tables. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Sets the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for all new tables. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for all new tables. EVICT_COLUMNS: Attempts to evict columns from memory to the persistent store. Value string is a semicolon separated list of entries, each entry being a table name optionally followed by a comma and a comma separated list of column names to attempt to evict. An empty value string will attempt to evict all tables and columns. EXECUTION_MODE: Sets the execution_mode for kernel executions to the specified string value. Possible values are host, device, default (engine decides) or an integer value that indicates max chunk size to exec on host EXTERNAL_FILES_DIRECTORY: Sets the root directory path where external table data files are accessed from. Path must exist on the head node FLUSH_TO_DISK: Flushes any changes to any tables to the persistent store. These changes include updates to the vector store, object store, and text search store. Value string can be 'true', 'false' or 'text_search' to flush the text search store only. CLEAR_CACHE: Clears cached results. Useful to allow repeated timing of endpoints. Value string is the name of the table for which to clear the cached results, or an empty string to clear the cached results for all tables. COMMUNICATOR_TEST: Invoke the communicator test and report timing results. Value string is a semicolon separated list of [key]=[value] expressions. Expressions are: num_transactions=[num] where num is the number of request reply transactions to invoke per test; message_size=[bytes] where bytes is the size in bytes of the messages to send; check_values=[enabled] where if enabled is true the value of the messages received are verified. NETWORK_SPEED: Invoke the network speed test and report timing results. Value string is a semicolon-separated list of [key]=[value] expressions. Valid expressions are: seconds=[time] where time is the time in seconds to run the test; data_size=[bytes] where bytes is the size in bytes of the block to be transferred; threads=[number of threads]; to_ranks=[space-separated list of ranks] where the list of ranks is the ranks that rank 0 will send data to and get data from. If to_ranks is unspecified then all worker ranks are used. REQUEST_TIMEOUT: Number of minutes after which filtering (e.g., filter) and aggregating (e.g., aggregateGroupBy) queries will timeout. The default value is '20'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '1440'. MAX_GET_RECORDS_SIZE: The maximum number of records the database will serve for a given data retrieval call. The default value is '20000'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '1000000'. MAX_GRBC_BATCH_SIZE: <DEVELOPER> ENABLE_AUDIT: Enable or disable auditing. AUDIT_HEADERS: Enable or disable auditing of request headers. AUDIT_BODY: Enable or disable auditing of request bodies. AUDIT_DATA: Enable or disable auditing of request data. AUDIT_RESPONSE: Enable or disable auditing of response information. SHADOW_AGG_SIZE: Size of the shadow aggregate chunk cache in bytes. The default value is '10000000'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '2147483647'. SHADOW_FILTER_SIZE: Size of the shadow filter chunk cache in bytes. The default value is '10000000'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '2147483647'. SYNCHRONOUS_COMPRESSION: compress vector on set_compression (instead of waiting for background thread). The default value is 'false'. ENABLE_OVERLAPPED_EQUI_JOIN: Enable overlapped-equi-join filter. The default value is 'true'. ENABLE_ONE_STEP_COMPOUND_EQUI_JOIN: Enable the one_step compound-equi-join algorithm. The default value is 'true'. KAFKA_BATCH_SIZE: Maximum number of records to be ingested in a single batch. The default value is '1000'. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '10000000'. KAFKA_POLL_TIMEOUT: Maximum time (milliseconds) for each poll to get records from kafka. The default value is '0'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '1000'. KAFKA_WAIT_TIME: Maximum time (seconds) to buffer records received from kafka before ingestion. The default value is '30'. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '120'. EGRESS_PARQUET_COMPRESSION: Parquet file compression type. Supported values: UNCOMPRESSED SNAPPY GZIP The default value is SNAPPY. EGRESS_SINGLE_FILE_MAX_SIZE: Max file size (in MB) to allow saving to a single file. May be overridden by target limitations. The default value is '10000'. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '200000'. MAX_CONCURRENT_KERNELS: Sets the max_concurrent_kernels value of the conf. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '256'. SYSTEM_METADATA_RETENTION_PERIOD: Sets the system_metadata.retention_period value of the conf. The minimum allowed value is '1'. TCS_PER_TOM: Sets the tcs_per_tom value of the conf. The minimum allowed value is '2'. The maximum allowed value is '8192'. TPS_PER_TOM: Sets the tps_per_tom value of the conf. The minimum allowed value is '2'. The maximum allowed value is '8192'. BACKGROUND_WORKER_THREADS: Size of the worker rank background thread pool. This includes background operations such as watermark evictions catalog table updates. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '8192'. AI_ENABLE_RAG: Enable RAG. The default value is 'false'. AI_API_PROVIDER: AI API provider type AI_API_URL: AI API URL AI_API_KEY: AI API key AI_API_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: AI API connection timeout in seconds AI_API_EMBEDDINGS_MODEL: AI API model name TELM_PERSIST_QUERY_METRICS: Enable or disable persisting of query metrics. POSTGRES_PROXY_IDLE_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: Idle connection timeout in seconds POSTGRES_PROXY_KEEP_ALIVE: Enable postgres proxy keep alive. The default value is 'false'. KIFS_DIRECTORY_DATA_LIMIT: The default maximum capacity to apply when creating a KiFS directory (bytes). The minimum allowed value is '-1'.

options

Optional parameters. EVICT_TO_COLD: If TRUE and evict_columns is specified, the given objects will be evicted to cold storage (if such a tier exists). Supported values: TRUE FALSE PERSIST: If TRUE the system configuration will be written to disk upon successful application of this request. This will commit the changes from this request and any additional in-memory modifications. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5699 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTable() [1/2]

AlterTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTable ( AlterTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Apply various modifications to a table or view.

The available modifications include the following:

Manage a table's columns–a column can be added, removed, or have its type and properties modified, including whether it is dictionary encoded or not.

External tables cannot be modified except for their refresh method.

Create or delete a column, low-cardinality index, chunk skip, geospatial, CAGRA, or HNSW index. This can speed up certain operations when using expressions containing equality or relational operators on indexed columns. This only applies to tables.

Create or delete a foreign key on a particular column.

Manage a range-partitioned or a manual list-partitioned table's partitions.

Set (or reset) the tier strategy of a table or view.

Refresh and manage the refresh mode of a materialized view or an external table.

Set the time-to-live (TTL). This can be applied to tables or views.

Set the global access mode (i.e. locking) for a table. This setting trumps any role-based access controls that may be in place; e.g., a user with write access to a table marked read-only will not be able to insert records into it. The mode can be set to read-only, write-only, read/write, and no access.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 5761 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTable() [2/2]

AlterTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTable ( string  table_name, string  action, string  _value, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Apply various modifications to a table or view.

The available modifications include the following:

Manage a table's columns–a column can be added, removed, or have its type and properties modified, including whether it is dictionary encoded or not.

External tables cannot be modified except for their refresh method.

Create or delete a column, low-cardinality index, chunk skip, geospatial, CAGRA, or HNSW index. This can speed up certain operations when using expressions containing equality or relational operators on indexed columns. This only applies to tables.

Create or delete a foreign key on a particular column.

Manage a range-partitioned or a manual list-partitioned table's partitions.

Set (or reset) the tier strategy of a table or view.

Refresh and manage the refresh mode of a materialized view or an external table.

Set the time-to-live (TTL). This can be applied to tables or views.

Set the global access mode (i.e. locking) for a table. This setting trumps any role-based access controls that may be in place; e.g., a user with write access to a table marked read-only will not be able to insert records into it. The mode can be set to read-only, write-only, read/write, and no access.

Parameters

table_name	Table on which the operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table or view.
action	Modification operation to be applied. Supported values: ALLOW_HOMOGENEOUS_TABLES: No longer supported; action will be ignored. CREATE_INDEX: Creates a column (attribute) index, low-cardinality index, chunk skip index, geospatial index, CAGRA index, or HNSW index (depending on the specified INDEX_TYPE), on the column name specified in _value . If this column already has the specified index, an error will be returned. REFRESH_INDEX: Refreshes an index identified by INDEX_TYPE, on the column name specified in _value . Currently applicable only to CAGRA indices. DELETE_INDEX: Deletes a column (attribute) index, low-cardinality index, chunk skip index, geospatial index, CAGRA index, or HNSW index (depending on the specified INDEX_TYPE), on the column name specified in _value . If this column does not have the specified index, an error will be returned. MOVE_TO_COLLECTION: [DEPRECATED–please use MOVE_TO_SCHEMA and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Moves a table or view into a schema named _value . If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. MOVE_TO_SCHEMA: Moves a table or view into a schema named _value . If the schema provided is nonexistent, an error will be thrown. If _value is empty, then the table or view will be placed in the user's default schema. PROTECTED: No longer used. Previously set whether the given table_name should be protected or not. The _value would have been either 'true' or 'false'. RENAME_TABLE: Renames a table or view to _value . Has the same naming restrictions as tables. TTL: Sets the time-to-live in minutes of the table or view specified in table_name . ADD_COMMENT: Adds the comment specified in _value to the table specified in table_name . Use COLUMN_NAME to set the comment for a column. ADD_COLUMN: Adds the column specified in _value to the table specified in table_name . Use COLUMN_TYPE and COLUMN_PROPERTIES in options to set the column's type and properties, respectively. CHANGE_COLUMN: Changes type and properties of the column specified in _value . Use COLUMN_TYPE and COLUMN_PROPERTIES in options to set the column's type and properties, respectively. Note that primary key and/or shard key columns cannot be changed. All unchanging column properties must be listed for the change to take place, e.g., to add dictionary encoding to an existing 'char4' column, both 'char4' and 'dict' must be specified in the options map. SET_COLUMN_COMPRESSION: No longer supported; action will be ignored. DELETE_COLUMN: Deletes the column specified in _value from the table specified in table_name . CREATE_FOREIGN_KEY: Creates a foreign key specified in _value using the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. DELETE_FOREIGN_KEY: Deletes a foreign key. The _value should be the foreign_key_name specified when creating the key or the complete string used to define it. ADD_PARTITION: Adds the partition specified in _value , to either a range-partitioned or manual list-partitioned table. REMOVE_PARTITION: Removes the partition specified in _value (and relocates all of its data to the default partition) from either a range-partitioned or manual list-partitioned table. DELETE_PARTITION: Deletes the partition specified in _value (and all of its data) from either a range-partitioned or manual list-partitioned table. SET_GLOBAL_ACCESS_MODE: Sets the global access mode (i.e. locking) for the table specified in table_name . Specify the access mode in _value . Valid modes are 'no_access', 'read_only', 'write_only' and 'read_write'. REFRESH: For a materialized view, replays all the table creation commands required to create the view. For an external table, reloads all data in the table from its associated source files or data source. SET_REFRESH_METHOD: For a materialized view, sets the method by which the view is refreshed to the method specified in _value - one of 'manual', 'periodic', or 'on_change'. For an external table, sets the method by which the table is refreshed to the method specified in _value - either 'manual' or 'on_start'. SET_REFRESH_START_TIME: Sets the time to start periodic refreshes of this materialized view to the datetime string specified in _value with format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'. Subsequent refreshes occur at the specified time + N * the refresh period. SET_REFRESH_STOP_TIME: Sets the time to stop periodic refreshes of this materialized view to the datetime string specified in _value with format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'. SET_REFRESH_PERIOD: Sets the time interval in seconds at which to refresh this materialized view to the value specified in _value . Also, sets the refresh method to periodic if not already set. SET_REFRESH_SPAN: Sets the future time-offset(in seconds) for the view refresh to stop. SET_REFRESH_EXECUTE_AS: Sets the user name to refresh this materialized view to the value specified in _value . REMOVE_TEXT_SEARCH_ATTRIBUTES: Removes text search attribute from all columns. REMOVE_SHARD_KEYS: Removes the shard key property from all columns, so that the table will be considered randomly sharded. The data is not moved. The _value is ignored. SET_STRATEGY_DEFINITION: Sets the tier strategy for the table and its columns to the one specified in _value , replacing the existing tier strategy in its entirety. CANCEL_DATASOURCE_SUBSCRIPTION: Permanently unsubscribe a data source that is loading continuously as a stream. The data source can be Kafka / S3 / Azure. PAUSE_DATASOURCE_SUBSCRIPTION: Temporarily unsubscribe a data source that is loading continuously as a stream. The data source can be Kafka / S3 / Azure. RESUME_DATASOURCE_SUBSCRIPTION: Resubscribe to a paused data source subscription. The data source can be Kafka / S3 / Azure. CHANGE_OWNER: Change the owner resource group of the table. SET_LOAD_VECTORS_POLICY: Set startup data loading scheme for the table; see description of 'load_vectors_policy' in createTable for possible values for _value SET_BUILD_PK_INDEX_POLICY: Set startup primary key generation scheme for the table; see description of 'build_pk_index_policy' in createTable for possible values for _value SET_BUILD_MATERIALIZED_VIEW_POLICY: Set startup rebuilding scheme for the materialized view; see description of 'build_materialized_view_policy' in createMaterializedView for possible values for _value
_value	The value of the modification, depending on action . For example, if action is ADD_COLUMN, this would be the column name; while the column's definition would be covered by the COLUMN_TYPE, COLUMN_PROPERTIES, COLUMN_DEFAULT_VALUE, and ADD_COLUMN_EXPRESSION in options . If action is TTL, it would be the number of minutes for the new TTL. If action is REFRESH, this field would be blank.
options	Optional parameters. ACTION COLUMN_NAME TABLE_NAME COLUMN_DEFAULT_VALUE: When adding a column, set a default value for existing records. For nullable columns, the default value will be null, regardless of data type. COLUMN_PROPERTIES: When adding or changing a column, set the column properties (strings, separated by a comma: data, store_only, text_search, char8, int8 etc). COLUMN_TYPE: When adding or changing a column, set the column type (strings, separated by a comma: int, double, string, null etc). COMPRESSION_TYPE: No longer supported; option will be ignored. Supported values: NONE SNAPPY LZ4 LZ4HC The default value is SNAPPY. COPY_VALUES_FROM_COLUMN: [DEPRECATED–please use ADD_COLUMN_EXPRESSION instead.] RENAME_COLUMN: When changing a column, specify new column name. VALIDATE_CHANGE_COLUMN: When changing a column, validate the change before applying it (or not). Supported values: TRUE: Validate all values. A value too large (or too long) for the new type will prevent any change. FALSE: When a value is too large or long, it will be truncated. The default value is TRUE. UPDATE_LAST_ACCESS_TIME: Indicates whether the time-to-live (TTL) expiration countdown timer should be reset to the table's TTL. Supported values: TRUE: Reset the expiration countdown timer to the table's configured TTL. FALSE: Don't reset the timer; expiration countdown will continue from where it is, as if the table had not been accessed. The default value is TRUE. ADD_COLUMN_EXPRESSION: When adding a column, an optional expression to use for the new column's values. Any valid expression may be used, including one containing references to existing columns in the same table. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: Optional parameter for specifying the tier strategy for the table and its columns when action is SET_STRATEGY_DEFINITION, replacing the existing tier strategy in its entirety. INDEX_TYPE: Type of index to create, when action is CREATE_INDEX; to refresh, when action is REFRESH_INDEX; or to delete, when action is DELETE_INDEX. Supported values: COLUMN: Create or delete a column (attribute) index. LOW_CARDINALITY: Create a low-cardinality column (attribute) index. CHUNK_SKIP: Create or delete a chunk skip index. GEOSPATIAL: Create or delete a geospatial index CAGRA: Create or delete a CAGRA index on a vector column HNSW: Create or delete an HNSW index on a vector column The default value is COLUMN. INDEX_OPTIONS: Options to use when creating an index, in the format "key: value [, key: value [, ...]]". Valid options vary by index type. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6501 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableColumns() [1/2]

AlterTableColumnsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableColumns ( AlterTableColumnsRequest  request_ )

inline

Apply various modifications to columns in a table, view.

The available modifications include the following:

Create or delete an index on a particular column. This can speed up certain operations when using expressions containing equality or relational operators on indexed columns. This only applies to tables.

Manage a table's columns–a column can be added, removed, or have its type and properties modified, including whether it is dictionary encoded or not.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6529 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableColumns() [2/2]

AlterTableColumnsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableColumns ( string  table_name, IList< IDictionary< string, string >>  column_alterations, IDictionary< string, string >  options  )

inline

Apply various modifications to columns in a table, view.

The available modifications include the following:

Create or delete an index on a particular column. This can speed up certain operations when using expressions containing equality or relational operators on indexed columns. This only applies to tables.

Manage a table's columns–a column can be added, removed, or have its type and properties modified, including whether it is dictionary encoded or not.

Parameters

table_name	Table on which the operation will be performed. Must be an existing table or view, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_alterations	List of alter table add/delete/change column requests - all for the same table. Each request is a map that includes 'column_name', 'action' and the options specific for the action. Note that the same options as in alter table requests but in the same map as the column name and the action. For example: [{'column_name':'col_1','action':'change_column','rename_column':'col_2'},{'column_name':'col_1','action':'add_column', 'type':'int','default_value':'1'}]
options	Optional parameters.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6568 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableMetadata() [1/2]

AlterTableMetadataResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableMetadata ( AlterTableMetadataRequest  request_ )

inline

Updates (adds or changes) metadata for tables.

The metadata key and values must both be strings. This is an easy way to annotate whole tables rather than single records within tables. Some examples of metadata are owner of the table, table creation timestamp etc.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6587 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableMetadata() [2/2]

AlterTableMetadataResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableMetadata ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  metadata_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Updates (adds or changes) metadata for tables.

The metadata key and values must both be strings. This is an easy way to annotate whole tables rather than single records within tables. Some examples of metadata are owner of the table, table creation timestamp etc.

Parameters

table_names	Names of the tables whose metadata will be updated, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. All specified tables must exist, or an error will be returned.
metadata_map	A map which contains the metadata of the tables that are to be updated. Note that only one map is provided for all the tables; so the change will be applied to every table. If the provided map is empty, then all existing metadata for the table(s) will be cleared.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6614 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableMonitor() [1/2]

AlterTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableMonitor ( AlterTableMonitorRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6631 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTableMonitor() [2/2]

AlterTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTableMonitor ( string  topic_id, IDictionary< string, string >  monitor_updates_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options  )

inline

Alters a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor.

Parameters

topic_id	The topic ID returned by createTableMonitor.
monitor_updates_map	Map containing the properties of the table monitor to be updated. Error if empty. SCHEMA_NAME: Updates the schema name. If SCHEMA_NAME doesn't exist, an error will be thrown. If SCHEMA_NAME is empty, then the user's default schema will be used.
options	Optional parameters.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6663 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTier() [1/2]

AlterTierResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTier ( AlterTierRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters properties of an exisiting tier to facilitate resource management.

To disable watermark-based eviction, set both HIGH_WATERMARK and LOW_WATERMARK to 100.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6688 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterTier() [2/2]

AlterTierResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterTier ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters properties of an exisiting tier to facilitate resource management.

To disable watermark-based eviction, set both HIGH_WATERMARK and LOW_WATERMARK to 100.

Parameters

name

Name of the tier to be altered. Must be an existing tier group name.

options

Optional parameters. CAPACITY: Maximum size in bytes this tier may hold at once. HIGH_WATERMARK: Threshold of usage of this tier's resource that once exceeded, will trigger watermark-based eviction from this tier. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '100'. LOW_WATERMARK: Threshold of resource usage that once fallen below after crossing the HIGH_WATERMARK, will cease watermark-based eviction from this tier. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '100'. WAIT_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for reading from or writing to this resource. Applies to cold storage tiers only. PERSIST: If TRUE the system configuration will be written to disk upon successful application of this request. This will commit the changes from this request and any additional in-memory modifications. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. RANK: Apply the requested change only to a specific rank. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '10000'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6784 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterUser() [1/2]

AlterUserResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterUser ( AlterUserRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters a user.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6796 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterUser() [2/2]

AlterUserResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterUser ( string  name, string  action, string  _value, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters a user.

Parameters

name	Name of the user to be altered. Must be an existing user.
action	Modification operation to be applied to the user. Supported values: SET_ACTIVATED: Is the user allowed to login. TRUE: User may login FALSE: User may not login SET_COMMENT: Sets the comment for an internal user. SET_DEFAULT_SCHEMA: Set the default_schema for an internal user. An empty string means the user will have no default schema. SET_PASSWORD: Sets the password of the user. The user must be an internal user. SET_RESOURCE_GROUP: Sets the resource group for an internal user. The resource group must exist, otherwise, an empty string assigns the user to the default resource group.
_value	The value of the modification, depending on action .
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6865 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterVideo() [1/2]

AlterVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterVideo ( AlterVideoRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters a video.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6879 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterVideo() [2/2]

AlterVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterVideo ( string  path, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters a video.

Parameters

path	Fully-qualified KiFS path to the video to be altered.
options	Optional parameters. TTL: Sets the TTL of the video. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6902 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterWal() [1/2]

AlterWalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterWal ( AlterWalRequest  request_ )

inline

Alters table wal settings.Returns information about the requested table wal modifications.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 6915 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

alterWal() [2/2]

AlterWalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.alterWal ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Alters table wal settings.Returns information about the requested table wal modifications.

Parameters

table_names

List of tables to modify. An asterisk changes the system settings.

options

Optional parameters. MAX_SEGMENT_SIZE: Maximum size of an individual segment file SEGMENT_COUNT: Approximate number of segment files to split the wal across. Must be at least two. SYNC_POLICY: Maximum size of an individual segment file. Supported values: NONE: Disables the wal BACKGROUND: Wal entries are periodically written instead of immediately after each operation FLUSH: Protects entries in the event of a database crash FSYNC: Protects entries in the event of an OS crash FLUSH_FREQUENCY: Specifies how frequently wal entries are written with background sync. This is a global setting and can only be used with the system {options.table_names} specifier '*'. CHECKSUM: If TRUE each entry will be checked against a protective checksum. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. OVERRIDE_NON_DEFAULT: If TRUE tables with unique wal settings will be overridden when applying a system level change. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESTORE_SYSTEM_SETTINGS: If TRUE tables with unique wal settings will be reverted to the current global settings. Cannot be used in conjunction with any other option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PERSIST: If TRUE and a system-level change was requested, the system configuration will be written to disk upon successful application of this request. This will commit the changes from this request and any additional in-memory modifications. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7095 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

appendRecords() [1/2]

AppendRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.appendRecords ( AppendRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Append (or insert) all records from a source table (specified by source_table_name) to a particular target table (specified by table_name).

The field map (specified by field_map) holds the user specified map of target table column names with their mapped source column names.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7115 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

appendRecords() [2/2]

AppendRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.appendRecords ( string  table_name, string  source_table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  field_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Append (or insert) all records from a source table (specified by source_table_name ) to a particular target table (specified by table_name ).

The field map (specified by field_map ) holds the user specified map of target table column names with their mapped source column names.

Parameters

table_name	The table name for the records to be appended, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
source_table_name	The source table name to get records from, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table name.
field_map	Contains the mapping of column names from the target table (specified by table_name ) as the keys, and corresponding column names or expressions (e.g., 'col_name+1') from the source table (specified by source_table_name ). Must be existing column names in source table and target table, and their types must be matched. For details on using expressions, see Expressions.
options	Optional parameters. OFFSET: A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip from source_table_name . Default is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT. The default value is '0'. LIMIT: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned from source_table_name . Or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the max number of results should be returned. The default value is '-9999'. EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to the source_table_name . The default value is ''. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by from source table (specified by source_table_name ), e.g., 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The ORDER_BY columns do not have to be present in field_map . The default value is ''. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting source table records (specified by source_table_name ) into a target table (specified by table_name ) with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a source table record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be "upserted"). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a source table record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the source record will be rejected and an error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting source table records (specified by source_table_name ) into a target table (specified by table_name ) with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any source table record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing target table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any source table record for having primary key values matching an existing target table record will result in an error being raised. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore source table records whose primary key values collide with those of target table records FALSE: Raise an error for any source table record whose primary key values collide with those of a target table record The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, it allows inserting longer strings into smaller charN string columns by truncating the longer strings to fit. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7317 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearStatistics() [1/2]

ClearStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearStatistics ( ClearStatisticsRequest  request_ )

inline

Clears statistics (cardinality, mean value, etc.) for a column in a specified table.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7333 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearStatistics() [2/2]

ClearStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearStatistics ( string  table_name = "", string  column_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Clears statistics (cardinality, mean value, etc.) for a column in a specified table.

Parameters

table_name	Name of a table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the column in table_name for which to clear statistics. The column must be from an existing table. An empty string clears statistics for all columns in the table. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7356 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTable() [1/2]

ClearTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTable ( ClearTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Clears (drops) one or all tables in the database cluster.

The operation is synchronous meaning that the table will be cleared before the function returns. The response payload returns the status of the operation along with the name of the table that was cleared.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7375 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTable() [2/2]

ClearTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTable ( string  table_name = "", string  authorization = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Clears (drops) one or all tables in the database cluster.

The operation is synchronous meaning that the table will be cleared before the function returns. The response payload returns the status of the operation along with the name of the table that was cleared.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to be cleared, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table. Empty string clears all available tables, though this behavior is be prevented by default via gpudb.conf parameter 'disable_clear_all'. The default value is ''.
authorization	No longer used. User can pass an empty string. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE and if the table specified in table_name does not exist no error is returned. If FALSE and if the table specified in table_name does not exist then an error is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7432 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTableMonitor() [1/2]

ClearTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTableMonitor ( ClearTableMonitorRequest  request_ )

inline

Deactivates a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7447 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTableMonitor() [2/2]

ClearTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTableMonitor ( string  topic_id, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deactivates a table monitor previously created with createTableMonitor.

Parameters

topic_id

The topic ID returned by createTableMonitor.

options

Optional parameters. KEEP_AUTOGENERATED_SINK: If TRUE, the auto-generated datasink associated with this monitor, if there is one, will be retained for further use. If FALSE, then the auto-generated sink will be dropped if there are no other monitors referencing it. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CLEAR_ALL_REFERENCES: If TRUE, all references that share the same topic_id will be cleared. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7521 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTrigger() [1/2]

ClearTriggerResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTrigger ( ClearTriggerRequest  request_ )

inline

Clears or cancels the trigger identified by the specified handle.

The output returns the handle of the trigger cleared as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger deactivation.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7537 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

clearTrigger() [2/2]

ClearTriggerResponse kinetica.Kinetica.clearTrigger ( string  trigger_id, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Clears or cancels the trigger identified by the specified handle.

The output returns the handle of the trigger cleared as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger deactivation.

Parameters

trigger_id	ID for the trigger to be deactivated.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7556 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

collectStatistics() [1/2]

CollectStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.collectStatistics ( CollectStatisticsRequest  request_ )

inline

Collect statistics for a column(s) in a specified table.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7569 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

collectStatistics() [2/2]

CollectStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.collectStatistics ( string  table_name, IList< string >  column_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Collect statistics for a column(s) in a specified table.

Parameters

table_name	Name of a table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
column_names	List of one or more column names in table_name for which to collect statistics (cardinality, mean value, etc.).
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7591 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createCredential() [1/2]

CreateCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createCredential ( CreateCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Create a new credential.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7628 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createCredential() [2/2]

CreateCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createCredential ( string  credential_name, string  type, string  identity, string  secret, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Create a new credential.

Parameters

credential_name	Name of the credential to be created. Must contain only letters, digits, and underscores, and cannot begin with a digit. Must not match an existing credential name.
type	Type of the credential to be created. Supported values: AWS_ACCESS_KEY AWS_IAM_ROLE AZURE_AD AZURE_OAUTH AZURE_SAS AZURE_STORAGE_KEY CONFLUENT DOCKER GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_ID GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS HDFS JDBC KAFKA NVIDIA_API_KEY OPENAI_API_KEY
identity	User of the credential to be created.
secret	Password of the credential to be created.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7727 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDatasink() [1/2]

CreateDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDatasink ( CreateDatasinkRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a data sink, which contains the destination information for a data sink that is external to the database.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 7747 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDatasink() [2/2]

CreateDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDatasink ( string  name, string  destination, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a data sink, which contains the destination information for a data sink that is external to the database.

Parameters

name	Name of the data sink to be created.
destination	Destination for the output data in format 'storage_provider_type://path[:port]'. Supported storage provider types are 'azure', 'gcs', 'hdfs', 'http', 'https', 'jdbc', 'kafka', and 's3'.
options	Optional parameters. CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for connecting to this data sink WAIT_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for waiting for a response from this data sink CREDENTIAL: Name of the credential object to be used in this data sink S3_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Amazon S3 bucket to use as the data sink S3_REGION: Name of the Amazon S3 region where the given bucket is located S3_VERIFY_SSL: Whether to verify SSL connections. Supported values: TRUE: Connect with SSL verification FALSE: Connect without verifying the SSL connection; for testing purposes, bypassing TLS errors, self-signed certificates, etc. The default value is TRUE. S3_USE_VIRTUAL_ADDRESSING: Whether to use virtual addressing when referencing the Amazon S3 sink. Supported values: TRUE: The requests URI should be specified in virtual-hosted-style format where the bucket name is part of the domain name in the URL. FALSE: Use path-style URI for requests. The default value is TRUE. S3_AWS_ROLE_ARN: Amazon IAM Role ARN which has required S3 permissions that can be assumed for the given S3 IAM user S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM: Customer encryption algorithm used encrypting data S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_KEY: Customer encryption key to encrypt or decrypt data S3_ENCRYPTION_TYPE: Server side encryption type S3_KMS_KEY_ID: KMS key HDFS_KERBEROS_KEYTAB: Kerberos keytab file location for the given HDFS user. This may be a KIFS file. HDFS_DELEGATION_TOKEN: Delegation token for the given HDFS user HDFS_USE_KERBEROS: Use kerberos authentication for the given HDFS cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME: Name of the Azure storage account to use as the data sink, this is valid only if tenant_id is specified AZURE_CONTAINER_NAME: Name of the Azure storage container to use as the data sink AZURE_TENANT_ID: Active Directory tenant ID (or directory ID) AZURE_SAS_TOKEN: Shared access signature token for Azure storage account to use as the data sink AZURE_OAUTH_TOKEN: Oauth token to access given storage container GCS_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Google Cloud Storage bucket to use as the data sink GCS_PROJECT_ID: Name of the Google Cloud project to use as the data sink GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS: Google Cloud service account keys to use for authenticating the data sink JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_PATH: JDBC driver jar file location JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME: Name of the JDBC driver class KAFKA_TOPIC_NAME: Name of the Kafka topic to publish to if destination is a Kafka broker MAX_BATCH_SIZE: Maximum number of records per notification message. The default value is '1'. MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE: Maximum size in bytes of each notification message. The default value is '1000000'. JSON_FORMAT: The desired format of JSON encoded notifications message. Supported values: FLAT: A single record is returned per message NESTED: Records are returned as an array per message The default value is FLAT. USE_MANAGED_CREDENTIALS: When no credentials are supplied, we use anonymous access by default. If this is set, we will use cloud provider user settings. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_HTTPS: Use https to connect to datasink if true, otherwise use http. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SKIP_VALIDATION: Bypass validation of connection to this data sink. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8123 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDatasource() [1/2]

CreateDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDatasource ( CreateDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a data source, which contains the location and connection information for a data store that is external to the database.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8139 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDatasource() [2/2]

CreateDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDatasource ( string  name, string  location, string  user_name, string  password, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a data source, which contains the location and connection information for a data store that is external to the database.

Parameters

name	Name of the data source to be created.
location	Location of the remote storage in 'storage_provider_type://[storage_path[:storage_port]]' format. Supported storage provider types are 'azure', 'gcs', 'hdfs', 'jdbc', 'kafka', 'confluent', and 's3'.
user_name	Name of the remote system user; may be an empty string
password	Password for the remote system user; may be an empty string
options	Optional parameters. SKIP_VALIDATION: Bypass validation of connection to remote source. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CONNECTION_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for connecting to this storage provider WAIT_TIMEOUT: Timeout in seconds for reading from this storage provider CREDENTIAL: Name of the credential object to be used in data source S3_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Amazon S3 bucket to use as the data source S3_REGION: Name of the Amazon S3 region where the given bucket is located S3_VERIFY_SSL: Whether to verify SSL connections. Supported values: TRUE: Connect with SSL verification FALSE: Connect without verifying the SSL connection; for testing purposes, bypassing TLS errors, self-signed certificates, etc. The default value is TRUE. S3_USE_VIRTUAL_ADDRESSING: Whether to use virtual addressing when referencing the Amazon S3 source. Supported values: TRUE: The requests URI should be specified in virtual-hosted-style format where the bucket name is part of the domain name in the URL. FALSE: Use path-style URI for requests. The default value is TRUE. S3_AWS_ROLE_ARN: Amazon IAM Role ARN which has required S3 permissions that can be assumed for the given S3 IAM user S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM: Customer encryption algorithm used encrypting data S3_ENCRYPTION_CUSTOMER_KEY: Customer encryption key to encrypt or decrypt data HDFS_KERBEROS_KEYTAB: Kerberos keytab file location for the given HDFS user. This may be a KIFS file. HDFS_DELEGATION_TOKEN: Delegation token for the given HDFS user HDFS_USE_KERBEROS: Use kerberos authentication for the given HDFS cluster. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME: Name of the Azure storage account to use as the data source, this is valid only if tenant_id is specified AZURE_CONTAINER_NAME: Name of the Azure storage container to use as the data source AZURE_TENANT_ID: Active Directory tenant ID (or directory ID) AZURE_SAS_TOKEN: Shared access signature token for Azure storage account to use as the data source AZURE_OAUTH_TOKEN: OAuth token to access given storage container GCS_BUCKET_NAME: Name of the Google Cloud Storage bucket to use as the data source GCS_PROJECT_ID: Name of the Google Cloud project to use as the data source GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEYS: Google Cloud service account keys to use for authenticating the data source IS_STREAM: To load from Azure/GCS/S3 as a stream continuously. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. KAFKA_TOPIC_NAME: Name of the Kafka topic to use as the data source JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_PATH: JDBC driver jar file location. This may be a KIFS file. JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME: Name of the JDBC driver class ANONYMOUS: Use anonymous connection to storage provider–DEPRECATED: this is now the default. Specify use_managed_credentials for non-anonymous connection. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. USE_MANAGED_CREDENTIALS: When no credentials are supplied, we use anonymous access by default. If this is set, we will use cloud provider user settings. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_HTTPS: Use https to connect to datasource if true, otherwise use http. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LOCATION: Location of Confluent Schema Registry in '[storage_path[:storage_port]]' format. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CREDENTIAL: Confluent Schema Registry credential object name. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_PORT: Confluent Schema Registry port (optional). The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8535 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDirectory() [1/2]

CreateDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDirectory ( CreateDirectoryRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new directory in KiFS.

The new directory serves as a location in which the user can upload files using uploadFiles.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8576 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createDirectory() [2/2]

CreateDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createDirectory ( string  directory_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new directory in KiFS.

The new directory serves as a location in which the user can upload files using uploadFiles.

Parameters

directory_name

Name of the directory in KiFS to be created.

options

Optional parameters. CREATE_HOME_DIRECTORY: When set, a home directory is created for the user name provided in the value. The directory_name must be an empty string in this case. The user must exist. DATA_LIMIT: The maximum capacity, in bytes, to apply to the created directory. Set to -1 to indicate no upper limit. If empty, the system default limit is applied. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, does not return an error if the directory already exists. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8640 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createEnvironment() [1/2]

CreateEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createEnvironment ( CreateEnvironmentRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new environment which can be used by user-defined functions (UDF).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8654 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createEnvironment() [2/2]

CreateEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createEnvironment ( string  environment_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new environment which can be used by user-defined functions (UDF).

Parameters

environment_name	Name of the environment to be created.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8671 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createGraph() [1/2]

CreateGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createGraph ( CreateGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, and restrictions.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 8692 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createGraph() [2/2]

CreateGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createGraph ( string  graph_name, bool  directed_graph, IList< string >  nodes, IList< string >  edges, IList< string >  weights, IList< string >  restrictions, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, and restrictions.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph resource to generate.
directed_graph	If set to TRUE, the graph will be directed. If set to FALSE, the graph will not be directed. Consult Directed Graphs for more details. Supported values: true false The default value is true.
nodes	Nodes represent fundamental topological units of a graph. Nodes must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS NODE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'ST_MAKEPOINT(column1, column2) AS NODE_WKTPOINT', or constant values, e.g., '{9, 10, 11} AS NODE_ID'. If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination.
edges	Edges represent the required fundamental topological unit of a graph that typically connect nodes. Edges must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'SUBSTR(column, 1, 6) AS EDGE_NODE1_NAME', or constant values, e.g., "{'family', 'coworker'} AS EDGE_LABEL". If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination.
weights	Weights represent a method of informing the graph solver of the cost of including a given edge in a solution. Weights must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS WEIGHTS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'ST_LENGTH(wkt) AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED', or constant values, e.g., '{4, 15} AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED'. If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination.
restrictions	Restrictions represent a method of informing the graph solver which edges and/or nodes should be ignored for the solution. Restrictions must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS RESTRICTIONS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'column/2 AS RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED', or constant values, e.g., '{0, 0, 0, 1} AS RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'. If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination.
options	Optional parameters. MERGE_TOLERANCE: If node geospatial positions are input (e.g., WKTPOINT, X, Y), determines the minimum separation allowed between unique nodes. If nodes are within the tolerance of each other, they will be merged as a single node. The default value is '1.0E-5'. RECREATE: If set to TRUE and the graph (using graph_name ) already exists, the graph is deleted and recreated. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SAVE_PERSIST: If set to TRUE, the graph will be saved in the persist directory (see the config reference for more information). If set to FALSE, the graph will be removed when the graph server is shutdown. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ADD_TABLE_MONITOR: Adds a table monitor to every table used in the creation of the graph; this table monitor will trigger the graph to update dynamically upon inserts to the source table(s). Note that upon database restart, if SAVE_PERSIST is also set to TRUE, the graph will be fully reconstructed and the table monitors will be reattached. For more details on table monitors, see createTableMonitor. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. GRAPH_TABLE: If specified, the created graph is also created as a table with the given name, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. The table will have the following identifier columns: 'EDGE_ID', 'EDGE_NODE1_ID', 'EDGE_NODE2_ID'. If left blank, no table is created. The default value is ''. ADD_TURNS: Adds dummy 'pillowed' edges around intersection nodes where there are more than three edges so that additional weight penalties can be imposed by the solve endpoints. (increases the total number of edges). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_PARTITIONED: Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to the server with the most available memory. USE_RTREE: Use an range tree structure to accelerate and improve the accuracy of snapping, especially to edges. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. LABEL_DELIMITER: If provided the label string will be split according to this delimiter and each sub-string will be applied as a separate label onto the specified edge. The default value is ''. ALLOW_MULTIPLE_EDGES: Multigraph choice; allowing multiple edges with the same node pairs if set to true, otherwise, new edges with existing same node pairs will not be inserted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. EMBEDDING_TABLE: If table exists (should be generated by the match/graph match_embedding solver), the vector embeddings for the newly inserted nodes will be appended into this table. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9012 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createJob() [1/2]

CreateJobResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createJob ( CreateJobRequest  request_ )

inline

Create a job which will run asynchronously.

The response returns a job ID, which can be used to query the status and result of the job. The status and the result of the job upon completion can be requested by getJob.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9035 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createJob() [2/2]

CreateJobResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createJob ( string  endpoint, string  request_encoding, byte []  data, string  data_str, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Create a job which will run asynchronously.

The response returns a job ID, which can be used to query the status and result of the job. The status and the result of the job upon completion can be requested by getJob.

Parameters

endpoint	Indicates which endpoint to execute, e.g. '/alter/table'.
request_encoding	The encoding of the request payload for the job. Supported values: BINARY JSON SNAPPY The default value is BINARY.
data	Binary-encoded payload for the job to be run asynchronously. The payload must contain the relevant input parameters for the endpoint indicated in endpoint . Please see the documentation for the appropriate endpoint to see what values must (or can) be specified. If this parameter is used, then request_encoding must be BINARY or SNAPPY.
data_str	JSON-encoded payload for the job to be run asynchronously. The payload must contain the relevant input parameters for the endpoint indicated in endpoint . Please see the documentation for the appropriate endpoint to see what values must (or can) be specified. If this parameter is used, then request_encoding must be JSON.
options	Optional parameters. REMOVE_JOB_ON_COMPLETE: Supported values: TRUE FALSE JOB_TAG: Tag to use for submitted job. The same tag could be used on backup cluster to retrieve response for the job. Tags can use letter, numbers, '_' and '-' The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9123 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createJoinTable() [1/2]

CreateJoinTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createJoinTable ( CreateJoinTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a table that is the result of a SQL JOIN.

For join details and examples see: Joins. For limitations, see Join Limitations and Cautions.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9145 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createJoinTable() [2/2]

CreateJoinTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createJoinTable ( string  join_table_name, IList< string >  table_names, IList< string >  column_names, IList< string >  expressions = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a table that is the result of a SQL JOIN.

For join details and examples see: Joins. For limitations, see Join Limitations and Cautions.

Parameters

join_table_name	Name of the join table to be created, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria.
table_names	The list of table names composing the join, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Corresponds to a SQL statement FROM clause.
column_names	List of member table columns or column expressions to be included in the join. Columns can be prefixed with 'table_id.column_name', where 'table_id' is the table name or alias. Columns can be aliased via the syntax 'column_name as alias'. Wild cards '*' can be used to include all columns across member tables or 'table_id.*' for all of a single table's columns. Columns and column expressions composing the join must be uniquely named or aliased–therefore, the '*' wild card cannot be used if column names aren't unique across all tables.
expressions	An optional list of expressions to combine and filter the joined tables. Corresponds to a SQL statement WHERE clause. For details see: expressions. The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of join_table_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_JOIN_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the join as part of join_table_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the join. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is ''. MAX_QUERY_DIMENSIONS: No longer used. OPTIMIZE_LOOKUPS: Use more memory to speed up the joining of tables. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. TTL: Sets the TTL of the join table specified in join_table_name . VIEW_ID: view this projection is part of. The default value is ''. NO_COUNT: Return a count of 0 for the join table for logging and for showTable; optimization needed for large overlapped equi-join stencils. The default value is 'false'. CHUNK_SIZE: Maximum number of records per joined-chunk for this table. Defaults to the gpudb.conf file chunk size ENABLE_VIRTUAL_CHUNKING: Collect chunks with accumulated size less than chunk_size into a single chunk. The default value is 'false'. ENABLE_PK_EQUI_JOIN: Use equi-join to do primary key joins rather than using primary-key-index The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9319 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createMaterializedView() [1/2]

CreateMaterializedViewResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createMaterializedView ( CreateMaterializedViewRequest  request_ )

inline

Initiates the process of creating a materialized view, reserving the view's name to prevent other views or tables from being created with that name.

For materialized view details and examples, see Materialized Views.

The response contains view_id, which is used to tag each subsequent operation (projection, union, aggregation, filter, or join) that will compose the view.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9346 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createMaterializedView() [2/2]

CreateMaterializedViewResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createMaterializedView ( string  table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Initiates the process of creating a materialized view, reserving the view's name to prevent other views or tables from being created with that name.

For materialized view details and examples, see Materialized Views.

The response contains view_id, which is used to tag each subsequent operation (projection, union, aggregation, filter, or join) that will compose the view.

Parameters

table_name

Name of the table to be created that is the top-level table of the materialized view, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria.

options

Optional parameters. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the materialized view as part of table_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. EXECUTE_AS: User name to use to run the refresh job BUILD_MATERIALIZED_VIEW_POLICY: Sets startup materialized view rebuild scheme. Supported values: ALWAYS: Rebuild as many materialized views as possible before accepting requests. LAZY: Rebuild the necessary materialized views at start, and load the remainder lazily. ON_DEMAND: Rebuild materialized views as requests use them. SYSTEM: Rebuild materialized views using the system-configured default. The default value is SYSTEM. PERSIST: If TRUE, then the materialized view specified in table_name will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the materialized view will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. REFRESH_SPAN: Sets the future time-offset(in seconds) at which periodic refresh stops REFRESH_STOP_TIME: When REFRESH_METHOD is PERIODIC, specifies the time at which a periodic refresh is stopped. Value is a datetime string with format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'. REFRESH_METHOD: Method by which the join can be refreshed when the data in underlying member tables have changed. Supported values: MANUAL: Refresh only occurs when manually requested by calling alterTable with an 'action' of 'refresh' ON_QUERY: Refresh any time the view is queried. ON_CHANGE: If possible, incrementally refresh (refresh just those records added) whenever an insert, update, delete or refresh of input table is done. A full refresh is done if an incremental refresh is not possible. PERIODIC: Refresh table periodically at rate specified by REFRESH_PERIOD The default value is MANUAL. REFRESH_PERIOD: When REFRESH_METHOD is PERIODIC, specifies the period in seconds at which refresh occurs REFRESH_START_TIME: When REFRESH_METHOD is PERIODIC, specifies the first time at which a refresh is to be done. Value is a datetime string with format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9570 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createProc() [1/2]

CreateProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createProc ( CreateProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates an instance (proc) of the user-defined functions (UDF) specified by the given command, options, and files, and makes it available for execution.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9586 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createProc() [2/2]

CreateProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createProc ( string  proc_name, string  execution_mode = CreateProcRequest.ExecutionMode.DISTRIBUTED, IDictionary< string, byte[]>  files = null, string  command = "", IList< string >  args = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates an instance (proc) of the user-defined functions (UDF) specified by the given command, options, and files, and makes it available for execution.

Parameters

proc_name	Name of the proc to be created. Must not be the name of a currently existing proc.
execution_mode	The execution mode of the proc. Supported values: DISTRIBUTED: Input table data will be divided into data segments that are distributed across all nodes in the cluster, and the proc command will be invoked once per data segment in parallel. Output table data from each invocation will be saved to the same node as the corresponding input data. NONDISTRIBUTED: The proc command will be invoked only once per execution, and will not have direct access to any tables named as input or output table parameters in the call to executeProc. It will, however, be able to access the database using native API calls. The default value is DISTRIBUTED.
files	A map of the files that make up the proc. The keys of the map are file names, and the values are the binary contents of the files. The file names may include subdirectory names (e.g. 'subdir/file') but must not resolve to a directory above the root for the proc. Files may be loaded from existing files in KiFS. Those file names should be prefixed with the uri kifs:// and the values in the map should be empty. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
command	The command (excluding arguments) that will be invoked when the proc is executed. It will be invoked from the directory containing the proc files and may be any command that can be resolved from that directory. It need not refer to a file actually in that directory; for example, it could be 'java' if the proc is a Java application; however, any necessary external programs must be preinstalled on every database node. If the command refers to a file in that directory, it must be preceded with './' as per Linux convention. If not specified, and exactly one file is provided in files , that file will be invoked. The default value is ''.
args	An array of command-line arguments that will be passed to command when the proc is executed. The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. MAX_CONCURRENCY_PER_NODE: The maximum number of concurrent instances of the proc that will be executed per node. 0 allows unlimited concurrency. The default value is '0'. SET_ENVIRONMENT: A python environment to use when executing the proc. Must be an existing environment, else an error will be returned. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9674 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createProjection() [1/2]

CreateProjectionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createProjection ( CreateProjectionRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new projection of an existing table.

A projection represents a subset of the columns (potentially including derived columns) of a table.

For projection details and examples, see Projections. For limitations, see Projection Limitations and Cautions.

Window functions, which can perform operations like moving averages, are available through this endpoint as well as getRecordsByColumn.

A projection can be created with a different shard key than the source table. By specifying SHARD_KEY, the projection will be sharded according to the specified columns, regardless of how the source table is sharded. The source table can even be unsharded or replicated.

If table_name is empty, selection is performed against a single-row virtual table. This can be useful in executing temporal (NOW()), identity (USER()), or constant-based functions (GEODIST(-77.11, 38.88, -71.06, 42.36)).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 9721 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createProjection() [2/2]

CreateProjectionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createProjection ( string  table_name, string  projection_name, IList< string >  column_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new projection of an existing table.

A projection represents a subset of the columns (potentially including derived columns) of a table.

For projection details and examples, see Projections. For limitations, see Projection Limitations and Cautions.

Window functions, which can perform operations like moving averages, are available through this endpoint as well as getRecordsByColumn.

A projection can be created with a different shard key than the source table. By specifying SHARD_KEY, the projection will be sharded according to the specified columns, regardless of how the source table is sharded. The source table can even be unsharded or replicated.

If table_name is empty, selection is performed against a single-row virtual table. This can be useful in executing temporal (NOW()), identity (USER()), or constant-based functions (GEODIST(-77.11, 38.88, -71.06, 42.36)).

Parameters

table_name	Name of the existing table on which the projection is to be applied, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. An empty table name creates a projection from a single-row virtual table, where columns specified should be constants or constant expressions.
projection_name	Name of the projection to be created, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria.
column_names	List of columns from table_name to be included in the projection. Can include derived columns. Can be specified as aliased via the syntax 'column_name as alias'.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of projection_name . If PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_PROJECTION_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the projection as part of projection_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the projection. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is ''. EXPRESSION: An optional filter expression to be applied to the source table prior to the projection. The default value is ''. IS_REPLICATED: If TRUE then the projection will be replicated even if the source table is not. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. OFFSET: The number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is '0'. LIMIT: The number of records to keep. The default value is '-9999'. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by; e.g. 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The columns specified must be present in column_names . If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. The default value is ''. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this projection. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this projection. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this projection. CREATE_INDEXES: Comma-separated list of columns on which to create indexes on the projection. The columns specified must be present in column_names . If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. TTL: Sets the TTL of the projection specified in projection_name . SHARD_KEY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sharded on; e.g. 'column1, column2'. The columns specified must be present in column_names . If any alias is given for any column name, the alias must be used, rather than the original column name. The default value is ''. PERSIST: If TRUE, then the projection specified in projection_name will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the projection will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PRESERVE_DICT_ENCODING: If TRUE, then columns that were dict encoded in the source table will be dict encoded in the projection. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. RETAIN_PARTITIONS: Determines whether the created projection will retain the partitioning scheme from the source table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. VIEW_ID: ID of view of which this projection is a member. The default value is ''. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. JOIN_WINDOW_FUNCTIONS: If set, window functions which require a reshard will be computed separately and joined back together, if the width of the projection is greater than the join_window_functions_threshold. The default value is 'true'. JOIN_WINDOW_FUNCTIONS_THRESHOLD: If the projection is greater than this width (in bytes), then window functions which require a reshard will be computed separately and joined back together. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10167 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createResourceGroup() [1/2]

CreateResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createResourceGroup ( CreateResourceGroupRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new resource group to facilitate resource management.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10184 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createResourceGroup() [2/2]

CreateResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createResourceGroup ( string  name, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  tier_attributes, string  ranking, string  adjoining_resource_group = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new resource group to facilitate resource management.

Parameters

name	Name of the group to be created. Must contain only letters, digits, and underscores, and cannot begin with a digit. Must not match existing resource group name.
tier_attributes	Optional map containing tier names and their respective attribute group limits. The only valid attribute limit that can be set is max_memory (in bytes) for the VRAM & RAM tiers. For instance, to set max VRAM capacity to 1GB and max RAM capacity to 10GB, use: {'VRAM':{'max_memory':'1000000000'}, 'RAM':{'max_memory':'10000000000'}}. MAX_MEMORY: Maximum amount of memory usable in the given tier at one time for this group. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
ranking	Indicates the relative ranking among existing resource groups where this new resource group will be placed. When using BEFORE or AFTER, specify which resource group this one will be inserted before or after in adjoining_resource_group . Supported values: FIRST LAST BEFORE AFTER
adjoining_resource_group	If ranking is BEFORE or AFTER, this field indicates the resource group before or after which the current group will be placed; otherwise, leave blank. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. MAX_CPU_CONCURRENCY: Maximum number of simultaneous threads that will be used to execute a request for this group. The minimum allowed value is '4'. MAX_DATA: Maximum amount of cumulative ram usage regardless of tier status for this group. The minimum allowed value is '-1'. MAX_SCHEDULING_PRIORITY: Maximum priority of a scheduled task for this group. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '100'. MAX_TIER_PRIORITY: Maximum priority of a tiered object for this group. The minimum allowed value is '1'. The maximum allowed value is '10'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10289 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createRole() [1/2]

CreateRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createRole ( CreateRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new role.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10310 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createRole() [2/2]

CreateRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createRole ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new role.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

name	Name of the role to be created. Must contain only lowercase letters, digits, and underscores, and cannot begin with a digit. Must not be the same name as an existing user or role.
options	Optional parameters. RESOURCE_GROUP: Name of an existing resource group to associate with this user The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10338 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createSchema() [1/2]

CreateSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createSchema ( CreateSchemaRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a SQL-style schema.

Schemas are containers for tables and views. Multiple tables and views can be defined with the same name in different schemas.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10354 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createSchema() [2/2]

CreateSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createSchema ( string  schema_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a SQL-style schema.

Schemas are containers for tables and views. Multiple tables and views can be defined with the same name in different schemas.

Parameters

schema_name	Name of the schema to be created. Has the same naming restrictions as tables.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the schema already exists. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10401 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTable() [1/2]

CreateTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTable ( CreateTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new table.

If a new table is being created, the type of the table is given by type_id, which must be the ID of a currently registered type (i.e. one created via createType).

A table may optionally be designated to use a replicated distribution scheme, or be assigned: foreign keys to other tables, a partitioning scheme, and/or a tier strategy.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10448 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTable() [2/2]

CreateTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTable ( string  table_name, string  type_id, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new table.

If a new table is being created, the type of the table is given by type_id , which must be the ID of a currently registered type (i.e. one created via createType).

A table may optionally be designated to use a replicated distribution scheme, or be assigned: foreign keys to other tables, a partitioning scheme, and/or a tier strategy.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to be created, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Error for requests with existing table of the same name and type ID may be suppressed by using the NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS option.
type_id	ID of a currently registered type. All objects added to the newly created table will be of this type.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the table already exists and is of the given type. If a table with the same ID but a different type exists, it is still an error. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of table_name . If IS_RESULT_TABLE is TRUE, then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema as part of table_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the newly created table. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. IS_COLLECTION: [DEPRECATED–please use createSchema to create a schema instead] Indicates whether to create a schema instead of a table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. DISALLOW_HOMOGENEOUS_TABLES: No longer supported; value will be ignored. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_REPLICATED: Affects the distribution scheme for the table's data. If TRUE and the given type has no explicit shard key defined, the table will be replicated. If FALSE, the table will be sharded according to the shard key specified in the given type_id , or randomly sharded, if no shard key is specified. Note that a type containing a shard key cannot be used to create a replicated table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FOREIGN_KEYS: Semicolon-separated list of foreign keys, of the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. FOREIGN_SHARD_KEY: Foreign shard key of the format 'source_column references shard_by_column from target_table(primary_key_column)'. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this table. IS_RESULT_TABLE: Indicates whether the table is a memory-only table. A result table cannot contain columns with store_only or text_search data-handling or that are non-charN strings, and it will not be retained if the server is restarted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. LOAD_VECTORS_POLICY: Set startup data loading scheme for the table. Supported values: ALWAYS: Load as much vector data as possible into memory before accepting requests. LAZY: Load the necessary vector data at start, and load the remainder lazily. ON_DEMAND: Load vector data as requests use it. SYSTEM: Load vector data using the system-configured default. The default value is SYSTEM. BUILD_PK_INDEX_POLICY: Set startup primary-key index generation scheme for the table. Supported values: ALWAYS: Generate as much primary key index data as possible before accepting requests. LAZY: Generate the necessary primary key index data at start, and load the remainder lazily. ON_DEMAND: Generate primary key index data as requests use it. SYSTEM: Generate primary key index data using the system-configured default. The default value is SYSTEM. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10926 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTableExternal() [1/2]

CreateTableExternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTableExternal ( CreateTableExternalRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new external table, which is a local database object whose source data is located externally to the database.

The source data can be located either in KiFS; on the cluster, accessible to the database; or remotely, accessible via a pre-defined external data source.

The external table can have its structure defined explicitly, via create_table_options, which contains many of the options from createTable; or defined implicitly, inferred from the source data.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 10952 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTableExternal() [2/2]

CreateTableExternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTableExternal ( string  table_name, IList< string >  filepaths, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  modify_columns = null, IDictionary< string, string >  create_table_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new external table, which is a local database object whose source data is located externally to the database.

The source data can be located either in KiFS; on the cluster, accessible to the database; or remotely, accessible via a pre-defined external data source.

The external table can have its structure defined explicitly, via create_table_options , which contains many of the options from createTable; or defined implicitly, inferred from the source data.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to be created, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria.
filepaths	A list of file paths from which data will be sourced; For paths in KiFS, use the uri prefix of kifs:// followed by the path to a file or directory. File matching by prefix is supported, e.g. kifs://dir/file would match dir/file_1 and dir/file_2. When prefix matching is used, the path must start with a full, valid KiFS directory name. If an external data source is specified in DATASOURCE_NAME, these file paths must resolve to accessible files at that data source location. Prefix matching is supported. If the data source is hdfs, prefixes must be aligned with directories, i.e. partial file names will not match. If no data source is specified, the files are assumed to be local to the database and must all be accessible to the gpudb user, residing on the path (or relative to the path) specified by the external files directory in the Kinetica configuration file. Wildcards (*) can be used to specify a group of files. Prefix matching is supported, the prefixes must be aligned with directories. If the first path ends in .tsv, the text delimiter will be defaulted to a tab character. If the first path ends in .psv, the text delimiter will be defaulted to a pipe character (|).
modify_columns	Not implemented yet. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
create_table_options	Options from createTable, allowing the structure of the table to be defined independently of the data source. TYPE_ID: ID of a currently registered type. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the table already exists and is of the given type. If a table with the same name but a different type exists, it is still an error. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_REPLICATED: Affects the distribution scheme for the table's data. If TRUE and the given table has no explicit shard key defined, the table will be replicated. If FALSE, the table will be sharded according to the shard key specified in the given TYPE_ID, or randomly sharded, if no shard key is specified. Note that a type containing a shard key cannot be used to create a replicated table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FOREIGN_KEYS: Semicolon-separated list of foreign keys, of the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. FOREIGN_SHARD_KEY: Foreign shard key of the format 'source_column references shard_by_column from target_table(primary_key_column)'. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently, only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this table. IS_RESULT_TABLE: Indicates whether the table is a memory-only table. A result table cannot contain columns with text_search data-handling, and it will not be retained if the server is restarted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Optional parameters. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_NAME: Name of a table to which records that were rejected are written. The bad-record-table has the following columns: line_number (long), line_rejected (string), error_message (string). When ERROR_HANDLING is ABORT, bad records table is not populated. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table. The default value is '10000'. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT_PER_INPUT: For subscriptions, a positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table per file/payload. Default value will be BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT and total size of the table per rank is limited to BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT. BATCH_SIZE: Number of records to insert per batch when inserting data. The default value is '50000'. COLUMN_FORMATS: For each target column specified, applies the column-property-bound format to the source data loaded into that column. Each column format will contain a mapping of one or more of its column properties to an appropriate format for each property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string of maps of column names to maps of column properties to their corresponding column formats, e.g., '{ "order_date" : { "date" : "%Y.%m.%d" }, "order_time" : { "time" : "%H:%M:%S" } }'. See DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS for valid format syntax. COLUMNS_TO_LOAD: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to load. If more than one file is being loaded, this list applies to all files. Column numbers can be specified discretely or as a range. For example, a value of '5,7,1..3' will insert values from the fifth column in the source data into the first column in the target table, from the seventh column in the source data into the second column in the target table, and from the first through third columns in the source data into the third through fifth columns in the target table. If the source data contains a header, column names matching the file header names may be provided instead of column numbers. If the target table doesn't exist, the table will be created with the columns in this order. If the target table does exist with columns in a different order than the source data, this list can be used to match the order of the target table. For example, a value of 'C, B, A' will create a three column table with column C, followed by column B, followed by column A; or will insert those fields in that order into a table created with columns in that order. If the target table exists, the column names must match the source data field names for a name-mapping to be successful. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_SKIP. COLUMNS_TO_SKIP: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to skip. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_LOAD. COMPRESSION_TYPE: Source data compression type. Supported values: NONE: No compression. AUTO: Auto detect compression type GZIP: gzip file compression. BZIP2: bzip2 file compression. The default value is AUTO. DATASOURCE_NAME: Name of an existing external data source from which data file(s) specified in filepaths will be loaded DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS: Specifies the default format to be applied to source data loaded into columns with the corresponding column property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. This default column-property-bound format can be overridden by specifying a column property & format for a given target column in COLUMN_FORMATS. For each specified annotation, the format will apply to all columns with that annotation unless a custom COLUMN_FORMATS for that annotation is specified. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string that is a map of column properties to their respective column formats, e.g., '{ "date" : "%Y.%m.%d", "time" : "%H:%M:%S" }'. Column formats are specified as a string of control characters and plain text. The supported control characters are 'Y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', and 's', which follow the Linux 'strptime()' specification, as well as 's', which specifies seconds and fractional seconds (though the fractional component will be truncated past milliseconds). Formats for the 'date' annotation must include the 'Y', 'm', and 'd' control characters. Formats for the 'time' annotation must include the 'H', 'M', and either 'S' or 's' (but not both) control characters. Formats for the 'datetime' annotation meet both the 'date' and 'time' control character requirements. For example, '{"datetime" : "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" }' would be used to interpret text as "05/04/2000 12:12:11" ERROR_HANDLING: Specifies how errors should be handled upon insertion. Supported values: PERMISSIVE: Records with missing columns are populated with nulls if possible; otherwise, the malformed records are skipped. IGNORE_BAD_RECORDS: Malformed records are skipped. ABORT: Stops current insertion and aborts entire operation when an error is encountered. Primary key collisions are considered abortable errors in this mode. The default value is ABORT. EXTERNAL_TABLE_TYPE: Specifies whether the external table holds a local copy of the external data. Supported values: MATERIALIZED: Loads a copy of the external data into the database, refreshed on demand LOGICAL: External data will not be loaded into the database; the data will be retrieved from the source upon servicing each query against the external table The default value is MATERIALIZED. FILE_TYPE: Specifies the type of the file(s) whose records will be inserted. Supported values: AVRO: Avro file format DELIMITED_TEXT: Delimited text file format; e.g., CSV, TSV, PSV, etc. GDB: Esri/GDB file format JSON: Json file format PARQUET: Apache Parquet file format SHAPEFILE: ShapeFile file format The default value is DELIMITED_TEXT. FLATTEN_COLUMNS: Specifies how to handle nested columns. Supported values: TRUE: Break up nested columns to multiple columns FALSE: Treat nested columns as json columns instead of flattening The default value is FALSE. GDAL_CONFIGURATION_OPTIONS: Comma separated list of gdal conf options, for the specific requets: key=value IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any record for having primary key values matching an existing record will result in an error being reported, as determined by ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records The default value is FALSE. INGESTION_MODE: Whether to do a full load, dry run, or perform a type inference on the source data. Supported values: FULL: Run a type inference on the source data (if needed) and ingest DRY_RUN: Does not load data, but walks through the source data and determines the number of valid records, taking into account the current mode of ERROR_HANDLING. TYPE_INFERENCE_ONLY: Infer the type of the source data and return, without ingesting any data. The inferred type is returned in the response. The default value is FULL. JDBC_FETCH_SIZE: The JDBC fetch size, which determines how many rows to fetch per round trip. The default value is '50000'. KAFKA_CONSUMERS_PER_RANK: Number of Kafka consumer threads per rank (valid range 1-6). The default value is '1'. KAFKA_GROUP_ID: The group id to be used when consuming data from a Kafka topic (valid only for Kafka datasource subscriptions). KAFKA_OFFSET_RESET_POLICY: Policy to determine whether the Kafka data consumption starts either at earliest offset or latest offset. Supported values: EARLIEST LATEST The default value is EARLIEST. KAFKA_OPTIMISTIC_INGEST: Enable optimistic ingestion where Kafka topic offsets and table data are committed independently to achieve parallelism. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. KAFKA_SUBSCRIPTION_CANCEL_AFTER: Sets the Kafka subscription lifespan (in minutes). Expired subscription will be cancelled automatically. KAFKA_TYPE_INFERENCE_FETCH_TIMEOUT: Maximum time to collect Kafka messages before type inferencing on the set of them. LAYER: Geo files layer(s) name(s): comma separated. LOADING_MODE: Scheme for distributing the extraction and loading of data from the source data file(s). This option applies only when loading files that are local to the database. Supported values: HEAD: The head node loads all data. All files must be available to the head node. DISTRIBUTED_SHARED: The head node coordinates loading data by worker processes across all nodes from shared files available to all workers. NOTE: Instead of existing on a shared source, the files can be duplicated on a source local to each host to improve performance, though the files must appear as the same data set from the perspective of all hosts performing the load. DISTRIBUTED_LOCAL: A single worker process on each node loads all files that are available to it. This option works best when each worker loads files from its own file system, to maximize performance. In order to avoid data duplication, either each worker performing the load needs to have visibility to a set of files unique to it (no file is visible to more than one node) or the target table needs to have a primary key (which will allow the worker to automatically deduplicate data). NOTE: If the target table doesn't exist, the table structure will be determined by the head node. If the head node has no files local to it, it will be unable to determine the structure and the request will fail. If the head node is configured to have no worker processes, no data strictly accessible to the head node will be loaded. The default value is HEAD. LOCAL_TIME_OFFSET: Apply an offset to Avro local timestamp columns. MAX_RECORDS_TO_LOAD: Limit the number of records to load in this request: if this number is larger than BATCH_SIZE, then the number of records loaded will be limited to the next whole number of BATCH_SIZE (per working thread). NUM_TASKS_PER_RANK: Number of tasks for reading file per rank. Default will be system configuration parameter, external_file_reader_num_tasks. POLL_INTERVAL: If TRUE, the number of seconds between attempts to load external files into the table. If zero, polling will be continuous as long as data is found. If no data is found, the interval will steadily increase to a maximum of 60 seconds. The default value is '0'. PRIMARY_KEYS: Comma separated list of column names to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. REFRESH_METHOD: Method by which the table can be refreshed from its source data. Supported values: MANUAL: Refresh only occurs when manually requested by invoking the refresh action of alterTable on this table. ON_START: Refresh table on database startup and when manually requested by invoking the refresh action of alterTable on this table. The default value is MANUAL. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SCHEMA_NAME: Name of the Avro schema in the schema registry to use when reading Avro records. SHARD_KEYS: Comma separated list of column names to set as shard keys, when not specified in the type. SKIP_LINES: Skip number of lines from begining of file. START_OFFSETS: Starting offsets by partition to fetch from kafka. A comma separated list of partition:offset pairs. SUBSCRIBE: Continuously poll the data source to check for new data and load it into the table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TABLE_INSERT_MODE: Insertion scheme to use when inserting records from multiple shapefiles. Supported values: SINGLE: Insert all records into a single table. TABLE_PER_FILE: Insert records from each file into a new table corresponding to that file. The default value is SINGLE. TEXT_COMMENT_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a comment line prefix in the source data. All lines in the data starting with the provided string are ignored. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '#'. TEXT_DELIMITER: Specifies the character delimiting field values in the source data and field names in the header (if present). For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is ','. TEXT_ESCAPE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that is used to escape other characters in the source data. An 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', or 'v' preceded by an escape character will be interpreted as the ASCII bell, backspace, form feed, line feed, carriage return, horizontal tab, & vertical tab, respectively. For example, the escape character followed by an 'n' will be interpreted as a newline within a field value. The escape character can also be used to escape the quoting character, and will be treated as an escape character whether it is within a quoted field value or not. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. TEXT_HAS_HEADER: Indicates whether the source data contains a header row. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TEXT_HEADER_PROPERTY_DELIMITER: Specifies the delimiter for column properties in the header row (if present). Cannot be set to same value as TEXT_DELIMITER. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '|'. TEXT_NULL_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a null value in the source data. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '\N'. TEXT_QUOTE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that should be interpreted as a field value quoting character in the source data. The character must appear at beginning and end of field value to take effect. Delimiters within quoted fields are treated as literals and not delimiters. Within a quoted field, two consecutive quote characters will be interpreted as a single literal quote character, effectively escaping it. To not have a quote character, specify an empty string. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '"'. TEXT_SEARCH_COLUMNS: Add 'text_search' property to internally inferenced string columns. Comma seperated list of column names or '*' for all columns. To add 'text_search' property only to string columns greater than or equal to a minimum size, also set the TEXT_SEARCH_MIN_COLUMN_LENGTH TEXT_SEARCH_MIN_COLUMN_LENGTH: Set the minimum column size for strings to apply the 'text_search' property to. Used only when TEXT_SEARCH_COLUMNS has a value. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, truncate string values that are longer than the column's type size. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_TABLE: If set to TRUE, truncates the table specified by table_name prior to loading the file(s). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TYPE_INFERENCE_MODE: Optimize type inferencing for either speed or accuracy. Supported values: ACCURACY: Scans data to get exactly-typed & sized columns for all data scanned. SPEED: Scans data and picks the widest possible column types so that 'all' values will fit with minimum data scanned The default value is SPEED. REMOTE_QUERY: Remote SQL query from which data will be sourced REMOTE_QUERY_FILTER_COLUMN: Name of column to be used for splitting REMOTE_QUERY into multiple sub-queries using the data distribution of given column REMOTE_QUERY_INCREASING_COLUMN: Column on subscribed remote query result that will increase for new records (e.g., TIMESTAMP). REMOTE_QUERY_PARTITION_COLUMN: Alias name for REMOTE_QUERY_FILTER_COLUMN. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be 'upserted'). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the new record will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK & ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12318 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTableMonitor() [1/2]

CreateTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTableMonitor ( CreateTableMonitorRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a monitor that watches for a single table modification event type (insert, update, or delete) on a particular table (identified by table_name) and forwards event notifications to subscribers via ZMQ.

After this call completes, subscribe to the returned topic_id on the ZMQ table monitor port (default 9002). Each time an operation of the given type on the table completes, a multipart message is published for that topic; the first part contains only the topic ID, and each subsequent part contains one binary-encoded Avro object that corresponds to the event and can be decoded using type_schema. The monitor will continue to run (regardless of whether or not there are any subscribers) until deactivated with clearTableMonitor.

For more information on table monitors, see Table Monitors.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12355 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTableMonitor() [2/2]

CreateTableMonitorResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTableMonitor ( string  table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a monitor that watches for a single table modification event type (insert, update, or delete) on a particular table (identified by table_name ) and forwards event notifications to subscribers via ZMQ.

After this call completes, subscribe to the returned topic_id on the ZMQ table monitor port (default 9002). Each time an operation of the given type on the table completes, a multipart message is published for that topic; the first part contains only the topic ID, and each subsequent part contains one binary-encoded Avro object that corresponds to the event and can be decoded using type_schema. The monitor will continue to run (regardless of whether or not there are any subscribers) until deactivated with clearTableMonitor.

For more information on table monitors, see Table Monitors.

Parameters

table_name

Name of the table to monitor, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.

options

Optional parameters. EVENT: Type of modification event on the target table to be monitored by this table monitor. Supported values: INSERT: Get notifications of new record insertions. The new row images are forwarded to the subscribers. UPDATE: Get notifications of update operations. The modified row count information is forwarded to the subscribers. DELETE: Get notifications of delete operations. The deleted row count information is forwarded to the subscribers. The default value is INSERT. MONITOR_ID: ID to use for this monitor instead of a randomly generated one DATASINK_NAME: Name of an existing data sink to send change data notifications to DESTINATION: Destination for the output data in format 'destination_type://path[:port]'. Supported destination types are 'http', 'https' and 'kafka'. KAFKA_TOPIC_NAME: Name of the Kafka topic to publish to if DESTINATION in options is specified and is a Kafka broker INCREASING_COLUMN: Column on subscribed table that will increase for new records (e.g., TIMESTAMP). EXPRESSION: Filter expression to limit records for notification REFRESH_METHOD: Method controlling when the table monitor reports changes to the table_name . Supported values: ON_CHANGE: Report changes as they occur. PERIODIC: Report changes periodically at rate specified by REFRESH_PERIOD. The default value is ON_CHANGE. REFRESH_PERIOD: When REFRESH_METHOD is PERIODIC, specifies the period in seconds at which changes are reported. REFRESH_START_TIME: When REFRESH_METHOD is PERIODIC, specifies the first time at which changes are reported. Value is a datetime string with format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12526 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTriggerByArea() [1/2]

CreateTriggerByAreaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTriggerByArea ( CreateTriggerByAreaRequest  request_ )

inline

Sets up an area trigger mechanism for two column_names for one or more tables.

(This function is essentially the two-dimensional version of createTriggerByRange.) Once the trigger has been activated, any record added to the listed tables(s) via insertRecords with the chosen columns' values falling within the specified region will trip the trigger. All such records will be queued at the trigger port (by default '9001' but able to be retrieved via showSystemStatus) for any listening client to collect. Active triggers can be cancelled by using the clearTrigger endpoint or by clearing all relevant tables.

The output returns the trigger handle as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger activation.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12555 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTriggerByArea() [2/2]

CreateTriggerByAreaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTriggerByArea ( string  request_id, IList< string >  table_names, string  x_column_name, IList< double >  x_vector, string  y_column_name, IList< double >  y_vector, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Sets up an area trigger mechanism for two column_names for one or more tables.

(This function is essentially the two-dimensional version of createTriggerByRange.) Once the trigger has been activated, any record added to the listed tables(s) via insertRecords with the chosen columns' values falling within the specified region will trip the trigger. All such records will be queued at the trigger port (by default '9001' but able to be retrieved via showSystemStatus) for any listening client to collect. Active triggers can be cancelled by using the clearTrigger endpoint or by clearing all relevant tables.

The output returns the trigger handle as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger activation.

Parameters

request_id	User-created ID for the trigger. The ID can be alphanumeric, contain symbols, and must contain at least one character.
table_names	Names of the tables on which the trigger will be activated and maintained, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
x_column_name	Name of a numeric column on which the trigger is activated. Usually 'x' for geospatial data points.
x_vector	The respective coordinate values for the region on which the trigger is activated. This usually translates to the x-coordinates of a geospatial region.
y_column_name	Name of a second numeric column on which the trigger is activated. Usually 'y' for geospatial data points.
y_vector	The respective coordinate values for the region on which the trigger is activated. This usually translates to the y-coordinates of a geospatial region. Must be the same length as xvals.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12606 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTriggerByRange() [1/2]

CreateTriggerByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTriggerByRange ( CreateTriggerByRangeRequest  request_ )

inline

Sets up a simple range trigger for a column_name for one or more tables.

Once the trigger has been activated, any record added to the listed tables(s) via insertRecords with the chosen column_name's value falling within the specified range will trip the trigger. All such records will be queued at the trigger port (by default '9001' but able to be retrieved via showSystemStatus) for any listening client to collect. Active triggers can be cancelled by using the clearTrigger endpoint or by clearing all relevant tables.

The output returns the trigger handle as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger activation.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12642 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createTriggerByRange() [2/2]

CreateTriggerByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createTriggerByRange ( string  request_id, IList< string >  table_names, string  column_name, double  min, double  max, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Sets up a simple range trigger for a column_name for one or more tables.

Once the trigger has been activated, any record added to the listed tables(s) via insertRecords with the chosen column_name's value falling within the specified range will trip the trigger. All such records will be queued at the trigger port (by default '9001' but able to be retrieved via showSystemStatus) for any listening client to collect. Active triggers can be cancelled by using the clearTrigger endpoint or by clearing all relevant tables.

The output returns the trigger handle as well as indicating success or failure of the trigger activation.

Parameters

request_id	User-created ID for the trigger. The ID can be alphanumeric, contain symbols, and must contain at least one character.
table_names	Tables on which the trigger will be active, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
column_name	Name of a numeric column_name on which the trigger is activated.
min	The lower bound (inclusive) for the trigger range.
max	The upper bound (inclusive) for the trigger range.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12682 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createType() [1/2]

CreateTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createType ( CreateTypeRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new type describing the layout of a table.

The type definition is a JSON string describing the fields (i.e. columns) of the type. Each field consists of a name and a data type. Supported data types are: double, float, int, long, string, and bytes. In addition, one or more properties can be specified for each column which customize the memory usage and query availability of that column. Note that some properties are mutually exclusive–i.e. they cannot be specified for any given column simultaneously. One example of mutually exclusive properties are DATA and STORE_ONLY.

A single primary key and/or single shard key can be set across one or more columns. If a primary key is specified, then a uniqueness constraint is enforced, in that only a single object can exist with a given primary key column value (or set of values for the key columns, if using a composite primary key). When inserting data into a table with a primary key, depending on the parameters in the request, incoming objects with primary key values that match existing objects will either overwrite (i.e. update) the existing object or will be skipped and not added into the set.

Example of a type definition with some of the parameters:

{"type":"record",
"name":"point",
"fields":[{"name":"msg_id","type":"string"},
        {"name":"x","type":"double"},
        {"name":"y","type":"double"},
        {"name":"TIMESTAMP","type":"double"},
        {"name":"source","type":"string"},
        {"name":"group_id","type":"string"},
        {"name":"OBJECT_ID","type":"string"}]
}

Properties:

{"group_id":["store_only"],
"msg_id":["store_only","text_search"]
}

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 12747 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createType() [2/2]

CreateTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createType ( string  type_definition, string  label, IDictionary< string, IList< string >>  properties = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new type describing the layout of a table.

The type definition is a JSON string describing the fields (i.e. columns) of the type. Each field consists of a name and a data type. Supported data types are: double, float, int, long, string, and bytes. In addition, one or more properties can be specified for each column which customize the memory usage and query availability of that column. Note that some properties are mutually exclusive–i.e. they cannot be specified for any given column simultaneously. One example of mutually exclusive properties are DATA and STORE_ONLY.

A single primary key and/or single shard key can be set across one or more columns. If a primary key is specified, then a uniqueness constraint is enforced, in that only a single object can exist with a given primary key column value (or set of values for the key columns, if using a composite primary key). When inserting data into a table with a primary key, depending on the parameters in the request, incoming objects with primary key values that match existing objects will either overwrite (i.e. update) the existing object or will be skipped and not added into the set.

Example of a type definition with some of the parameters:

{"type":"record",
"name":"point",
"fields":[{"name":"msg_id","type":"string"},
        {"name":"x","type":"double"},
        {"name":"y","type":"double"},
        {"name":"TIMESTAMP","type":"double"},
        {"name":"source","type":"string"},
        {"name":"group_id","type":"string"},
        {"name":"OBJECT_ID","type":"string"}]
}

Properties:

{"group_id":["store_only"],
"msg_id":["store_only","text_search"]
}

Parameters

type_definition	a JSON string describing the columns of the type to be registered.
label	A user-defined description string which can be used to differentiate between tables and types with otherwise identical schemas.
properties	Each key-value pair specifies the properties to use for a given column where the key is the column name. All keys used must be relevant column names for the given table. Specifying any property overrides the default properties for that column (which is based on the column's data type). Valid values are: DATA: Default property for all numeric and string type columns; makes the column available for GPU queries. TEXT_SEARCH: Valid only for select 'string' columns. Enables full text search–see Full Text Search for details and applicable string column types. Can be set independently of DATA and STORE_ONLY. STORE_ONLY: Persist the column value but do not make it available to queries (e.g. filter)-i.e. it is mutually exclusive to the DATA property. Any 'bytes' type column must have a STORE_ONLY property. This property reduces system memory usage. DISK_OPTIMIZED: Works in conjunction with the DATA property for string columns. This property reduces system disk usage by disabling reverse string lookups. Queries like filter, filterByList, and filterByValue work as usual but aggregateUnique and aggregateGroupBy are not allowed on columns with this property. TIMESTAMP: Valid only for 'long' columns. Indicates that this field represents a timestamp and will be provided in milliseconds since the Unix epoch: 00:00:00 Jan 1 1970. Dates represented by a timestamp must fall between the year 1000 and the year 2900. ULONG: Valid only for 'string' columns. It represents an unsigned long integer data type. The string can only be interpreted as an unsigned long data type with minimum value of zero, and maximum value of 18446744073709551615. UUID: Valid only for 'string' columns. It represents an uuid data type. Internally, it is stored as a 128-bit integer. DECIMAL: Valid only for 'string' columns. It represents a SQL type NUMERIC(19, 4) data type. There can be up to 15 digits before the decimal point and up to four digits in the fractional part. The value can be positive or negative (indicated by a minus sign at the beginning). This property is mutually exclusive with the TEXT_SEARCH property. DATE: Valid only for 'string' columns. Indicates that this field represents a date and will be provided in the format 'YYYY-MM-DD'. The allowable range is 1000-01-01 through 2900-01-01. This property is mutually exclusive with the TEXT_SEARCH property. TIME: Valid only for 'string' columns. Indicates that this field represents a time-of-day and will be provided in the format 'HH:MM:SS.mmm'. The allowable range is 00:00:00.000 through 23:59:59.999. This property is mutually exclusive with the TEXT_SEARCH property. DATETIME: Valid only for 'string' columns. Indicates that this field represents a datetime and will be provided in the format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.mmm'. The allowable range is 1000-01-01 00:00:00.000 through 2900-01-01 23:59:59.999. This property is mutually exclusive with the TEXT_SEARCH property. CHAR1: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 1 character. CHAR2: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 2 characters. CHAR4: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 4 characters. CHAR8: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 8 characters. CHAR16: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 16 characters. CHAR32: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 32 characters. CHAR64: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 64 characters. CHAR128: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 128 characters. CHAR256: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns. Strings with this property must be no longer than 256 characters. BOOLEAN: This property provides optimized memory and query performance for int columns. Ints with this property must be between 0 and 1(inclusive) INT8: This property provides optimized memory and query performance for int columns. Ints with this property must be between -128 and +127 (inclusive) INT16: This property provides optimized memory and query performance for int columns. Ints with this property must be between -32768 and +32767 (inclusive) IPV4: This property provides optimized memory, disk and query performance for string columns representing IPv4 addresses (i.e. 192.168.1.1). Strings with this property must be of the form: A.B.C.D where A, B, C and D are in the range of 0-255. ARRAY: Valid only for 'string' columns. Indicates that this field contains an array. The value type and (optionally) the item count should be specified in parenthesis; e.g., 'array(int, 10)' for a 10-integer array. Both 'array(int)' and 'array(int, -1)' will designate an unlimited-length integer array, though no bounds checking is performed on arrays of any length. JSON: Valid only for 'string' columns. Indicates that this field contains values in JSON format. VECTOR: Valid only for 'bytes' columns. Indicates that this field contains a vector of floats. The length should be specified in parenthesis, e.g., 'vector(1000)'. WKT: Valid only for 'string' and 'bytes' columns. Indicates that this field contains geospatial geometry objects in Well-Known Text (WKT) or Well-Known Binary (WKB) format. PRIMARY_KEY: This property indicates that this column will be part of (or the entire) primary key. SOFT_PRIMARY_KEY: This property indicates that this column will be part of (or the entire) soft primary key. SHARD_KEY: This property indicates that this column will be part of (or the entire) shard key. NULLABLE: This property indicates that this column is nullable. However, setting this property is insufficient for making the column nullable. The user must declare the type of the column as a union between its regular type and 'null' in the avro schema for the record type in type_definition . For example, if a column is of type integer and is nullable, then the entry for the column in the avro schema must be: ['int', 'null']. The C++, C#, Java, and Python APIs have built-in convenience for bypassing setting the avro schema by hand. For those languages, one can use this property as usual and not have to worry about the avro schema for the record. DICT: This property indicates that this column should be dictionary encoded. It can only be used in conjunction with restricted string (charN), int, long or date columns. Dictionary encoding is best for columns where the cardinality (the number of unique values) is expected to be low. This property can save a large amount of memory. INIT_WITH_NOW: For 'date', 'time', 'datetime', or 'timestamp' column types, replace empty strings and invalid timestamps with 'NOW()' upon insert. INIT_WITH_UUID: For 'uuid' type, replace empty strings and invalid UUID values with randomly-generated UUIDs upon insert. UPDATE_WITH_NOW: For 'date', 'time', 'datetime', or 'timestamp' column types, always update the field with 'NOW()' upon any update. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13180 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUnion() [1/2]

CreateUnionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUnion ( CreateUnionRequest  request_ )

inline

Merges data from one or more tables with comparable data types into a new table.

The following merges are supported:

UNION (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set union details and examples, see Union. For limitations, see Union Limitations and Cautions.

INTERSECT (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set intersection details and examples, see Intersect. For limitations, see Intersect Limitations.

EXCEPT (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set subtraction details and examples, see Except. For limitations, see Except Limitations.

MERGE VIEWS - For a given set of filtered views on a single table, creates a single filtered view containing all of the unique records across all of the given filtered data sets.

Non-charN 'string' and 'bytes' column types cannot be merged, nor can columns marked as store-only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13221 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUnion() [2/2]

CreateUnionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUnion ( string  table_name, IList< string >  table_names, IList< IList< string >>  input_column_names, IList< string >  output_column_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Merges data from one or more tables with comparable data types into a new table.

The following merges are supported:

UNION (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set union details and examples, see Union. For limitations, see Union Limitations and Cautions.

INTERSECT (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set intersection details and examples, see Intersect. For limitations, see Intersect Limitations.

EXCEPT (DISTINCT/ALL) - For data set subtraction details and examples, see Except. For limitations, see Except Limitations.

MERGE VIEWS - For a given set of filtered views on a single table, creates a single filtered view containing all of the unique records across all of the given filtered data sets.

Non-charN 'string' and 'bytes' column types cannot be merged, nor can columns marked as store-only.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to be created, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria.
table_names	The list of table names to merge, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must contain the names of one or more existing tables.
input_column_names	The list of columns from each of the corresponding input tables.
output_column_names	The list of names of the columns to be stored in the output table.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of table_name . If PERSIST is FALSE (or unspecified), then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the projection as part of table_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of the schema for the output table. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is ''. MODE: If MERGE_VIEWS, then this operation will merge the provided views. All table_names must be views from the same underlying base table. Supported values: UNION_ALL: Retains all rows from the specified tables. UNION: Retains all unique rows from the specified tables (synonym for UNION_DISTINCT). UNION_DISTINCT: Retains all unique rows from the specified tables. EXCEPT: Retains all unique rows from the first table that do not appear in the second table (only works on 2 tables). EXCEPT_ALL: Retains all rows(including duplicates) from the first table that do not appear in the second table (only works on 2 tables). INTERSECT: Retains all unique rows that appear in both of the specified tables (only works on 2 tables). INTERSECT_ALL: Retains all rows(including duplicates) that appear in both of the specified tables (only works on 2 tables). MERGE_VIEWS: Merge two or more views (or views of views) of the same base data set into a new view. If this mode is selected input_column_names AND output_column_names must be empty. The resulting view would match the results of a SQL OR operation, e.g., if filter 1 creates a view using the expression 'x = 20' and filter 2 creates a view using the expression 'x <= 10', then the merge views operation creates a new view using the expression 'x = 20 OR x <= 10'. The default value is UNION_ALL. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this output table. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this output table. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this output table. CREATE_INDEXES: Comma-separated list of columns on which to create indexes on the output table. The columns specified must be present in output_column_names . TTL: Sets the TTL of the output table specified in table_name . PERSIST: If TRUE, then the output table specified in table_name will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the output table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. VIEW_ID: ID of view of which this output table is a member. The default value is ''. FORCE_REPLICATED: If TRUE, then the output table specified in table_name will be replicated even if the source tables are not. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13521 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUserExternal() [1/2]

CreateUserExternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUserExternal ( CreateUserExternalRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new external user (a user whose credentials are managed by an external LDAP).

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13541 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUserExternal() [2/2]

CreateUserExternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUserExternal ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new external user (a user whose credentials are managed by an external LDAP).

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

name

Name of the user to be created. Must exactly match the user's name in the external LDAP, prefixed with a . Must not be the same name as an existing user.

options

Optional parameters. ACTIVATED: Is the user allowed to login. Supported values: TRUE: User may login FALSE: User may not login The default value is TRUE. CREATE_HOME_DIRECTORY: When TRUE, a home directory in KiFS is created for this user. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. DEFAULT_SCHEMA: Default schema to associate with this user DIRECTORY_DATA_LIMIT: The maximum capacity to apply to the created directory if CREATE_HOME_DIRECTORY is TRUE. Set to -1 to indicate no upper limit. If empty, the system default limit is applied. RESOURCE_GROUP: Name of an existing resource group to associate with this user The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13636 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUserInternal() [1/2]

CreateUserInternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUserInternal ( CreateUserInternalRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a new internal user (a user whose credentials are managed by the database system).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13649 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createUserInternal() [2/2]

CreateUserInternalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createUserInternal ( string  name, string  password, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a new internal user (a user whose credentials are managed by the database system).

Parameters

name	Name of the user to be created. Must contain only lowercase letters, digits, and underscores, and cannot begin with a digit. Must not be the same name as an existing user or role.
password	Initial password of the user to be created. May be an empty string for no password.
options	Optional parameters. ACTIVATED: Is the user allowed to login. Supported values: TRUE: User may login FALSE: User may not login The default value is TRUE. CREATE_HOME_DIRECTORY: When TRUE, a home directory in KiFS is created for this user. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. DEFAULT_SCHEMA: Default schema to associate with this user DIRECTORY_DATA_LIMIT: The maximum capacity to apply to the created directory if CREATE_HOME_DIRECTORY is TRUE. Set to -1 to indicate no upper limit. If empty, the system default limit is applied. RESOURCE_GROUP: Name of an existing resource group to associate with this user The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13745 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createVideo() [1/2]

CreateVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createVideo ( CreateVideoRequest  request_ )

inline

Creates a job to generate a sequence of raster images that visualize data over a specified time.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13760 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

createVideo() [2/2]

CreateVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.createVideo ( string  attribute, string  begin, double  duration_seconds, string  end, double  frames_per_second, string  style, string  path, string  style_parameters, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Creates a job to generate a sequence of raster images that visualize data over a specified time.

Parameters

attribute	The animated attribute to map to the video's frames. Must be present in the LAYERS specified for the visualization. This is often a time-related field but may be any numeric type.
begin	The start point for the video. Accepts an expression evaluable over the attribute .
duration_seconds	Seconds of video to produce
end	The end point for the video. Accepts an expression evaluable over the attribute .
frames_per_second	The presentation frame rate of the encoded video in frames per second.
style	The name of the visualize mode; should correspond to the schema used for the style_parameters field. Supported values: CHART RASTER CLASSBREAK CONTOUR HEATMAP LABELS
path	Fully-qualified KiFS path. Write access is required. A file must not exist at that path, unless REPLACE_IF_EXISTS is TRUE.
style_parameters	A string containing the JSON-encoded visualize request. Must correspond to the visualize mode specified in the style field.
options	Optional parameters. TTL: Sets the TTL of the video. WINDOW: Specified using the data-type corresponding to the attribute . For a window of size W, a video frame rendered for time t will visualize data in the interval [t-W,t]. The minimum window size is the interval between successive frames. The minimum value is the default. If a value less than the minimum value is specified, it is replaced with the minimum window size. Larger values will make changes throughout the video appear more smooth while smaller values will capture fast variations in the data. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, does not return an error if the video already exists. Ignored if REPLACE_IF_EXISTS is TRUE. Supported values: FALSE TRUE The default value is FALSE. REPLACE_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, deletes any existing video with the same path before creating a new video. Supported values: FALSE TRUE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13903 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingRecordType< T >()

void kinetica.Kinetica.DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingRecordType< T > ( KineticaType  record_type, IList< byte[]>  records_binary, IList< T >  records  )

inline

Given a KineticaType object for a certain record type, decode binary data into distinct records (objects).

Template Parameters

T	The type of the records.

Parameters

record_type	The type for the records.
records_binary	The binary encoded data to be decoded.
records	The decoded objects/records.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 220 of file Kinetica.cs.

DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T >() [1/2]

void kinetica.Kinetica.DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T > ( string  schema_string, IList< byte[]>  records_binary, IList< T >  records  )

inline

Given a schema string for a certain record type, decode binary data into distinct records (objects).

Template Parameters

T	The type of the records.

Parameters

schema_string	The schema for the records.
records_binary	The binary encoded data to be decoded.
records	The decoded objects/records.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 241 of file Kinetica.cs.

DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T >() [2/2]

void kinetica.Kinetica.DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingSchemaString< T > ( IList< string >  schema_strings, IList< IList< byte[]>>  lists_records_binary, IList< IList< T >>  record_lists  )

inline

Given a list of schema strings, decode binary data into distinct records (objects).

Template Parameters

T	The type of the records.

Parameters

schema_strings	The schemas for the records.
lists_records_binary	The binary encoded data to be decoded (the data is in a 2D list).
record_lists	The decoded objects/records in a 2d list.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 265 of file Kinetica.cs.

DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T >() [1/2]

void kinetica.Kinetica.DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T > ( IList< string >  type_ids, IList< byte[]>  records_binary, IList< T >  records  )

inline

Given IDs of records types registered with Kinetica, decode binary data into distinct records (objects).

Template Parameters

T	The type of the records.

Parameters

type_ids	The IDs for each of the records' types.
records_binary	The binary encoded data to be decoded.
records	The decoded objects/records.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 305 of file Kinetica.cs.

DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T >() [2/2]

void kinetica.Kinetica.DecodeRawBinaryDataUsingTypeIDs< T > ( IList< string >  type_ids, IList< IList< byte[]>>  lists_records_binary, IList< IList< T >>  record_lists  )

inline

Given IDs of records types registered with Kinetica, decode binary data into distinct records (objects).

Template Parameters

T	The type of the records.

Parameters

type_ids	The IDs for each of the lists of records.
lists_records_binary	The binary encoded data to be decoded in a 2d list.
record_lists	The decoded objects/records in a 2d list.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 334 of file Kinetica.cs.

deleteDirectory() [1/2]

DeleteDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteDirectory ( DeleteDirectoryRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes a directory from KiFS.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13926 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteDirectory() [2/2]

DeleteDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteDirectory ( string  directory_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes a directory from KiFS.

Parameters

directory_name	Name of the directory in KiFS to be deleted. The directory must contain no files, unless RECURSIVE is TRUE
options	Optional parameters. RECURSIVE: If TRUE, will delete directory and all files residing in it. If false, directory must be empty for deletion. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE, no error is returned if specified directory does not exist. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 13995 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteFiles() [1/2]

DeleteFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteFiles ( DeleteFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes one or more files from KiFS.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14008 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteFiles() [2/2]

DeleteFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteFiles ( IList< string >  file_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes one or more files from KiFS.

Parameters

file_names	An array of names of files to be deleted. File paths may contain wildcard characters after the KiFS directory delimeter. Accepted wildcard characters are asterisk (*) to represent any string of zero or more characters, and question mark (?) to indicate a single character.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE, no error is returned if a specified file does not exist. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14054 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteGraph() [1/2]

DeleteGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteGraph ( DeleteGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes an existing graph from the graph server and/or persist.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14067 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteGraph() [2/2]

DeleteGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteGraph ( string  graph_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes an existing graph from the graph server and/or persist.

Parameters

graph_name

Name of the graph to be deleted.

options

Optional parameters. DELETE_PERSIST: If set to TRUE, the graph is removed from the server and persist. If set to FALSE, the graph is removed from the server but is left in persist. The graph can be reloaded from persist if it is recreated with the same 'graph_name'. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to get information about all the servers. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14120 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteProc() [1/2]

DeleteProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteProc ( DeleteProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes a proc.

Any currently running instances of the proc will be killed.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14134 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteProc() [2/2]

DeleteProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteProc ( string  proc_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes a proc.

Any currently running instances of the proc will be killed.

Parameters

proc_name	Name of the proc to be deleted. Must be the name of a currently existing proc.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14151 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteRecords() [1/2]

DeleteRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteRecords ( DeleteRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes record(s) matching the provided criteria from the given table.

The record selection criteria can either be one or more expressions (matching multiple records), a single record identified by RECORD_ID options, or all records when using DELETE_ALL_RECORDS. Note that the three selection criteria are mutually exclusive. This operation cannot be run on a view. The operation is synchronous meaning that a response will not be available until the request is completely processed and all the matching records are deleted.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14176 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteRecords() [2/2]

DeleteRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteRecords ( string  table_name, IList< string >  expressions, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes record(s) matching the provided criteria from the given table.

The record selection criteria can either be one or more expressions (matching multiple records), a single record identified by RECORD_ID options, or all records when using DELETE_ALL_RECORDS. Note that the three selection criteria are mutually exclusive. This operation cannot be run on a view. The operation is synchronous meaning that a response will not be available until the request is completely processed and all the matching records are deleted.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table from which to delete records, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must contain the name of an existing table; not applicable to views.
expressions	A list of the actual predicates, one for each select; format should follow the guidelines provided here. Specifying one or more expressions is mutually exclusive to specifying RECORD_ID in the options .
options	Optional parameters. GLOBAL_EXPRESSION: An optional global expression to reduce the search space of the expressions . The default value is ''. RECORD_ID: A record ID identifying a single record, obtained at the time of insertion of the record or by calling getRecordsFromCollection with the return_record_ids option. This option cannot be used to delete records from replicated tables. DELETE_ALL_RECORDS: If set to TRUE, all records in the table will be deleted. If set to FALSE, then the option is effectively ignored. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14263 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteResourceGroup() [1/2]

DeleteResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteResourceGroup ( DeleteResourceGroupRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes a resource group.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14277 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteResourceGroup() [2/2]

DeleteResourceGroupResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteResourceGroup ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes a resource group.

Parameters

name	Name of the resource group to be deleted.
options	Optional parameters. CASCADE_DELETE: If TRUE, delete any existing entities owned by this group. Otherwise this request will return an error of any such entities exist. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14320 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteRole() [1/2]

DeleteRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteRole ( DeleteRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes an existing role.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14334 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteRole() [2/2]

DeleteRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteRole ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes an existing role.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

name	Name of the role to be deleted. Must be an existing role.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14351 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteUser() [1/2]

DeleteUserResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteUser ( DeleteUserRequest  request_ )

inline

Deletes an existing user.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14365 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

deleteUser() [2/2]

DeleteUserResponse kinetica.Kinetica.deleteUser ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Deletes an existing user.

This method should be used for on-premise deployments only.

Parameters

name	Name of the user to be deleted. Must be an existing user.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14382 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

downloadFiles() [1/2]

DownloadFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.downloadFiles ( DownloadFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Downloads one or more files from KiFS.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14395 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

downloadFiles() [2/2]

DownloadFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.downloadFiles ( IList< string >  file_names, IList< long >  read_offsets, IList< long >  read_lengths, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Downloads one or more files from KiFS.

Parameters

file_names	An array of the file names to download from KiFS. File paths may contain wildcard characters after the KiFS directory delimeter. Accepted wildcard characters are asterisk (*) to represent any string of zero or more characters, and question mark (?) to indicate a single character.
read_offsets	An array of starting byte offsets from which to read each respective file in file_names . Must either be empty or the same length as file_names . If empty, files are downloaded in their entirety. If not empty, read_lengths must also not be empty.
read_lengths	Array of number of bytes to read from each respective file in file_names . Must either be empty or the same length as file_names . If empty, files are downloaded in their entirety. If not empty, read_offsets must also not be empty.
options	Optional parameters. FILE_ENCODING: Encoding to be applied to the output file data. When using JSON serialization it is recommended to specify this as BASE64. Supported values: BASE64: Apply base64 encoding to the output file data. NONE: Do not apply any encoding to the output file data. The default value is NONE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14457 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropCredential() [1/2]

DropCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropCredential ( DropCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Drop an existing credential.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14491 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropCredential() [2/2]

DropCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropCredential ( string  credential_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Drop an existing credential.

Parameters

credential_name	Name of the credential to be dropped. Must be an existing credential.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14507 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropDatasink() [1/2]

DropDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropDatasink ( DropDatasinkRequest  request_ )

inline

Drops an existing data sink.

By default, if any table monitors use this sink as a destination, the request will be blocked unless option CLEAR_TABLE_MONITORS is TRUE.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14527 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropDatasink() [2/2]

DropDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropDatasink ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Drops an existing data sink.

By default, if any table monitors use this sink as a destination, the request will be blocked unless option CLEAR_TABLE_MONITORS is TRUE.

Parameters

name	Name of the data sink to be dropped. Must be an existing data sink.
options	Optional parameters. CLEAR_TABLE_MONITORS: If TRUE, any table monitors that use this data sink will be cleared. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14578 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropDatasource() [1/2]

DropDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropDatasource ( DropDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Drops an existing data source.

Any external tables that depend on the data source must be dropped before it can be dropped.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14594 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropDatasource() [2/2]

DropDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropDatasource ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Drops an existing data source.

Any external tables that depend on the data source must be dropped before it can be dropped.

Parameters

name	Name of the data source to be dropped. Must be an existing data source.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14613 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropEnvironment() [1/2]

DropEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropEnvironment ( DropEnvironmentRequest  request_ )

inline

Drop an existing user-defined function (UDF) environment.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14627 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropEnvironment() [2/2]

DropEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropEnvironment ( string  environment_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Drop an existing user-defined function (UDF) environment.

Parameters

environment_name	Name of the environment to be dropped. Must be an existing environment.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE and if the environment specified in environment_name does not exist, no error is returned. If FALSE and if the environment specified in environment_name does not exist, then an error is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14676 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropSchema() [1/2]

DropSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropSchema ( DropSchemaRequest  request_ )

inline

Drops an existing SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14708 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

dropSchema() [2/2]

DropSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.dropSchema ( string  schema_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Drops an existing SQL-style schema, specified in schema_name .

Parameters

schema_name

Name of the schema to be dropped. Must be an existing schema.

options

Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE and if the schema specified in schema_name does not exist, no error is returned. If FALSE and if the schema specified in schema_name does not exist, then an error is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. CASCADE: If TRUE, all tables within the schema will be dropped. If FALSE, the schema will be dropped only if empty. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14781 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

executeProc() [1/2]

ExecuteProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.executeProc ( ExecuteProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Executes a proc.

This endpoint is asynchronous and does not wait for the proc to complete before returning.

If the proc being executed is distributed, input_table_names & input_column_names may be passed to the proc to use for reading data, and output_table_names may be passed to the proc to use for writing data.

If the proc being executed is non-distributed, these table parameters will be ignored.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14827 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

executeProc() [2/2]

ExecuteProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.executeProc ( string  proc_name, IDictionary< string, string >  _params = null, IDictionary< string, byte[]>  bin_params = null, IList< string >  input_table_names = null, IDictionary< string, IList< string >>  input_column_names = null, IList< string >  output_table_names = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Executes a proc.

This endpoint is asynchronous and does not wait for the proc to complete before returning.

If the proc being executed is distributed, input_table_names & input_column_names may be passed to the proc to use for reading data, and output_table_names may be passed to the proc to use for writing data.

If the proc being executed is non-distributed, these table parameters will be ignored.

Parameters

proc_name	Name of the proc to execute. Must be the name of a currently existing proc.
_params	A map containing named parameters to pass to the proc. Each key/value pair specifies the name of a parameter and its value. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
bin_params	A map containing named binary parameters to pass to the proc. Each key/value pair specifies the name of a parameter and its value. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
input_table_names	Names of the tables containing data to be passed to the proc. Each name specified must be the name of a currently existing table, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. If no table names are specified, no data will be passed to the proc. This parameter is ignored if the proc has a non-distributed execution mode. The default value is an empty List.
input_column_names	Map of table names from input_table_names to lists of names of columns from those tables that will be passed to the proc. Each column name specified must be the name of an existing column in the corresponding table. If a table name from input_table_names is not included, all columns from that table will be passed to the proc. This parameter is ignored if the proc has a non-distributed execution mode. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
output_table_names	Names of the tables to which output data from the proc will be written, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. If a specified table does not exist, it will automatically be created with the same schema as the corresponding table (by order) from input_table_names , excluding any primary and shard keys. If a specified table is a non-persistent result table, it must not have primary or shard keys. If no table names are specified, no output data can be returned from the proc. This parameter is ignored if the proc has a non-distributed execution mode. The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. CACHE_INPUT: A comma-delimited list of table names from input_table_names from which input data will be cached for use in subsequent calls to executeProc with the USE_CACHED_INPUT option. Cached input data will be retained until the proc status is cleared with the clear_complete option of showProcStatus and all proc instances using the cached data have completed. The default value is ''. USE_CACHED_INPUT: A comma-delimited list of run IDs (as returned from prior calls to executeProc) of running or completed proc instances from which input data cached using the CACHE_INPUT option will be used. Cached input data will not be used for any tables specified in input_table_names , but data from all other tables cached for the specified run IDs will be passed to the proc. If the same table was cached for multiple specified run IDs, the cached data from the first run ID specified in the list that includes that table will be used. The default value is ''. RUN_TAG: A string that, if not empty, can be used in subsequent calls to showProcStatus or killProc to identify the proc instance. The default value is ''. MAX_OUTPUT_LINES: The maximum number of lines of output from stdout and stderr to return via showProcStatus. If the number of lines output exceeds the maximum, earlier lines are discarded. The default value is '100'. EXECUTE_AT_STARTUP: If TRUE, an instance of the proc will run when the database is started instead of running immediately. The run_id can be retrieved using showProc and used in showProcStatus. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. EXECUTE_AT_STARTUP_AS: Sets the alternate user name to execute this proc instance as when EXECUTE_AT_STARTUP is TRUE. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 14990 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

executeSql() [1/2]

ExecuteSqlResponse kinetica.Kinetica.executeSql ( ExecuteSqlRequest  request_ )

inline

Execute a SQL statement (query, DML, or DDL).

See SQL Support for the complete set of supported SQL commands.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15013 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

executeSql() [2/2]

ExecuteSqlResponse kinetica.Kinetica.executeSql ( string  statement, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, string  request_schema_str = "", IList< byte[]>  data = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Execute a SQL statement (query, DML, or DDL).

See SQL Support for the complete set of supported SQL commands.

Parameters

statement	SQL statement (query, DML, or DDL) to be executed
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use has_more_records to see if more records exist in the result to be fetched, and offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
request_schema_str	Avro schema of data . The default value is ''.
data	An array of binary-encoded data for the records to be binded to the SQL query. Or use QUERY_PARAMETERS to pass the data in JSON format. The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. COST_BASED_OPTIMIZATION: If FALSE, disables the cost-based optimization of the given query. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. DISTRIBUTED_JOINS: If TRUE, enables the use of distributed joins in servicing the given query. Any query requiring a distributed join will succeed, though hints can be used in the query to change the distribution of the source data to allow the query to succeed. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. DISTRIBUTED_OPERATIONS: If TRUE, enables the use of distributed operations in servicing the given query. Any query requiring a distributed join will succeed, though hints can be used in the query to change the distribution of the source data to allow the query to succeed. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into or updating a table with a primary key, only used when primary key record collisions are rejected (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record insert/update that is rejected for resulting in a primary key collision with an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any insert/update for resulting in a primary key collision will cause an error to be reported. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore inserts/updates that result in primary key collisions with existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any inserts/updates that result in primary key collisions with existing records The default value is FALSE. LATE_MATERIALIZATION: If TRUE, Joins/Filters results will always be materialized ( saved to result tables format). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PAGING_TABLE: When empty or the specified paging table not exists, the system will create a paging table and return when query output has more records than the user asked. If the paging table exists in the system, the records from the paging table are returned without evaluating the query. PAGING_TABLE_TTL: Sets the TTL of the paging table. PARALLEL_EXECUTION: If FALSE, disables the parallel step execution of the given query. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. PLAN_CACHE: If FALSE, disables plan caching for the given query. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. PREPARE_MODE: If TRUE, compiles a query into an execution plan and saves it in query cache. Query execution is not performed and an empty response will be returned to user. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. PRESERVE_DICT_ENCODING: If TRUE, then columns that were dict encoded in the source table will be dict encoded in the projection table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. QUERY_PARAMETERS: Query parameters in JSON array or arrays (for inserting multiple rows). This can be used instead of data and request_schema_str . RESULTS_CACHING: If FALSE, disables caching of the results of the given query. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. RULE_BASED_OPTIMIZATION: If FALSE, disables rule-based rewrite optimizations for the given query. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SSQ_OPTIMIZATION: If FALSE, scalar subqueries will be translated into joins. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the intermediate result tables used in query execution. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into or updating a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted or updated will be replaced by that record. If set to FALSE, any such primary key collision will result in the insert/update being rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Replace the collided-into record with the record inserted or updated when a new/modified record causes a primary key collision with an existing record FALSE: Reject the insert or update when it results in a primary key collision with an existing record The default value is FALSE. VALIDATE_CHANGE_COLUMN: When changing a column using alter table, validate the change before applying it. If TRUE, then validate all values. A value too large (or too long) for the new type will prevent any change. If FALSE, then when a value is too large or long, it will be truncated. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. CURRENT_SCHEMA: Use the supplied value as the default schema when processing this SQL command. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15500 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportQueryMetrics() [1/2]

ExportQueryMetricsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportQueryMetrics ( ExportQueryMetricsRequest  request_ )

inline

Export query metrics to a given destination.Returns query metrics.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15518 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportQueryMetrics() [2/2]

ExportQueryMetricsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportQueryMetrics ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Export query metrics to a given destination.Returns query metrics.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. EXPRESSION: Filter for multi query export FILEPATH: Path to export target specified as a filename or existing directory. FORMAT: Specifies which format to export the metrics. Supported values: JSON: Generic json output JSON_TRACE_EVENT: Chromium/Perfetto trace event format The default value is JSON. JOB_ID: Export query metrics for the currently running job LIMIT: Record limit per file for multi query export The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15586 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportRecordsToFiles() [1/2]

ExportRecordsToFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportRecordsToFiles ( ExportRecordsToFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Export records from a table to files.

All tables can be exported, in full or partial (see COLUMNS_TO_EXPORT and COLUMNS_TO_SKIP). Additional filtering can be applied when using export table with expression through SQL. Default destination is KIFS, though other storage types (Azure, S3, GCS, and HDFS) are supported through DATASINK_NAME; see createDatasink.

Server's local file system is not supported. Default file format is delimited text. See options for different file types and different options for each file type. Table is saved to a single file if within max file size limits (may vary depending on datasink type). If not, then table is split into multiple files; these may be smaller than the max size limit.

All filenames created are returned in the response.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15616 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportRecordsToFiles() [2/2]

ExportRecordsToFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportRecordsToFiles ( string  table_name, string  filepath, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Export records from a table to files.

All tables can be exported, in full or partial (see COLUMNS_TO_EXPORT and COLUMNS_TO_SKIP). Additional filtering can be applied when using export table with expression through SQL. Default destination is KIFS, though other storage types (Azure, S3, GCS, and HDFS) are supported through DATASINK_NAME; see createDatasink.

Server's local file system is not supported. Default file format is delimited text. See options for different file types and different options for each file type. Table is saved to a single file if within max file size limits (may vary depending on datasink type). If not, then table is split into multiple files; these may be smaller than the max size limit.

All filenames created are returned in the response.

Parameters

table_name
filepath	Path to data export target. If filepath has a file extension, it is read as the name of a file. If filepath is a directory, then the source table name with a random UUID appended will be used as the name of each exported file, all written to that directory. If filepath is a filename, then all exported files will have a random UUID appended to the given name. In either case, the target directory specified or implied must exist. The names of all exported files are returned in the response.
options	Optional parameters. BATCH_SIZE: Number of records to be exported as a batch. The default value is '1000000'. COLUMN_FORMATS: For each source column specified, applies the column-property-bound format. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string of maps of column names to maps of column properties to their corresponding column formats, e.g., '{ "order_date" : { "date" : "%Y.%m.%d" }, "order_time" : { "time" : "%H:%M:%S" } }'. See DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS for valid format syntax. COLUMNS_TO_EXPORT: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source table to export, written to the output file in the order they are given. Column names can be provided, in which case the target file will use those names as the column headers as well. Alternatively, column numbers can be specified–discretely or as a range. For example, a value of '5,7,1..3' will write values from the fifth column in the source table into the first column in the target file, from the seventh column in the source table into the second column in the target file, and from the first through third columns in the source table into the third through fifth columns in the target file. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_SKIP. COLUMNS_TO_SKIP: Comma-separated list of column names or column numbers to not export. All columns in the source table not specified will be written to the target file in the order they appear in the table definition. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_EXPORT. DATASINK_NAME: Datasink name, created using createDatasink. DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS: Specifies the default format to use to write data. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. This default column-property-bound format can be overridden by specifying a column property & format for a given source column in COLUMN_FORMATS. For each specified annotation, the format will apply to all columns with that annotation unless custom COLUMN_FORMATS for that annotation are specified. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string that is a map of column properties to their respective column formats, e.g., '{ "date" : "%Y.%m.%d", "time" : "%H:%M:%S" }'. Column formats are specified as a string of control characters and plain text. The supported control characters are 'Y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', and 's', which follow the Linux 'strptime()' specification, as well as 's', which specifies seconds and fractional seconds (though the fractional component will be truncated past milliseconds). Formats for the 'date' annotation must include the 'Y', 'm', and 'd' control characters. Formats for the 'time' annotation must include the 'H', 'M', and either 'S' or 's' (but not both) control characters. Formats for the 'datetime' annotation meet both the 'date' and 'time' control character requirements. For example, '{"datetime" : "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" }' would be used to write text as "05/04/2000 12:12:11" EXPORT_DDL: Save DDL to a separate file. The default value is 'false'. FILE_EXTENSION: Extension to give the export file. The default value is '.csv'. FILE_TYPE: Specifies the file format to use when exporting data. Supported values: DELIMITED_TEXT: Delimited text file format; e.g., CSV, TSV, PSV, etc. PARQUET The default value is DELIMITED_TEXT. KINETICA_HEADER: Whether to include a Kinetica proprietary header. Will not be written if TEXT_HAS_HEADER is FALSE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. KINETICA_HEADER_DELIMITER: If a Kinetica proprietary header is included, then specify a property separator. Different from column delimiter. The default value is '|'. COMPRESSION_TYPE: File compression type. GZip can be applied to text and Parquet files. Snappy can only be applied to Parquet files, and is the default compression for them. Supported values: UNCOMPRESSED SNAPPY GZIP SINGLE_FILE: Save records to a single file. This option may be ignored if file size exceeds internal file size limits (this limit will differ on different targets). Supported values: TRUE FALSE OVERWRITE The default value is TRUE. SINGLE_FILE_MAX_SIZE: Max file size (in MB) to allow saving to a single file. May be overridden by target limitations. The default value is ''. TEXT_DELIMITER: Specifies the character to write out to delimit field values and field names in the header (if present). For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is ','. TEXT_HAS_HEADER: Indicates whether to write out a header row. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TEXT_NULL_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be written out for the null value in the data. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '\N'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15943 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportRecordsToTable() [1/2]

ExportRecordsToTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportRecordsToTable ( ExportRecordsToTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Exports records from source table to the specified target table in an external database

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 15959 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

exportRecordsToTable() [2/2]

ExportRecordsToTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.exportRecordsToTable ( string  table_name, string  remote_query = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Exports records from source table to the specified target table in an external database

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table from which the data will be exported to remote database, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
remote_query	Parameterized insert query to export gpudb table data into remote database. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. BATCH_SIZE: Batch size, which determines how many rows to export per round trip. The default value is '200000'. DATASINK_NAME: Name of an existing external data sink to which table name specified in table_name will be exported JDBC_SESSION_INIT_STATEMENT: Executes the statement per each jdbc session before doing actual load. The default value is ''. JDBC_CONNECTION_INIT_STATEMENT: Executes the statement once before doing actual load. The default value is ''. REMOTE_TABLE: Name of the target table to which source table is exported. When this option is specified remote_query cannot be specified. The default value is ''. USE_ST_GEOMFROM_CASTS: Wraps parametrized variables with st_geomfromtext or st_geomfromwkb based on source column type. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_INDEXED_PARAMETERS: Uses $n style syntax when generating insert query for remote_table option. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16069 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filter() [1/2]

FilterResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filter ( FilterRequest  request_ )

inline

Filters data based on the specified expression.

The results are stored in a result set with the given view_name.

For details see Expressions.

The response message contains the number of points for which the expression evaluated to be true, which is equivalent to the size of the result view.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16093 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filter() [2/2]

FilterResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filter ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  expression, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Filters data based on the specified expression.

The results are stored in a result set with the given view_name .

For details see Expressions.

The response message contains the number of points for which the expression evaluated to be true, which is equivalent to the size of the result view.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to filter, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. This may be the name of a table or a view (when chaining queries).
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
expression	The select expression to filter the specified table. For details see Expressions.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. VIEW_ID: view this filtered-view is part of. The default value is ''. TTL: Sets the TTL of the view specified in view_name . The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16186 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByArea() [1/2]

FilterByAreaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByArea ( FilterByAreaRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table are within a named area of interest (NAI/polygon).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the matching objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is created with the name view_name passed in as part of the input.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16208 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByArea() [2/2]

FilterByAreaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByArea ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  x_column_name, IList< double >  x_vector, string  y_column_name, IList< double >  y_vector, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table are within a named area of interest (NAI/polygon).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the matching objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is created with the name view_name passed in as part of the input.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to filter, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. This may be the name of a table or a view (when chaining queries).
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
x_column_name	Name of the column containing the x values to be filtered.
x_vector	List of x coordinates of the vertices of the polygon representing the area to be filtered.
y_column_name	Name of the column containing the y values to be filtered.
y_vector	List of y coordinates of the vertices of the polygon representing the area to be filtered.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16294 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByAreaGeometry() [1/2]

FilterByAreaGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByAreaGeometry ( FilterByAreaGeometryRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a named area of interest (NAI/polygon).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the matching objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is created with the name view_name passed in as part of the input.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16321 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByAreaGeometry() [2/2]

FilterByAreaGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByAreaGeometry ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, IList< double >  x_vector, IList< double >  y_vector, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a named area of interest (NAI/polygon).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the matching objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is created with the name view_name passed in as part of the input.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to filter, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. This may be the name of a table or a view (when chaining queries).
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the geospatial geometry column to be filtered.
x_vector	List of x coordinates of the vertices of the polygon representing the area to be filtered.
y_vector	List of y coordinates of the vertices of the polygon representing the area to be filtered.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] The schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16404 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByBox() [1/2]

FilterByBoxResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByBox ( FilterByBoxRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates how many objects within the given table lie in a rectangular box.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is also created when a view_name is passed in as part of the input payload.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16433 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByBox() [2/2]

FilterByBoxResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByBox ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  x_column_name, double  min_x, double  max_x, string  y_column_name, double  min_y, double  max_y, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates how many objects within the given table lie in a rectangular box.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is also created when a view_name is passed in as part of the input payload.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the bounding box operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
x_column_name	Name of the column on which to perform the bounding box query. Must be a valid numeric column.
min_x	Lower bound for the column chosen by x_column_name . Must be less than or equal to max_x .
max_x	Upper bound for x_column_name . Must be greater than or equal to min_x .
y_column_name	Name of a column on which to perform the bounding box query. Must be a valid numeric column.
min_y	Lower bound for y_column_name . Must be less than or equal to max_y .
max_y	Upper bound for y_column_name . Must be greater than or equal to min_y .
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16526 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByBoxGeometry() [1/2]

FilterByBoxGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByBoxGeometry ( FilterByBoxGeometryRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a rectangular box.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is also created when a view_name is passed in as part of the input payload.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16556 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByBoxGeometry() [2/2]

FilterByBoxGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByBoxGeometry ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, double  min_x, double  max_x, double  min_y, double  max_y, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a rectangular box.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set which satisfies the input NAI restriction specification is also created when a view_name is passed in as part of the input payload.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the bounding box operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the geospatial geometry column to be filtered.
min_x	Lower bound for the x-coordinate of the rectangular box. Must be less than or equal to max_x .
max_x	Upper bound for the x-coordinate of the rectangular box. Must be greater than or equal to min_x .
min_y	Lower bound for the y-coordinate of the rectangular box. Must be less than or equal to max_y .
max_y	Upper bound for the y-coordinate of the rectangular box. Must be greater than or equal to min_y .
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16648 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByGeometry() [1/2]

FilterByGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByGeometry ( FilterByGeometryRequest  request_ )

inline

Applies a geometry filter against a geospatial geometry column in a given table or view.

The filtering geometry is provided by input_wkt.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16675 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByGeometry() [2/2]

FilterByGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByGeometry ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, string  input_wkt, string  operation, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Applies a geometry filter against a geospatial geometry column in a given table or view.

The filtering geometry is provided by input_wkt .

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter by geometry will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table or view containing a geospatial geometry column.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the column to be used in the filter. Must be a geospatial geometry column.
input_wkt	A geometry in WKT format that will be used to filter the objects in table_name . The default value is ''.
operation	The geometric filtering operation to perform. Supported values: CONTAINS: Matches records that contain the given WKT in input_wkt , i.e. the given WKT is within the bounds of a record's geometry. CROSSES: Matches records that cross the given WKT. DISJOINT: Matches records that are disjoint from the given WKT. EQUALS: Matches records that are the same as the given WKT. INTERSECTS: Matches records that intersect the given WKT. OVERLAPS: Matches records that overlap the given WKT. TOUCHES: Matches records that touch the given WKT. WITHIN: Matches records that are within the given WKT.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16816 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByList() [1/2]

FilterByListResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByList ( FilterByListRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which records from a table have values in the given list for the corresponding column.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input filter specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

For example, if a type definition has the columns 'x' and 'y', then a filter by list query with the column map {"x":["10.1", "2.3"], "y":["0.0", "-31.5", "42.0"]} will return the count of all data points whose x and y values match both in the respective x- and y-lists, e.g., "x = 10.1 and y = 0.0", "x = 2.3 and y = -31.5", etc. However, a record with "x = 10.1 and y = -31.5" or "x = 2.3 and y = 0.0" would not be returned because the values in the given lists do not correspond.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16850 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByList() [2/2]

FilterByListResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByList ( string  table_name, string  view_name, IDictionary< string, IList< string >>  column_values_map, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which records from a table have values in the given list for the corresponding column.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input filter specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

For example, if a type definition has the columns 'x' and 'y', then a filter by list query with the column map {"x":["10.1", "2.3"], "y":["0.0", "-31.5", "42.0"]} will return the count of all data points whose x and y values match both in the respective x- and y-lists, e.g., "x = 10.1 and y = 0.0", "x = 2.3 and y = -31.5", etc. However, a record with "x = 10.1 and y = -31.5" or "x = 2.3 and y = 0.0" would not be returned because the values in the given lists do not correspond.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to filter, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. This may be the name of a table or a view (when chaining queries).
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_values_map	List of values for the corresponding column in the table
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. FILTER_MODE: String indicating the filter mode, either 'in_list' or 'not_in_list'. Supported values: IN_LIST: The filter will match all items that are in the provided list(s). NOT_IN_LIST: The filter will match all items that are not in the provided list(s). The default value is IN_LIST. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16964 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRadius() [1/2]

FilterByRadiusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRadius ( FilterByRadiusRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table lie within a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e.

circular NAI).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input circular NAI restriction specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

For track data, all track points that lie within the circle plus one point on either side of the circle (if the track goes beyond the circle) will be included in the result.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 16991 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRadius() [2/2]

FilterByRadiusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRadius ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  x_column_name, double  x_center, string  y_column_name, double  y_center, double  radius, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table lie within a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e.

circular NAI).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input circular NAI restriction specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

For track data, all track points that lie within the circle plus one point on either side of the circle (if the track goes beyond the circle) will be included in the result.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter by radius operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
x_column_name	Name of the column to be used for the x-coordinate (the longitude) of the center.
x_center	Value of the longitude of the center. Must be within [-180.0, 180.0]. The minimum allowed value is -180. The maximum allowed value is 180.
y_column_name	Name of the column to be used for the y-coordinate-the latitude-of the center.
y_center	Value of the latitude of the center. Must be within [-90.0, 90.0]. The minimum allowed value is -90. The maximum allowed value is 90.
radius	The radius of the circle within which the search will be performed. Must be a non-zero positive value. It is in meters; so, for example, a value of '42000' means 42 km. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema which is to contain the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17088 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRadiusGeometry() [1/2]

FilterByRadiusGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRadiusGeometry ( FilterByRadiusGeometryRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e.

circular NAI).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input circular NAI restriction specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17118 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRadiusGeometry() [2/2]

FilterByRadiusGeometryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRadiusGeometry ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, double  x_center, double  y_center, double  radius, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which geospatial geometry objects from a table intersect a circle with the given radius and center point (i.e.

circular NAI).

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new resultant set (view) which satisfies the input circular NAI restriction specification is also created if a view_name is passed in as part of the request.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter by radius operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the geospatial geometry column to be filtered.
x_center	Value of the longitude of the center. Must be within [-180.0, 180.0]. The minimum allowed value is -180. The maximum allowed value is 180.
y_center	Value of the latitude of the center. Must be within [-90.0, 90.0]. The minimum allowed value is -90. The maximum allowed value is 90.
radius	The radius of the circle within which the search will be performed. Must be a non-zero positive value. It is in meters; so, for example, a value of '42000' means 42 km. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema provided is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17211 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRange() [1/2]

FilterByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRange ( FilterByRangeRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table have a column that is within the given bounds.

An object from the table identified by table_name is added to the view view_name if its column is within [lower_bound, upper_bound] (inclusive). The operation is synchronous. The response provides a count of the number of objects which passed the bound filter. Although this functionality can also be accomplished with the standard filter function, it is more efficient.

For track objects, the count reflects how many points fall within the given bounds (which may not include all the track points of any given track).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17248 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByRange() [2/2]

FilterByRangeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByRange ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, double  lower_bound, double  upper_bound, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table have a column that is within the given bounds.

An object from the table identified by table_name is added to the view view_name if its column is within [lower_bound , upper_bound ] (inclusive). The operation is synchronous. The response provides a count of the number of objects which passed the bound filter. Although this functionality can also be accomplished with the standard filter function, it is more efficient.

For track objects, the count reflects how many points fall within the given bounds (which may not include all the track points of any given track).

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter by range operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of a column on which the operation would be applied.
lower_bound	Value of the lower bound (inclusive).
upper_bound	Value of the upper bound (inclusive).
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17336 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterBySeries() [1/2]

FilterBySeriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterBySeries ( FilterBySeriesRequest  request_ )

inline

Filters objects matching all points of the given track (works only on track type data).

It allows users to specify a particular track to find all other points in the table that fall within specified ranges (spatial and temporal) of all points of the given track. Additionally, the user can specify another track to see if the two intersect (or go close to each other within the specified ranges). The user also has the flexibility of using different metrics for the spatial distance calculation: Euclidean (flat geometry) or Great Circle (spherical geometry to approximate the Earth's surface distances). The filtered points are stored in a newly created result set. The return value of the function is the number of points in the resultant set (view).

This operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17369 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterBySeries() [2/2]

FilterBySeriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterBySeries ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  track_id, IList< string >  target_track_ids, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Filters objects matching all points of the given track (works only on track type data).

It allows users to specify a particular track to find all other points in the table that fall within specified ranges (spatial and temporal) of all points of the given track. Additionally, the user can specify another track to see if the two intersect (or go close to each other within the specified ranges). The user also has the flexibility of using different metrics for the spatial distance calculation: Euclidean (flat geometry) or Great Circle (spherical geometry to approximate the Earth's surface distances). The filtered points are stored in a newly created result set. The return value of the function is the number of points in the resultant set (view).

This operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter by track operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be a currently existing table with a track present.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
track_id	The ID of the track which will act as the filtering points. Must be an existing track within the given table.
target_track_ids	Up to one track ID to intersect with the "filter" track. If any provided, it must be an valid track ID within the given set.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. SPATIAL_RADIUS: A positive number passed as a string representing the radius of the search area centered around each track point's geospatial coordinates. The value is interpreted in meters. Required parameter. The minimum allowed value is '0'. TIME_RADIUS: A positive number passed as a string representing the maximum allowable time difference between the timestamps of a filtered object and the given track's points. The value is interpreted in seconds. Required parameter. The minimum allowed value is '0'. SPATIAL_DISTANCE_METRIC: A string representing the coordinate system to use for the spatial search criteria. Acceptable values are 'euclidean' and 'great_circle'. Optional parameter; default is 'euclidean'. Supported values: EUCLIDEAN GREAT_CIRCLE The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17503 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByString() [1/2]

FilterByStringResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByString ( FilterByStringRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table or view match a string expression for the given string columns.

Setting CASE_SENSITIVE can modify case sensitivity in matching for all modes except SEARCH. For SEARCH mode details and limitations, see Full Text Search.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17528 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByString() [2/2]

FilterByStringResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByString ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  expression, string  mode, IList< string >  column_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table or view match a string expression for the given string columns.

Setting CASE_SENSITIVE can modify case sensitivity in matching for all modes except SEARCH. For SEARCH mode details and limitations, see Full Text Search.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table on which the filter operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table or view.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
expression	The expression with which to filter the table.
mode	The string filtering mode to apply. See below for details. Supported values: SEARCH: Full text search query with wildcards and boolean operators. Note that for this mode, no column can be specified in column_names ; all string columns of the table that have text search enabled will be searched. EQUALS: Exact whole-string match (accelerated). CONTAINS: Partial substring match (not accelerated). If the column is a string type (non-charN) and the number of records is too large, it will return 0. STARTS_WITH: Strings that start with the given expression (not accelerated). If the column is a string type (non-charN) and the number of records is too large, it will return 0. REGEX: Full regular expression search (not accelerated). If the column is a string type (non-charN) and the number of records is too large, it will return 0.
column_names	List of columns on which to apply the filter. Ignored for SEARCH mode.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. CASE_SENSITIVE: If FALSE then string filtering will ignore case. Does not apply to SEARCH mode. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17683 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByTable() [1/2]

FilterByTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByTable ( FilterByTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Filters objects in one table based on objects in another table.

The user must specify matching column types from the two tables (i.e. the target table from which objects will be filtered and the source table based on which the filter will be created); the column names need not be the same. If a view_name is specified, then the filtered objects will then be put in a newly created view. The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all objects are fully available in the result view. The return value contains the count (i.e. the size) of the resulting view.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17712 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByTable() [2/2]

FilterByTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByTable ( string  table_name, string  view_name, string  column_name, string  source_table_name, string  source_table_column_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Filters objects in one table based on objects in another table.

The user must specify matching column types from the two tables (i.e. the target table from which objects will be filtered and the source table based on which the filter will be created); the column names need not be the same. If a view_name is specified, then the filtered objects will then be put in a newly created view. The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all objects are fully available in the result view. The return value contains the count (i.e. the size) of the resulting view.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table whose data will be filtered, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of the column by whose value the data will be filtered from the table designated by table_name .
source_table_name	Name of the table whose data will be compared against in the table called table_name , in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
source_table_column_name	Name of the column in the source_table_name whose values will be used as the filter for table table_name . Must be a geospatial geometry column if in 'spatial' mode; otherwise, Must match the type of the column_name .
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. FILTER_MODE: String indicating the filter mode, either IN_TABLE or NOT_IN_TABLE. Supported values: IN_TABLE NOT_IN_TABLE The default value is IN_TABLE. MODE: Mode - should be either SPATIAL or NORMAL. Supported values: NORMAL SPATIAL The default value is NORMAL. BUFFER: Buffer size, in meters. Only relevant for SPATIAL mode. The default value is '0'. BUFFER_METHOD: Method used to buffer polygons. Only relevant for SPATIAL mode. Supported values: NORMAL GEOS: Use geos 1 edge per corner algorithm The default value is NORMAL. MAX_PARTITION_SIZE: Maximum number of points in a partition. Only relevant for SPATIAL mode. The default value is '0'. MAX_PARTITION_SCORE: Maximum number of points * edges in a partition. Only relevant for SPATIAL mode. The default value is '8000000'. X_COLUMN_NAME: Name of column containing x value of point being filtered in SPATIAL mode. The default value is 'x'. Y_COLUMN_NAME: Name of column containing y value of point being filtered in SPATIAL mode. The default value is 'y'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17925 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByValue() [1/2]

FilterByValueResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByValue ( FilterByValueRequest  request_ )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table has a particular value for a particular column.

The input parameters provide a way to specify either a String or a Double valued column and a desired value for the column on which the filter is performed. The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new result view which satisfies the input filter restriction specification is also created with a view name passed in as part of the input payload. Although this functionality can also be accomplished with the standard filter function, it is more efficient.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 17956 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

filterByValue() [2/2]

FilterByValueResponse kinetica.Kinetica.filterByValue ( string  table_name, string  view_name, bool  is_string, double  _value, string  value_str, string  column_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Calculates which objects from a table has a particular value for a particular column.

The input parameters provide a way to specify either a String or a Double valued column and a desired value for the column on which the filter is performed. The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the objects are fully available. The response payload provides the count of the resulting set. A new result view which satisfies the input filter restriction specification is also created with a view name passed in as part of the input payload. Although this functionality can also be accomplished with the standard filter function, it is more efficient.

Parameters

table_name	Name of an existing table on which to perform the calculation, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
view_name	If provided, then this will be the name of the view containing the results, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must not be an already existing table or view. The default value is ''.
is_string	Indicates whether the value being searched for is string or numeric.
_value	The value to search for. The default value is 0.
value_str	The string value to search for. The default value is ''.
column_name	Name of a column on which the filter by value would be applied.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of view_name . This is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_VIEW_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the view as part of view_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created view. If the schema is non-existent, it will be automatically created. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18043 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

GetApiVersion()

static string kinetica.Kinetica.GetApiVersion ( )

inlinestatic

API Version

Returns

Version String for API

Definition at line 81 of file Kinetica.cs.

getJob() [1/2]

GetJobResponse kinetica.Kinetica.getJob ( GetJobRequest  request_ )

inline

Get the status and result of asynchronously running job.

See the createJob for starting an asynchronous job. Some fields of the response are filled only after the submitted job has finished execution.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18067 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getJob() [2/2]

GetJobResponse kinetica.Kinetica.getJob ( long  job_id, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Get the status and result of asynchronously running job.

See the createJob for starting an asynchronous job. Some fields of the response are filled only after the submitted job has finished execution.

Parameters

job_id	A unique identifier for the job whose status and result is to be fetched.
options	Optional parameters. JOB_TAG: Job tag returned in call to create the job The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18096 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecords< T >() [1/2]

GetRecordsResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecords< T > ( GetRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves records from a given table, optionally filtered by an expression and/or sorted by a column.

This operation can be performed on tables and views. Records can be returned encoded as binary, json, or geojson.

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters. Note that when paging through a table, if the table (or the underlying table in case of a view) is updated (records are inserted, deleted or modified) the records retrieved may differ between calls based on the updates applied.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18120 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecords< T >() [2/2]

GetRecordsResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecords< T > ( string  table_name, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves records from a given table, optionally filtered by an expression and/or sorted by a column.

This operation can be performed on tables and views. Records can be returned encoded as binary, json, or geojson.

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters. Note that when paging through a table, if the table (or the underlying table in case of a view) is updated (records are inserted, deleted or modified) the records retrieved may differ between calls based on the updates applied.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table or view from which the records will be fetched, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use has_more_records to see if more records exist in the result to be fetched, and offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
options	EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to the table. FAST_INDEX_LOOKUP: Indicates if indexes should be used to perform the lookup for a given expression if possible. Only applicable if there is no sorting, the expression contains only equivalence comparisons based on existing tables indexes and the range of requested values is from [0 to END_OF_SET]. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SORT_BY: Optional column that the data should be sorted by. Empty by default (i.e. no sorting is applied). SORT_ORDER: String indicating how the returned values should be sorted - ascending or descending. If sort_order is provided, sort_by has to be provided. Supported values: ASCENDING DESCENDING The default value is ASCENDING. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18240 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsByColumn() [1/2]

GetRecordsByColumnResponse kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsByColumn ( GetRecordsByColumnRequest  request_ )

inline

For a given table, retrieves the values from the requested column(s).

Maps of column name to the array of values as well as the column data type are returned. This endpoint supports pagination with the offset and limit parameters.

Window functions, which can perform operations like moving averages, are available through this endpoint as well as createProjection.

When using pagination, if the table (or the underlying table in the case of a view) is modified (records are inserted, updated, or deleted) during a call to the endpoint, the records or values retrieved may differ between calls based on the type of the update, e.g., the contiguity across pages cannot be relied upon.

If table_name is empty, selection is performed against a single-row virtual table. This can be useful in executing temporal (NOW()), identity (USER()), or constant-based functions (GEODIST(-77.11, 38.88, -71.06, 42.36)).

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18284 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsByColumn() [2/2]

GetRecordsByColumnResponse kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsByColumn ( string  table_name, IList< string >  column_names, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

For a given table, retrieves the values from the requested column(s).

Maps of column name to the array of values as well as the column data type are returned. This endpoint supports pagination with the offset and limit parameters.

Window functions, which can perform operations like moving averages, are available through this endpoint as well as createProjection.

When using pagination, if the table (or the underlying table in the case of a view) is modified (records are inserted, updated, or deleted) during a call to the endpoint, the records or values retrieved may differ between calls based on the type of the update, e.g., the contiguity across pages cannot be relied upon.

If table_name is empty, selection is performed against a single-row virtual table. This can be useful in executing temporal (NOW()), identity (USER()), or constant-based functions (GEODIST(-77.11, 38.88, -71.06, 42.36)).

The response is returned as a dynamic schema. For details see: dynamic schemas documentation.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table or view on which this operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. An empty table name retrieves one record from a single-row virtual table, where columns specified should be constants or constant expressions.
column_names	The list of column values to retrieve.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use has_more_records to see if more records exist in the result to be fetched, and offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
options	EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to the table. SORT_BY: Optional column that the data should be sorted by. Used in conjunction with SORT_ORDER. The ORDER_BY option can be used in lieu of SORT_BY / SORT_ORDER. The default value is ''. SORT_ORDER: String indicating how the returned values should be sorted - ASCENDING or DESCENDING. If SORT_ORDER is provided, SORT_BY has to be provided. Supported values: ASCENDING DESCENDING The default value is ASCENDING. ORDER_BY: Comma-separated list of the columns to be sorted by as well as the sort direction, e.g., 'timestamp asc, x desc'. The default value is ''. CONVERT_WKTS_TO_WKBS: If TRUE, then WKT string columns will be returned as WKB bytes. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ROUTE_TO_TOM: For multihead record retrieval without shard key expression - specifies from which tom to retrieve data. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18448 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsBySeries< T >() [1/2]

GetRecordsBySeriesResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsBySeries< T > ( GetRecordsBySeriesRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves the complete series/track records from the given world_table_name based on the partial track information contained in the table_name.

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters.

In contrast to getRecords this returns records grouped by series/track. So if offset is 0 and limit is 5 this operation would return the first 5 series/tracks in table_name. Each series/track will be returned sorted by their TIMESTAMP column.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18486 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsBySeries< T >() [2/2]

GetRecordsBySeriesResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsBySeries< T > ( string  table_name, string  world_table_name, int  offset = 0, int  limit = 250, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves the complete series/track records from the given world_table_name based on the partial track information contained in the table_name .

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters.

In contrast to getRecords this returns records grouped by series/track. So if offset is 0 and limit is 5 this operation would return the first 5 series/tracks in table_name . Each series/track will be returned sorted by their TIMESTAMP column.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table or view for which series/tracks will be fetched, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
world_table_name	Name of the table containing the complete series/track information to be returned for the tracks present in the table_name , in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Typically this is used when retrieving series/tracks from a view (which contains partial series/tracks) but the user wants to retrieve the entire original series/tracks. Can be blank.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial series/tracks to skip (useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of series/tracks to be returned. Or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the max number of results should be returned. The default value is 250.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18543 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsFromCollection< T >() [1/2]

GetRecordsFromCollectionResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsFromCollection< T > ( GetRecordsFromCollectionRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves records from a collection.

The operation can optionally return the record IDs which can be used in certain queries such as deleteRecords.

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters.

Note that when using the Java API, it is not possible to retrieve records from join views using this operation.(DEPRECATED)

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18573 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

getRecordsFromCollection< T >() [2/2]

GetRecordsFromCollectionResponse<T> kinetica.Kinetica.getRecordsFromCollection< T > ( string  table_name, long  offset = 0, long  limit = -9999, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves records from a collection.

The operation can optionally return the record IDs which can be used in certain queries such as deleteRecords.

This operation supports paging through the data via the offset and limit parameters.

Note that when using the Java API, it is not possible to retrieve records from join views using this operation.(DEPRECATED)

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being retrieved.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the collection or table from which records are to be retrieved, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing collection or table.
offset	A positive integer indicating the number of initial results to skip (this can be useful for paging through the results). The default value is 0. The minimum allowed value is 0. The maximum allowed value is MAX_INT.
limit	A positive integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, or END_OF_SET (-9999) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. Use offset & limit to request subsequent pages of results. The default value is -9999.
options	RETURN_RECORD_IDS: If TRUE then return the internal record ID along with each returned record. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to the table. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Type Constraints

T

:

new()

Definition at line 18657 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermission() [1/2]

GrantPermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermission ( GrantPermissionRequest  request_ )

inline

Grant user or role the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18699 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermission() [2/2]

GrantPermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermission ( string  principal, string  _object, string  object_type, string  permission, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grant user or role the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

principal	Name of the user or role for which the permission is being granted. Must be an existing user or role. The default value is ''.
_object	Name of object permission is being granted to. It is recommended to use a fully-qualified name when possible.
object_type	The type of object being granted to. Supported values: CONTEXT: Context CREDENTIAL: Credential DATASINK: Data Sink DATASOURCE: Data Source DIRECTORY: KIFS File Directory GRAPH: A Graph object PROC: UDF Procedure SCHEMA: Schema SQL_PROC: SQL Procedure SYSTEM: System-level access TABLE: Database Table TABLE_MONITOR: Table monitor
permission	Permission being granted. Supported values: ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access on the object. CONNECT: Connect access on the given data source or data sink. CREATE: Ability to create new objects of this type. DELETE: Delete rows from tables. EXECUTE: Ability to Execute the Procedure object. INSERT: Insert access to tables. READ: Ability to read, list and use the object. UPDATE: Update access to the table. USER_ADMIN: Access to administer users and roles that do not have system_admin permission. WRITE: Access to write, change and delete objects.
options	Optional parameters. COLUMNS: Apply table security to these columns, comma-separated. The default value is ''. FILTER_EXPRESSION: Optional filter expression to apply to this grant. Only rows that match the filter will be affected. The default value is ''. WITH_GRANT_OPTION: Allow the recipient to grant the same permission (or subset) to others. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18906 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionCredential() [1/2]

GrantPermissionCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionCredential ( GrantPermissionCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a credential-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18926 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionCredential() [2/2]

GrantPermissionCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionCredential ( string  name, string  permission, string  credential_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a credential-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: CREDENTIAL_ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access on the credential. CREDENTIAL_READ: Ability to read and use the credential.
credential_name	Name of the credential on which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing credential, or an empty string to grant access on all credentials.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18965 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionDatasource() [1/2]

GrantPermissionDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionDatasource ( GrantPermissionDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a data source permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 18984 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionDatasource() [2/2]

GrantPermissionDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionDatasource ( string  name, string  permission, string  datasource_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a data source permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: ADMIN: Admin access on the given data source CONNECT: Connect access on the given data source
datasource_name	Name of the data source on which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing data source, or an empty string to grant permission on all data sources.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19022 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionDirectory() [1/2]

GrantPermissionDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionDirectory ( GrantPermissionDirectoryRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a KiFS directory-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19041 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionDirectory() [2/2]

GrantPermissionDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionDirectory ( string  name, string  permission, string  directory_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a KiFS directory-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: DIRECTORY_READ: For files in the directory, access to list files, download files, or use files in server side functions DIRECTORY_WRITE: Access to upload files to, or delete files from, the directory. A user or role with write access automatically has read access
directory_name	Name of the KiFS directory to which the permission grants access. An empty directory name grants access to all KiFS directories
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19081 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionProc() [1/2]

GrantPermissionProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionProc ( GrantPermissionProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a proc-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19099 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionProc() [2/2]

GrantPermissionProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionProc ( string  name, string  permission, string  proc_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a proc-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: PROC_ADMIN: Admin access to the proc. PROC_EXECUTE: Execute access to the proc.
proc_name	Name of the proc to which the permission grants access. Must be an existing proc, or an empty string to grant access to all procs.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19134 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionSystem() [1/2]

GrantPermissionSystemResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionSystem ( GrantPermissionSystemRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a system-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19150 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionSystem() [2/2]

GrantPermissionSystemResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionSystem ( string  name, string  permission, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a system-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: SYSTEM_ADMIN: Full access to all data and system functions. SYSTEM_USER_ADMIN: Access to administer users and roles that do not have system_admin permission. SYSTEM_WRITE: Read and write access to all tables. SYSTEM_READ: Read-only access to all tables.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19197 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionTable() [1/2]

GrantPermissionTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionTable ( GrantPermissionTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants a table-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19213 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantPermissionTable() [2/2]

GrantPermissionTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantPermissionTable ( string  name, string  permission, string  table_name, string  filter_expression = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants a table-level permission to a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role to which the permission will be granted. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to grant to the user or role. Supported values: TABLE_ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access to the table. TABLE_INSERT: Insert access to the table. TABLE_UPDATE: Update access to the table. TABLE_DELETE: Delete access to the table. TABLE_READ: Read access to the table.
table_name	Name of the table to which the permission grants access, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table, view, or schema. If a schema, the permission also applies to tables and views in the schema.
filter_expression	Optional filter expression to apply to this grant. Only rows that match the filter will be affected. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. COLUMNS: Apply security to these columns, comma-separated. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19282 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantRole() [1/2]

GrantRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantRole ( GrantRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Grants membership in a role to a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19301 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

grantRole() [2/2]

GrantRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.grantRole ( string  role, string  member, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Grants membership in a role to a user or role.

Parameters

role	Name of the role in which membership will be granted. Must be an existing role.
member	Name of the user or role that will be granted membership in role . Must be an existing user or role.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19319 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasPermission() [1/2]

HasPermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasPermission ( HasPermissionRequest  request_ )

inline

Checks if the specified user has the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19333 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasPermission() [2/2]

HasPermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasPermission ( string  principal, string  _object, string  object_type, string  permission, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Checks if the specified user has the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

principal	Name of the user for which the permission is being checked. Must be an existing user. If blank, will use the current user. The default value is ''.
_object	Name of object to check for the requested permission. It is recommended to use a fully-qualified name when possible.
object_type	The type of object being checked. Supported values: CONTEXT: Context CREDENTIAL: Credential DATASINK: Data Sink DATASOURCE: Data Source DIRECTORY: KiFS File Directory GRAPH: A Graph object PROC: UDF Procedure SCHEMA: Schema SQL_PROC: SQL Procedure SYSTEM: System-level access TABLE: Database Table TABLE_MONITOR: Table monitor
permission	Permission to check for. Supported values: ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access on the object. CONNECT: Connect access on the given data source or data sink. CREATE: Ability to create new objects of this type. DELETE: Delete rows from tables. EXECUTE: Ability to Execute the Procedure object. INSERT: Insert access to tables. READ: Ability to read, list and use the object. UPDATE: Update access to the table. USER_ADMIN: Access to administer users and roles that do not have system_admin permission. WRITE: Access to write, change and delete objects.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If FALSE will return an error if the provided _object does not exist or is blank. If TRUE then it will return FALSE for has_permission. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19532 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasProc() [1/2]

HasProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasProc ( HasProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Checks the existence of a proc with the given name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19550 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasProc() [2/2]

HasProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasProc ( string  proc_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Checks the existence of a proc with the given name.

Parameters

proc_name	Name of the proc to check for existence.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19566 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasRole() [1/2]

HasRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasRole ( HasRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Checks if the specified user has the specified role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19579 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasRole() [2/2]

HasRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasRole ( string  principal, string  role, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Checks if the specified user has the specified role.

Parameters

principal	Name of the user for which role membersih is being checked. Must be an existing user. If blank, will use the current user. The default value is ''.
role	Name of role to check for membership.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If FALSE will return an error if the provided role does not exist or is blank. If TRUE then it will return FALSE for has_role. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ONLY_DIRECT: If FALSE will search recursively if the principal is a member of role . If TRUE then principal must directly be a member of role . Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19656 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasSchema() [1/2]

HasSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasSchema ( HasSchemaRequest  request_ )

inline

Checks for the existence of a schema with the given name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19670 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasSchema() [2/2]

HasSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasSchema ( string  schema_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Checks for the existence of a schema with the given name.

Parameters

schema_name	Name of the schema to check for existence, in root, using standard name resolution rules.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19688 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasTable() [1/2]

HasTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasTable ( HasTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Checks for the existence of a table with the given name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19701 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasTable() [2/2]

HasTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasTable ( string  table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Checks for the existence of a table with the given name.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to check for existence, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19719 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasType() [1/2]

HasTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasType ( HasTypeRequest  request_ )

inline

Check for the existence of a type.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19731 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

hasType() [2/2]

HasTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.hasType ( string  type_id, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Check for the existence of a type.

Parameters

type_id	Id of the type returned in response to createType request.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19747 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecords< T >() [1/2]

InsertRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecords< T > ( InsertRecordsRequest< T >  request_ )

inline

Adds multiple records to the specified table.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the records are fully inserted and available. The response payload provides the counts of the number of records actually inserted and/or updated, and can provide the unique identifier of each added record.

The options parameter can be used to customize this function's behavior.

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, but is ignored if no primary key exists.

The RETURN_RECORD_IDS option indicates that the database should return the unique identifiers of inserted records.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being added.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19831 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecords< T >() [2/2]

InsertRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecords< T > ( string  table_name, IList< T >  data, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Adds multiple records to the specified table.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the records are fully inserted and available. The response payload provides the counts of the number of records actually inserted and/or updated, and can provide the unique identifier of each added record.

The options parameter can be used to customize this function's behavior.

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, but is ignored if no primary key exists.

The RETURN_RECORD_IDS option indicates that the database should return the unique identifiers of inserted records.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being added.

Parameters

table_name	Name of table to which the records are to be added, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table.
data	An array of binary-encoded data for the records to be added. All records must be of the same type as that of the table. Empty array if list_encoding is JSON.
options	Optional parameters. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be "upserted"). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the new record will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK, ALLOW_PARTIAL_BATCH, & RETURN_INDIVIDUAL_ERRORS. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any record for having primary key values matching an existing record will result in an error being reported, as determined by ALLOW_PARTIAL_BATCH & RETURN_INDIVIDUAL_ERRORS. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records The default value is FALSE. RETURN_RECORD_IDS: If TRUE then return the internal record id along for each inserted record. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, any strings which are too long for their target charN string columns will be truncated to fit. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RETURN_INDIVIDUAL_ERRORS: If set to TRUE, success will always be returned, and any errors found will be included in the info map. The "bad_record_indices" entry is a comma-separated list of bad records (0-based). And if so, there will also be an "error_N" entry for each record with an error, where N is the index (0-based). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ALLOW_PARTIAL_BATCH: If set to TRUE, all correct records will be inserted and incorrect records will be rejected and reported. Otherwise, the entire batch will be rejected if any records are incorrect. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. DRY_RUN: If set to TRUE, no data will be saved and any errors will be returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 20104 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromFiles() [1/2]

InsertRecordsFromFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromFiles ( InsertRecordsFromFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Reads from one or more files and inserts the data into a new or existing table.

The source data can be located either in KiFS; on the cluster, accessible to the database; or remotely, accessible via a pre-defined external data source.

For delimited text files, there are two loading schemes: positional and name-based. The name-based loading scheme is enabled when the file has a header present and TEXT_HAS_HEADER is set to TRUE. In this scheme, the source file(s) field names must match the target table's column names exactly; however, the source file can have more fields than the target table has columns. If ERROR_HANDLING is set to PERMISSIVE, the source file can have fewer fields than the target table has columns. If the name-based loading scheme is being used, names matching the file header's names may be provided to COLUMNS_TO_LOAD instead of numbers, but ranges are not supported.

Note: Due to data being loaded in parallel, there is no insertion order guaranteed. For tables with primary keys, in the case of a primary key collision, this means it is indeterminate which record will be inserted first and remain, while the rest of the colliding key records are discarded.

Returns once all files are processed.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 20147 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromFiles() [2/2]

InsertRecordsFromFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromFiles ( string  table_name, IList< string >  filepaths, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  modify_columns = null, IDictionary< string, string >  create_table_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Reads from one or more files and inserts the data into a new or existing table.

The source data can be located either in KiFS; on the cluster, accessible to the database; or remotely, accessible via a pre-defined external data source.

For delimited text files, there are two loading schemes: positional and name-based. The name-based loading scheme is enabled when the file has a header present and TEXT_HAS_HEADER is set to TRUE. In this scheme, the source file(s) field names must match the target table's column names exactly; however, the source file can have more fields than the target table has columns. If ERROR_HANDLING is set to PERMISSIVE, the source file can have fewer fields than the target table has columns. If the name-based loading scheme is being used, names matching the file header's names may be provided to COLUMNS_TO_LOAD instead of numbers, but ranges are not supported.

Note: Due to data being loaded in parallel, there is no insertion order guaranteed. For tables with primary keys, in the case of a primary key collision, this means it is indeterminate which record will be inserted first and remain, while the rest of the colliding key records are discarded.

Returns once all files are processed.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table into which the data will be inserted, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. If the table does not exist, the table will be created using either an existing TYPE_ID or the type inferred from the file, and the new table name will have to meet standard table naming criteria.
filepaths	A list of file paths from which data will be sourced; For paths in KiFS, use the uri prefix of kifs:// followed by the path to a file or directory. File matching by prefix is supported, e.g. kifs://dir/file would match dir/file_1 and dir/file_2. When prefix matching is used, the path must start with a full, valid KiFS directory name. If an external data source is specified in DATASOURCE_NAME, these file paths must resolve to accessible files at that data source location. Prefix matching is supported. If the data source is hdfs, prefixes must be aligned with directories, i.e. partial file names will not match. If no data source is specified, the files are assumed to be local to the database and must all be accessible to the gpudb user, residing on the path (or relative to the path) specified by the external files directory in the Kinetica configuration file. Wildcards (*) can be used to specify a group of files. Prefix matching is supported, the prefixes must be aligned with directories. If the first path ends in .tsv, the text delimiter will be defaulted to a tab character. If the first path ends in .psv, the text delimiter will be defaulted to a pipe character (|).
modify_columns	Not implemented yet. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
create_table_options	Options from createTable, allowing the structure of the table to be defined independently of the data source, when creating the target table. TYPE_ID: ID of a currently registered type. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the table already exists and is of the given type. If a table with the same name but a different type exists, it is still an error. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_REPLICATED: Affects the distribution scheme for the table's data. If TRUE and the given table has no explicit shard key defined, the table will be replicated. If FALSE, the table will be sharded according to the shard key specified in the given TYPE_ID, or randomly sharded, if no shard key is specified. Note that a type containing a shard key cannot be used to create a replicated table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FOREIGN_KEYS: Semicolon-separated list of foreign keys, of the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. FOREIGN_SHARD_KEY: Foreign shard key of the format 'source_column references shard_by_column from target_table(primary_key_column)'. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently, only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this table. IS_RESULT_TABLE: Indicates whether the table is a memory-only table. A result table cannot contain columns with text_search data-handling, and it will not be retained if the server is restarted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Optional parameters. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_NAME: Name of a table to which records that were rejected are written. The bad-record-table has the following columns: line_number (long), line_rejected (string), error_message (string). When ERROR_HANDLING is ABORT, bad records table is not populated. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table. The default value is '10000'. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT_PER_INPUT: For subscriptions, a positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table per file/payload. Default value will be BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT and total size of the table per rank is limited to BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT. BATCH_SIZE: Number of records to insert per batch when inserting data. The default value is '50000'. COLUMN_FORMATS: For each target column specified, applies the column-property-bound format to the source data loaded into that column. Each column format will contain a mapping of one or more of its column properties to an appropriate format for each property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string of maps of column names to maps of column properties to their corresponding column formats, e.g., '{ "order_date" : { "date" : "%Y.%m.%d" }, "order_time" : { "time" : "%H:%M:%S" } }'. See DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS for valid format syntax. COLUMNS_TO_LOAD: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to load. If more than one file is being loaded, this list applies to all files. Column numbers can be specified discretely or as a range. For example, a value of '5,7,1..3' will insert values from the fifth column in the source data into the first column in the target table, from the seventh column in the source data into the second column in the target table, and from the first through third columns in the source data into the third through fifth columns in the target table. If the source data contains a header, column names matching the file header names may be provided instead of column numbers. If the target table doesn't exist, the table will be created with the columns in this order. If the target table does exist with columns in a different order than the source data, this list can be used to match the order of the target table. For example, a value of 'C, B, A' will create a three column table with column C, followed by column B, followed by column A; or will insert those fields in that order into a table created with columns in that order. If the target table exists, the column names must match the source data field names for a name-mapping to be successful. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_SKIP. COLUMNS_TO_SKIP: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to skip. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_LOAD. COMPRESSION_TYPE: Source data compression type. Supported values: NONE: No compression. AUTO: Auto detect compression type GZIP: gzip file compression. BZIP2: bzip2 file compression. The default value is AUTO. DATASOURCE_NAME: Name of an existing external data source from which data file(s) specified in filepaths will be loaded DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS: Specifies the default format to be applied to source data loaded into columns with the corresponding column property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. This default column-property-bound format can be overridden by specifying a column property & format for a given target column in COLUMN_FORMATS. For each specified annotation, the format will apply to all columns with that annotation unless a custom COLUMN_FORMATS for that annotation is specified. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string that is a map of column properties to their respective column formats, e.g., '{ "date" : "%Y.%m.%d", "time" : "%H:%M:%S" }'. Column formats are specified as a string of control characters and plain text. The supported control characters are 'Y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', and 's', which follow the Linux 'strptime()' specification, as well as 's', which specifies seconds and fractional seconds (though the fractional component will be truncated past milliseconds). Formats for the 'date' annotation must include the 'Y', 'm', and 'd' control characters. Formats for the 'time' annotation must include the 'H', 'M', and either 'S' or 's' (but not both) control characters. Formats for the 'datetime' annotation meet both the 'date' and 'time' control character requirements. For example, '{"datetime" : "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" }' would be used to interpret text as "05/04/2000 12:12:11" ERROR_HANDLING: Specifies how errors should be handled upon insertion. Supported values: PERMISSIVE: Records with missing columns are populated with nulls if possible; otherwise, the malformed records are skipped. IGNORE_BAD_RECORDS: Malformed records are skipped. ABORT: Stops current insertion and aborts entire operation when an error is encountered. Primary key collisions are considered abortable errors in this mode. The default value is ABORT. FILE_TYPE: Specifies the type of the file(s) whose records will be inserted. Supported values: AVRO: Avro file format DELIMITED_TEXT: Delimited text file format; e.g., CSV, TSV, PSV, etc. GDB: Esri/GDB file format JSON: Json file format PARQUET: Apache Parquet file format SHAPEFILE: ShapeFile file format The default value is DELIMITED_TEXT. FLATTEN_COLUMNS: Specifies how to handle nested columns. Supported values: TRUE: Break up nested columns to multiple columns FALSE: Treat nested columns as json columns instead of flattening The default value is FALSE. GDAL_CONFIGURATION_OPTIONS: Comma separated list of gdal conf options, for the specific requets: key=value IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any record for having primary key values matching an existing record will result in an error being reported, as determined by ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records The default value is FALSE. INGESTION_MODE: Whether to do a full load, dry run, or perform a type inference on the source data. Supported values: FULL: Run a type inference on the source data (if needed) and ingest DRY_RUN: Does not load data, but walks through the source data and determines the number of valid records, taking into account the current mode of ERROR_HANDLING. TYPE_INFERENCE_ONLY: Infer the type of the source data and return, without ingesting any data. The inferred type is returned in the response. The default value is FULL. KAFKA_CONSUMERS_PER_RANK: Number of Kafka consumer threads per rank (valid range 1-6). The default value is '1'. KAFKA_GROUP_ID: The group id to be used when consuming data from a Kafka topic (valid only for Kafka datasource subscriptions). KAFKA_OFFSET_RESET_POLICY: Policy to determine whether the Kafka data consumption starts either at earliest offset or latest offset. Supported values: EARLIEST LATEST The default value is EARLIEST. KAFKA_OPTIMISTIC_INGEST: Enable optimistic ingestion where Kafka topic offsets and table data are committed independently to achieve parallelism. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. KAFKA_SUBSCRIPTION_CANCEL_AFTER: Sets the Kafka subscription lifespan (in minutes). Expired subscription will be cancelled automatically. KAFKA_TYPE_INFERENCE_FETCH_TIMEOUT: Maximum time to collect Kafka messages before type inferencing on the set of them. LAYER: Geo files layer(s) name(s): comma separated. LOADING_MODE: Scheme for distributing the extraction and loading of data from the source data file(s). This option applies only when loading files that are local to the database. Supported values: HEAD: The head node loads all data. All files must be available to the head node. DISTRIBUTED_SHARED: The head node coordinates loading data by worker processes across all nodes from shared files available to all workers. NOTE: Instead of existing on a shared source, the files can be duplicated on a source local to each host to improve performance, though the files must appear as the same data set from the perspective of all hosts performing the load. DISTRIBUTED_LOCAL: A single worker process on each node loads all files that are available to it. This option works best when each worker loads files from its own file system, to maximize performance. In order to avoid data duplication, either each worker performing the load needs to have visibility to a set of files unique to it (no file is visible to more than one node) or the target table needs to have a primary key (which will allow the worker to automatically deduplicate data). NOTE: If the target table doesn't exist, the table structure will be determined by the head node. If the head node has no files local to it, it will be unable to determine the structure and the request will fail. If the head node is configured to have no worker processes, no data strictly accessible to the head node will be loaded. The default value is HEAD. LOCAL_TIME_OFFSET: Apply an offset to Avro local timestamp columns. MAX_RECORDS_TO_LOAD: Limit the number of records to load in this request: if this number is larger than BATCH_SIZE, then the number of records loaded will be limited to the next whole number of BATCH_SIZE (per working thread). NUM_TASKS_PER_RANK: Number of tasks for reading file per rank. Default will be system configuration parameter, external_file_reader_num_tasks. POLL_INTERVAL: If TRUE, the number of seconds between attempts to load external files into the table. If zero, polling will be continuous as long as data is found. If no data is found, the interval will steadily increase to a maximum of 60 seconds. The default value is '0'. PRIMARY_KEYS: Comma separated list of column names to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SCHEMA_NAME: Name of the Avro schema in the schema registry to use when reading Avro records. SHARD_KEYS: Comma separated list of column names to set as shard keys, when not specified in the type. SKIP_LINES: Skip number of lines from begining of file. START_OFFSETS: Starting offsets by partition to fetch from kafka. A comma separated list of partition:offset pairs. SUBSCRIBE: Continuously poll the data source to check for new data and load it into the table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TABLE_INSERT_MODE: Insertion scheme to use when inserting records from multiple shapefiles. Supported values: SINGLE: Insert all records into a single table. TABLE_PER_FILE: Insert records from each file into a new table corresponding to that file. The default value is SINGLE. TEXT_COMMENT_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a comment line prefix in the source data. All lines in the data starting with the provided string are ignored. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '#'. TEXT_DELIMITER: Specifies the character delimiting field values in the source data and field names in the header (if present). For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is ','. TEXT_ESCAPE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that is used to escape other characters in the source data. An 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', or 'v' preceded by an escape character will be interpreted as the ASCII bell, backspace, form feed, line feed, carriage return, horizontal tab, & vertical tab, respectively. For example, the escape character followed by an 'n' will be interpreted as a newline within a field value. The escape character can also be used to escape the quoting character, and will be treated as an escape character whether it is within a quoted field value or not. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. TEXT_HAS_HEADER: Indicates whether the source data contains a header row. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TEXT_HEADER_PROPERTY_DELIMITER: Specifies the delimiter for column properties in the header row (if present). Cannot be set to same value as TEXT_DELIMITER. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '|'. TEXT_NULL_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a null value in the source data. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '\N'. TEXT_QUOTE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that should be interpreted as a field value quoting character in the source data. The character must appear at beginning and end of field value to take effect. Delimiters within quoted fields are treated as literals and not delimiters. Within a quoted field, two consecutive quote characters will be interpreted as a single literal quote character, effectively escaping it. To not have a quote character, specify an empty string. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '"'. TEXT_SEARCH_COLUMNS: Add 'text_search' property to internally inferenced string columns. Comma seperated list of column names or '*' for all columns. To add 'text_search' property only to string columns greater than or equal to a minimum size, also set the TEXT_SEARCH_MIN_COLUMN_LENGTH TEXT_SEARCH_MIN_COLUMN_LENGTH: Set the minimum column size for strings to apply the 'text_search' property to. Used only when TEXT_SEARCH_COLUMNS has a value. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, truncate string values that are longer than the column's type size. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_TABLE: If set to TRUE, truncates the table specified by table_name prior to loading the file(s). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TYPE_INFERENCE_MODE: Optimize type inferencing for either speed or accuracy. Supported values: ACCURACY: Scans data to get exactly-typed & sized columns for all data scanned. SPEED: Scans data and picks the widest possible column types so that 'all' values will fit with minimum data scanned The default value is ACCURACY. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be 'upserted'). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the new record will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK & ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 21432 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromPayload() [1/2]

InsertRecordsFromPayloadResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromPayload ( InsertRecordsFromPayloadRequest  request_ )

inline

Reads from the given text-based or binary payload and inserts the data into a new or existing table.

The table will be created if it doesn't already exist.

Returns once all records are processed.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 21455 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromPayload() [2/2]

InsertRecordsFromPayloadResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromPayload ( string  table_name, string  data_text, byte []  data_bytes, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  modify_columns = null, IDictionary< string, string >  create_table_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Reads from the given text-based or binary payload and inserts the data into a new or existing table.

The table will be created if it doesn't already exist.

Returns once all records are processed.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table into which the data will be inserted, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. If the table does not exist, the table will be created using either an existing TYPE_ID or the type inferred from the payload, and the new table name will have to meet standard table naming criteria.
data_text	Records formatted as delimited text
data_bytes	Records formatted as binary data
modify_columns	Not implemented yet. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
create_table_options	Options used when creating the target table. Includes type to use. The other options match those in createTable. TYPE_ID: ID of a currently registered type. The default value is ''. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the table already exists and is of the given type. If a table with the same ID but a different type exists, it is still an error. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_REPLICATED: Affects the distribution scheme for the table's data. If TRUE and the given type has no explicit shard key defined, the table will be replicated. If FALSE, the table will be sharded according to the shard key specified in the given TYPE_ID, or randomly sharded, if no shard key is specified. Note that a type containing a shard key cannot be used to create a replicated table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FOREIGN_KEYS: Semicolon-separated list of foreign keys, of the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. FOREIGN_SHARD_KEY: Foreign shard key of the format 'source_column references shard_by_column from target_table(primary_key_column)'. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for this table. CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for this table. IS_RESULT_TABLE: Indicates whether the table is a memory-only table. A result table cannot contain columns with text_search data-handling, and it will not be retained if the server is restarted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Optional parameters. AVRO_HEADER_BYTES: Optional number of bytes to skip when reading an avro record. AVRO_NUM_RECORDS: Optional number of avro records, if data includes only records. AVRO_SCHEMA: Optional string representing avro schema, for insert records in avro format, that does not include is schema. AVRO_SCHEMALESS: When user provides 'avro_schema', avro data is assumed to be schemaless, unless specified. Default is 'true' when given avro_schema. Igonred when avro_schema is not given. Supported values: TRUE FALSE BAD_RECORD_TABLE_NAME: Optional name of a table to which records that were rejected are written. The bad-record-table has the following columns: line_number (long), line_rejected (string), error_message (string). BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table. Default value is 10000 BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT_PER_INPUT: For subscriptions: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table per file/payload. Default value will be 'bad_record_table_limit' and total size of the table per rank is limited to 'bad_record_table_limit' BATCH_SIZE: Internal tuning parameter–number of records per batch when inserting data. COLUMN_FORMATS: For each target column specified, applies the column-property-bound format to the source data loaded into that column. Each column format will contain a mapping of one or more of its column properties to an appropriate format for each property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string of maps of column names to maps of column properties to their corresponding column formats, e.g., '{ "order_date" : { "date" : "%Y.%m.%d" }, "order_time" : { "time" : "%H:%M:%S" } }'. See DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS for valid format syntax. COLUMNS_TO_LOAD: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to load. If more than one file is being loaded, this list applies to all files. Column numbers can be specified discretely or as a range. For example, a value of '5,7,1..3' will insert values from the fifth column in the source data into the first column in the target table, from the seventh column in the source data into the second column in the target table, and from the first through third columns in the source data into the third through fifth columns in the target table. If the source data contains a header, column names matching the file header names may be provided instead of column numbers. If the target table doesn't exist, the table will be created with the columns in this order. If the target table does exist with columns in a different order than the source data, this list can be used to match the order of the target table. For example, a value of 'C, B, A' will create a three column table with column C, followed by column B, followed by column A; or will insert those fields in that order into a table created with columns in that order. If the target table exists, the column names must match the source data field names for a name-mapping to be successful. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_SKIP. COLUMNS_TO_SKIP: Specifies a comma-delimited list of columns from the source data to skip. Mutually exclusive with COLUMNS_TO_LOAD. COMPRESSION_TYPE: Optional: payload compression type. Supported values: NONE: Uncompressed AUTO: Default. Auto detect compression type GZIP: gzip file compression. BZIP2: bzip2 file compression. The default value is AUTO. DEFAULT_COLUMN_FORMATS: Specifies the default format to be applied to source data loaded into columns with the corresponding column property. Currently supported column properties include date, time, & datetime. This default column-property-bound format can be overridden by specifying a column property & format for a given target column in COLUMN_FORMATS. For each specified annotation, the format will apply to all columns with that annotation unless a custom COLUMN_FORMATS for that annotation is specified. The parameter value must be formatted as a JSON string that is a map of column properties to their respective column formats, e.g., '{ "date" : "%Y.%m.%d", "time" : "%H:%M:%S" }'. Column formats are specified as a string of control characters and plain text. The supported control characters are 'Y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', and 's', which follow the Linux 'strptime()' specification, as well as 's', which specifies seconds and fractional seconds (though the fractional component will be truncated past milliseconds). Formats for the 'date' annotation must include the 'Y', 'm', and 'd' control characters. Formats for the 'time' annotation must include the 'H', 'M', and either 'S' or 's' (but not both) control characters. Formats for the 'datetime' annotation meet both the 'date' and 'time' control character requirements. For example, '{"datetime" : "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" }' would be used to interpret text as "05/04/2000 12:12:11" ERROR_HANDLING: Specifies how errors should be handled upon insertion. Supported values: PERMISSIVE: Records with missing columns are populated with nulls if possible; otherwise, the malformed records are skipped. IGNORE_BAD_RECORDS: Malformed records are skipped. ABORT: Stops current insertion and aborts entire operation when an error is encountered. Primary key collisions are considered abortable errors in this mode. The default value is ABORT. FILE_TYPE: Specifies the type of the file(s) whose records will be inserted. Supported values: AVRO: Avro file format DELIMITED_TEXT: Delimited text file format; e.g., CSV, TSV, PSV, etc. GDB: Esri/GDB file format JSON: Json file format PARQUET: Apache Parquet file format SHAPEFILE: ShapeFile file format The default value is DELIMITED_TEXT. FLATTEN_COLUMNS: Specifies how to handle nested columns. Supported values: TRUE: Break up nested columns to multiple columns FALSE: Treat nested columns as json columns instead of flattening The default value is FALSE. GDAL_CONFIGURATION_OPTIONS: Comma separated list of gdal conf options, for the specific requets: key=value. The default value is ''. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any record for having primary key values matching an existing record will result in an error being reported, as determined by ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records The default value is FALSE. INGESTION_MODE: Whether to do a full load, dry run, or perform a type inference on the source data. Supported values: FULL: Run a type inference on the source data (if needed) and ingest DRY_RUN: Does not load data, but walks through the source data and determines the number of valid records, taking into account the current mode of ERROR_HANDLING. TYPE_INFERENCE_ONLY: Infer the type of the source data and return, without ingesting any data. The inferred type is returned in the response. The default value is FULL. LAYER: Optional: geo files layer(s) name(s): comma separated. The default value is ''. LOADING_MODE: Scheme for distributing the extraction and loading of data from the source data file(s). This option applies only when loading files that are local to the database. Supported values: HEAD: The head node loads all data. All files must be available to the head node. DISTRIBUTED_SHARED: The head node coordinates loading data by worker processes across all nodes from shared files available to all workers. NOTE: Instead of existing on a shared source, the files can be duplicated on a source local to each host to improve performance, though the files must appear as the same data set from the perspective of all hosts performing the load. DISTRIBUTED_LOCAL: A single worker process on each node loads all files that are available to it. This option works best when each worker loads files from its own file system, to maximize performance. In order to avoid data duplication, either each worker performing the load needs to have visibility to a set of files unique to it (no file is visible to more than one node) or the target table needs to have a primary key (which will allow the worker to automatically deduplicate data). NOTE: If the target table doesn't exist, the table structure will be determined by the head node. If the head node has no files local to it, it will be unable to determine the structure and the request will fail. If the head node is configured to have no worker processes, no data strictly accessible to the head node will be loaded. The default value is HEAD. LOCAL_TIME_OFFSET: For Avro local timestamp columns MAX_RECORDS_TO_LOAD: Limit the number of records to load in this request: If this number is larger than a batch_size, then the number of records loaded will be limited to the next whole number of batch_size (per working thread). The default value is ''. NUM_TASKS_PER_RANK: Optional: number of tasks for reading file per rank. Default will be external_file_reader_num_tasks POLL_INTERVAL: If TRUE, the number of seconds between attempts to load external files into the table. If zero, polling will be continuous as long as data is found. If no data is found, the interval will steadily increase to a maximum of 60 seconds. PRIMARY_KEYS: Optional: comma separated list of column names, to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. The default value is ''. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SCHEMA_ID SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SCHEMA_NAME SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SCHEMA_VERSION SHARD_KEYS: Optional: comma separated list of column names, to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. The default value is ''. SKIP_LINES: Skip number of lines from begining of file. SUBSCRIBE: Continuously poll the data source to check for new data and load it into the table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TABLE_INSERT_MODE: Optional: table_insert_mode. When inserting records from multiple files: if table_per_file then insert from each file into a new table. Currently supported only for shapefiles. Supported values: SINGLE TABLE_PER_FILE The default value is SINGLE. TEXT_COMMENT_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a comment line prefix in the source data. All lines in the data starting with the provided string are ignored. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '#'. TEXT_DELIMITER: Specifies the character delimiting field values in the source data and field names in the header (if present). For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is ','. TEXT_ESCAPE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that is used to escape other characters in the source data. An 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', or 'v' preceded by an escape character will be interpreted as the ASCII bell, backspace, form feed, line feed, carriage return, horizontal tab, & vertical tab, respectively. For example, the escape character followed by an 'n' will be interpreted as a newline within a field value. The escape character can also be used to escape the quoting character, and will be treated as an escape character whether it is within a quoted field value or not. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. TEXT_HAS_HEADER: Indicates whether the source data contains a header row. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. TEXT_HEADER_PROPERTY_DELIMITER: Specifies the delimiter for column properties in the header row (if present). Cannot be set to same value as TEXT_DELIMITER. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '|'. TEXT_NULL_STRING: Specifies the character string that should be interpreted as a null value in the source data. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '\N'. TEXT_QUOTE_CHARACTER: Specifies the character that should be interpreted as a field value quoting character in the source data. The character must appear at beginning and end of field value to take effect. Delimiters within quoted fields are treated as literals and not delimiters. Within a quoted field, two consecutive quote characters will be interpreted as a single literal quote character, effectively escaping it. To not have a quote character, specify an empty string. For DELIMITED_TEXT FILE_TYPE only. The default value is '"'. TEXT_SEARCH_COLUMNS: Add 'text_search' property to internally inferenced string columns. Comma seperated list of column names or '*' for all columns. To add text_search property only to string columns of minimum size, set also the option 'text_search_min_column_length' TEXT_SEARCH_MIN_COLUMN_LENGTH: Set minimum column size. Used only when 'text_search_columns' has a value. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, truncate string values that are longer than the column's type size. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_TABLE: If set to TRUE, truncates the table specified by table_name prior to loading the file(s). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TYPE_INFERENCE_MODE: optimize type inference for: Supported values: ACCURACY: Scans data to get exactly-typed & sized columns for all data scanned. SPEED: Scans data and picks the widest possible column types so that 'all' values will fit with minimum data scanned The default value is ACCURACY. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be "upserted"). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the new record will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK & ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 22636 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromQuery() [1/2]

InsertRecordsFromQueryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromQuery ( InsertRecordsFromQueryRequest  request_ )

inline

Computes remote query result and inserts the result data into a new or existing table

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 22658 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsFromQuery() [2/2]

InsertRecordsFromQueryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsFromQuery ( string  table_name, string  remote_query, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, string >>  modify_columns = null, IDictionary< string, string >  create_table_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Computes remote query result and inserts the result data into a new or existing table

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table into which the data will be inserted, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. If the table does not exist, the table will be created using either an existing TYPE_ID or the type inferred from the remote query, and the new table name will have to meet standard table naming criteria.
remote_query	Query for which result data needs to be imported
modify_columns	Not implemented yet. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
create_table_options	Options used when creating the target table. TYPE_ID: ID of a currently registered type. The default value is ''. NO_ERROR_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, prevents an error from occurring if the table already exists and is of the given type. If a table with the same ID but a different type exists, it is still an error. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. IS_REPLICATED: Affects the distribution scheme for the table's data. If TRUE and the given type has no explicit shard key defined, the table will be replicated. If FALSE, the table will be sharded according to the shard key specified in the given TYPE_ID, or randomly sharded, if no shard key is specified. Note that a type containing a shard key cannot be used to create a replicated table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FOREIGN_KEYS: Semicolon-separated list of foreign keys, of the format '(source_column_name [, ...]) references target_table_name(primary_key_column_name [, ...]) [as foreign_key_name]'. FOREIGN_SHARD_KEY: Foreign shard key of the format 'source_column references shard_by_column from target_table(primary_key_column)'. PARTITION_TYPE: Partitioning scheme to use. Supported values: RANGE: Use range partitioning. INTERVAL: Use interval partitioning. LIST: Use list partitioning. HASH: Use hash partitioning. SERIES: Use series partitioning. PARTITION_KEYS: Comma-separated list of partition keys, which are the columns or column expressions by which records will be assigned to partitions defined by PARTITION_DEFINITIONS. PARTITION_DEFINITIONS: Comma-separated list of partition definitions, whose format depends on the choice of PARTITION_TYPE. See range partitioning, interval partitioning, list partitioning, hash partitioning, or series partitioning for example formats. IS_AUTOMATIC_PARTITION: If TRUE, a new partition will be created for values which don't fall into an existing partition. Currently only supported for list partitions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the table specified in table_name . CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for this table. IS_RESULT_TABLE: Indicates whether the table is a memory-only table. A result table cannot contain columns with text_search data-handling, and it will not be retained if the server is restarted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. STRATEGY_DEFINITION: The tier strategy for the table and its columns. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Optional parameters. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_NAME: Optional name of a table to which records that were rejected are written. The bad-record-table has the following columns: line_number (long), line_rejected (string), error_message (string). When error handling is Abort, bad records table is not populated. BAD_RECORD_TABLE_LIMIT: A positive integer indicating the maximum number of records that can be written to the bad-record-table. Default value is 10000 BATCH_SIZE: Number of records per batch when inserting data. DATASOURCE_NAME: Name of an existing external data source from which table will be loaded ERROR_HANDLING: Specifies how errors should be handled upon insertion. Supported values: PERMISSIVE: Records with missing columns are populated with nulls if possible; otherwise, the malformed records are skipped. IGNORE_BAD_RECORDS: Malformed records are skipped. ABORT: Stops current insertion and aborts entire operation when an error is encountered. Primary key collisions are considered abortable errors in this mode. The default value is ABORT. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, only used when not in upsert mode (upsert mode is disabled when UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record being inserted that is rejected for having primary key values that match those of an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any record for having primary key values matching an existing record will result in an error being reported, as determined by ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if upsert mode is in effect (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE), then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any new records whose primary key values collide with those of existing records The default value is FALSE. INGESTION_MODE: Whether to do a full load, dry run, or perform a type inference on the source data. Supported values: FULL: Run a type inference on the source data (if needed) and ingest DRY_RUN: Does not load data, but walks through the source data and determines the number of valid records, taking into account the current mode of ERROR_HANDLING. TYPE_INFERENCE_ONLY: Infer the type of the source data and return, without ingesting any data. The inferred type is returned in the response. The default value is FULL. JDBC_FETCH_SIZE: The JDBC fetch size, which determines how many rows to fetch per round trip. JDBC_SESSION_INIT_STATEMENT: Executes the statement per each jdbc session before doing actual load. The default value is ''. NUM_SPLITS_PER_RANK: Optional: number of splits for reading data per rank. Default will be external_file_reader_num_tasks. The default value is ''. NUM_TASKS_PER_RANK: Optional: number of tasks for reading data per rank. Default will be external_file_reader_num_tasks PRIMARY_KEYS: Optional: comma separated list of column names, to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. The default value is ''. SHARD_KEYS: Optional: comma separated list of column names, to set as primary keys, when not specified in the type. The default value is ''. SUBSCRIBE: Continuously poll the data source to check for new data and load it into the table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_TABLE: If set to TRUE, truncates the table specified by table_name prior to loading the data. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. REMOTE_QUERY: Remote SQL query from which data will be sourced REMOTE_QUERY_ORDER_BY: Name of column to be used for splitting the query into multiple sub-queries using ordering of given column. The default value is ''. REMOTE_QUERY_FILTER_COLUMN: Name of column to be used for splitting the query into multiple sub-queries using the data distribution of given column. The default value is ''. REMOTE_QUERY_INCREASING_COLUMN: Column on subscribed remote query result that will increase for new records (e.g., TIMESTAMP). The default value is ''. REMOTE_QUERY_PARTITION_COLUMN: Alias name for remote_query_filter_column. The default value is ''. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, truncate string values that are longer than the column's type size. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key. If set to TRUE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will be replaced by that new record (the new data will be "upserted"). If set to FALSE, any existing table record with primary key values that match those of a record being inserted will remain unchanged, while the new record will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK & ERROR_HANDLING. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Upsert new records when primary keys match existing records FALSE: Reject new records when primary keys match existing records The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23310 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsRandom() [1/2]

InsertRecordsRandomResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsRandom ( InsertRecordsRandomRequest  request_ )

inline

Generates a specified number of random records and adds them to the given table.

There is an optional parameter that allows the user to customize the ranges of the column values. It also allows the user to specify linear profiles for some or all columns in which case linear values are generated rather than random ones. Only individual tables are supported for this operation.

This operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all random records are fully available.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23338 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsRandom() [2/2]

InsertRecordsRandomResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsRandom ( string  table_name, long  count, IDictionary< string, IDictionary< string, double >>  options = null  )

inline

Generates a specified number of random records and adds them to the given table.

There is an optional parameter that allows the user to customize the ranges of the column values. It also allows the user to specify linear profiles for some or all columns in which case linear values are generated rather than random ones. Only individual tables are supported for this operation.

This operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all random records are fully available.

Parameters

table_name	Table to which random records will be added, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table, not a view.
count	Number of records to generate.
options	Optional parameter to pass in specifications for the randomness of the values. This map is different from the options parameter of most other endpoints in that it is a map of string to map of string to doubles, while most others are maps of string to string. In this map, the top level keys represent which column's parameters are being specified, while the internal keys represents which parameter is being specified. These parameters take on different meanings depending on the type of the column. Below follows a more detailed description of the map: SEED: If provided, the internal random number generator will be initialized with the given value. The minimum is 0. This allows for the same set of random numbers to be generated across invocation of this endpoint in case the user wants to repeat the test. Since options , is a map of maps, we need an internal map to provide the seed value. For example, to pass 100 as the seed value through this parameter, you need something equivalent to: 'options' = {'seed': { 'value': 100 } }. VALUE: The seed value to use ALL: This key indicates that the specifications relayed in the internal map are to be applied to all columns of the records. MIN: For numerical columns, the minimum of the generated values is set to this value. Default is -99999. For point, shape, and track columns, min for numeric 'x' and 'y' columns needs to be within [-180, 180] and [-90, 90], respectively. The default minimum possible values for these columns in such cases are -180.0 and -90.0. For the 'TIMESTAMP' column, the default minimum corresponds to Jan 1, 2010. For string columns, the minimum length of the randomly generated strings is set to this value (default is 0). If both minimum and maximum are provided, minimum must be less than or equal to max. If the min is outside the accepted ranges for strings columns and 'x' and 'y' columns for point/shape/track, then those parameters will not be set; however, an error will not be thrown in such a case. It is the responsibility of the user to use the ALL parameter judiciously. MAX: For numerical columns, the maximum of the generated values is set to this value. Default is 99999. For point, shape, and track columns, max for numeric 'x' and 'y' columns needs to be within [-180, 180] and [-90, 90], respectively. The default minimum possible values for these columns in such cases are 180.0 and 90.0. For string columns, the maximum length of the randomly generated strings. If both minimum and maximum are provided, max must be greater than or equal to min. If the max is outside the accepted ranges for strings columns and 'x' and 'y' columns for point/shape/track, then those parameters will not be set; however, an error will not be thrown in such a case. It is the responsibility of the user to use the ALL parameter judiciously. INTERVAL: If specified, generate values for all columns evenly spaced with the given interval value. If a max value is specified for a given column the data is randomly generated between min and max and decimated down to the interval. If no max is provided the data is linerally generated starting at the minimum value (instead of generating random data). For non-decimated string-type columns the interval value is ignored. Instead the values are generated following the pattern: 'attrname_creationIndex#', i.e. the column name suffixed with an underscore and a running counter (starting at 0). For string types with limited size (eg char4) the prefix is dropped. No nulls will be generated for nullable columns. NULL_PERCENTAGE: If specified, then generate the given percentage of the count as nulls for all nullable columns. This option will be ignored for non-nullable columns. The value must be within the range [0, 1.0]. The default value is 5% (0.05). CARDINALITY: If specified, limit the randomly generated values to a fixed set. Not allowed on a column with interval specified, and is not applicable to WKT or Track-specific columns. The value must be greater than 0. This option is disabled by default. ATTR_NAME: Use the desired column name in place of ATTR_NAME, and set the following parameters for the column specified. This overrides any parameter set by ALL. MIN: For numerical columns, the minimum of the generated values is set to this value. Default is -99999. For point, shape, and track columns, min for numeric 'x' and 'y' columns needs to be within [-180, 180] and [-90, 90], respectively. The default minimum possible values for these columns in such cases are -180.0 and -90.0. For the 'TIMESTAMP' column, the default minimum corresponds to Jan 1, 2010. For string columns, the minimum length of the randomly generated strings is set to this value (default is 0). If both minimum and maximum are provided, minimum must be less than or equal to max. If the min is outside the accepted ranges for strings columns and 'x' and 'y' columns for point/shape/track, then those parameters will not be set; however, an error will not be thrown in such a case. It is the responsibility of the user to use the ALL parameter judiciously. MAX: For numerical columns, the maximum of the generated values is set to this value. Default is 99999. For point, shape, and track columns, max for numeric 'x' and 'y' columns needs to be within [-180, 180] and [-90, 90], respectively. The default minimum possible values for these columns in such cases are 180.0 and 90.0. For string columns, the maximum length of the randomly generated strings. If both minimum and maximum are provided, max must be greater than or equal to min. If the max is outside the accepted ranges for strings columns and 'x' and 'y' columns for point/shape/track, then those parameters will not be set; however, an error will not be thrown in such a case. It is the responsibility of the user to use the ALL parameter judiciously. INTERVAL: If specified, generate values for all columns evenly spaced with the given interval value. If a max value is specified for a given column the data is randomly generated between min and max and decimated down to the interval. If no max is provided the data is linerally generated starting at the minimum value (instead of generating random data). For non-decimated string-type columns the interval value is ignored. Instead the values are generated following the pattern: 'attrname_creationIndex#', i.e. the column name suffixed with an underscore and a running counter (starting at 0). For string types with limited size (eg char4) the prefix is dropped. No nulls will be generated for nullable columns. NULL_PERCENTAGE: If specified and if this column is nullable, then generate the given percentage of the count as nulls. This option will result in an error if the column is not nullable. The value must be within the range [0, 1.0]. The default value is 5% (0.05). CARDINALITY: If specified, limit the randomly generated values to a fixed set. Not allowed on a column with interval specified, and is not applicable to WKT or Track-specific columns. The value must be greater than 0. This option is disabled by default. TRACK_LENGTH: This key-map pair is only valid for track data sets (an error is thrown otherwise). No nulls would be generated for nullable columns. MIN: Minimum possible length for generated series; default is 100 records per series. Must be an integral value within the range [1, 500]. If both min and max are specified, min must be less than or equal to max. The minimum allowed value is The maximum allowed value is 500. MAX: Maximum possible length for generated series; default is 500 records per series. Must be an integral value within the range [1, 500]. If both min and max are specified, max must be greater than or equal to min. The minimum allowed value is The maximum allowed value is 500. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23640 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertRecordsRaw()

InsertRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertRecordsRaw ( RawInsertRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Adds multiple records to the specified table.

The operation is synchronous, meaning that a response will not be returned until all the records are fully inserted and available. The response payload provides the counts of the number of records actually inserted and/or updated, and can provide the unique identifier of each added record.

The options parameter can be used to customize this function's behavior.

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record collision policy for inserting into a table with a primary key, but is ignored if no primary key exists.

The RETURN_RECORD_IDS option indicates that the database should return the unique identifiers of inserted records.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 19799 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertSymbol() [1/2]

InsertSymbolResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertSymbol ( InsertSymbolRequest  request_ )

inline

Adds a symbol or icon (i.e.

an image) to represent data points when data is rendered visually.

Users must provide the symbol identifier (string), a format (currently supported: 'svg' and 'svg_path'), the data for the symbol, and any additional optional parameter (e.g. color). To have a symbol used for rendering create a table with a string column named 'SYMBOLCODE' (along with 'x' or 'y' for example). Then when the table is rendered (via WMS) if the 'dosymbology' parameter is 'true' then the value of the 'SYMBOLCODE' column is used to pick the symbol displayed for each point.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23665 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

insertSymbol() [2/2]

InsertSymbolResponse kinetica.Kinetica.insertSymbol ( string  symbol_id, string  symbol_format, byte []  symbol_data, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Adds a symbol or icon (i.e.

an image) to represent data points when data is rendered visually.

Users must provide the symbol identifier (string), a format (currently supported: 'svg' and 'svg_path'), the data for the symbol, and any additional optional parameter (e.g. color). To have a symbol used for rendering create a table with a string column named 'SYMBOLCODE' (along with 'x' or 'y' for example). Then when the table is rendered (via WMS) if the 'dosymbology' parameter is 'true' then the value of the 'SYMBOLCODE' column is used to pick the symbol displayed for each point.

Parameters

symbol_id	The id of the symbol being added. This is the same id that should be in the 'SYMBOLCODE' column for objects using this symbol
symbol_format	Specifies the symbol format. Must be either 'svg' or 'svg_path'. Supported values: SVG SVG_PATH
symbol_data	The actual symbol data. If symbol_format is 'svg' then this should be the raw bytes representing an svg file. If symbol_format is svg path then this should be an svg path string, for example: 'M25.979,12.896,5.979,12.896,5.979,19.562,25.979,19.562z'
options	Optional parameters. COLOR: If symbol_format is 'svg' this is ignored. If symbol_format is 'svg_path' then this option specifies the color (in RRGGBB hex format) of the path. For example, to have the path rendered in red, used 'FF0000'. If 'color' is not provided then '00FF00' (i.e. green) is used by default. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23726 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

killProc() [1/2]

KillProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.killProc ( KillProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Kills a running proc instance.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23741 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

killProc() [2/2]

KillProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.killProc ( string  run_id = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Kills a running proc instance.

Parameters

run_id

The run ID of a running proc instance. If a proc with a matching run ID is not found or the proc instance has already completed, no procs will be killed. If not specified, all running proc instances will be killed. The default value is ''.

options

Optional parameters. RUN_TAG: If run_id is specified, kill the proc instance that has a matching run ID and a matching run tag that was provided to executeProc. If run_id is not specified, kill the proc instance(s) where a matching run tag was provided to executeProc. The default value is ''. CLEAR_EXECUTE_AT_STARTUP: If TRUE, kill and remove the instance of the proc matching the auto-start run ID that was created to run when the database is started. The auto-start run ID was returned from executeProc and can be retrieved using showProc. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23804 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

lockTable() [1/2]

LockTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.lockTable ( LockTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Manages global access to a table's data.

By default a table has a lock_type of READ_WRITE, indicating all operations are permitted. A user may request a READ_ONLY or a WRITE_ONLY lock, after which only read or write operations, respectively, are permitted on the table until the lock is removed. When lock_type is NO_ACCESS then no operations are permitted on the table. The lock status can be queried by setting lock_type to STATUS.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23848 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

lockTable() [2/2]

LockTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.lockTable ( string  table_name, string  lock_type = LockTableRequest.LockType.STATUS, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Manages global access to a table's data.

By default a table has a lock_type of READ_WRITE, indicating all operations are permitted. A user may request a READ_ONLY or a WRITE_ONLY lock, after which only read or write operations, respectively, are permitted on the table until the lock is removed. When lock_type is NO_ACCESS then no operations are permitted on the table. The lock status can be queried by setting lock_type to STATUS.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table to be locked, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. It must be a currently existing table or view.
lock_type	The type of lock being applied to the table. Setting it to STATUS will return the current lock status of the table without changing it. Supported values: STATUS: Show locked status NO_ACCESS: Allow no read/write operations READ_ONLY: Allow only read operations WRITE_ONLY: Allow only write operations READ_WRITE: Allow all read/write operations The default value is STATUS.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23919 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

matchGraph() [1/2]

MatchGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.matchGraph ( MatchGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Matches a directed route implied by a given set of latitude/longitude points to an existing underlying road network graph using a given solution type.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /match/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 23942 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

matchGraph() [2/2]

MatchGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.matchGraph ( string  graph_name, IList< string >  sample_points, string  solve_method = MatchGraphRequest.SolveMethod.MARKOV_CHAIN, string  solution_table = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Matches a directed route implied by a given set of latitude/longitude points to an existing underlying road network graph using a given solution type.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /match/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the underlying geospatial graph resource to match to using sample_points .
sample_points	Sample points used to match to an underlying geospatial graph. Sample points must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with: existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS SAMPLE_X'; expressions, e.g., 'ST_MAKEPOINT(table.x, table.y) AS SAMPLE_WKTPOINT'; or constant values, e.g., '{1, 2, 10} AS SAMPLE_TRIPID'.
solve_method	The type of solver to use for graph matching. Supported values: MARKOV_CHAIN: Matches sample_points to the graph using the Hidden Markov Model (HMM)-based method, which conducts a range-tree closest-edge search to find the best combinations of possible road segments (NUM_SEGMENTS) for each sample point to create the best route. The route is secured one point at a time while looking ahead CHAIN_WIDTH number of points, so the prediction is corrected after each point. This solution type is the most accurate but also the most computationally intensive. Related options: NUM_SEGMENTS and CHAIN_WIDTH. MATCH_OD_PAIRS: Matches sample_points to find the most probable path between origin and destination pairs with cost constraints. MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND: Matches sample_points to optimize scheduling multiple supplies (trucks) with varying sizes to varying demand sites with varying capacities per depot. Related options: PARTIAL_LOADING and MAX_COMBINATIONS. MATCH_BATCH_SOLVES: Matches sample_points source and destination pairs for the shortest path solves in batch mode. MATCH_LOOPS: Matches closed loops (Eulerian paths) originating and ending at each graph node within min and max hops (levels). MATCH_CHARGING_STATIONS: Matches an optimal path across a number of ev-charging stations between source and target locations. MATCH_SIMILARITY: Matches the intersection set(s) by computing the Jaccard similarity score between node pairs. MATCH_PICKUP_DROPOFF: Matches the pickups and dropoffs by optimizing the total trip costs MATCH_CLUSTERS: Matches the graph nodes with a cluster index using Louvain clustering algorithm MATCH_PATTERN: Matches a pattern in the graph MATCH_EMBEDDING: Creates vector node embeddings MATCH_ISOCHRONE: Solves for isochrones for a set of input sources The default value is MARKOV_CHAIN.
solution_table	The name of the table used to store the results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. This table contains a track of geospatial points for the matched portion of the graph, a track ID, and a score value. Also outputs a details table containing a trip ID (that matches the track ID), the latitude/longitude pair, the timestamp the point was recorded at, and an edge ID corresponding to the matched road segment. Must not be an existing table of the same name. The default value is ''.
options	Additional parameters. GPS_NOISE: GPS noise value (in meters) to remove redundant sample points. Use -1 to disable noise reduction. The default value accounts for 95% of point variation (+ or -5 meters). The default value is '5.0'. NUM_SEGMENTS: Maximum number of potentially matching road segments for each sample point. For the MARKOV_CHAIN solver, the default is 3. The default value is '3'. SEARCH_RADIUS: Maximum search radius used when snapping sample points onto potentially matching surrounding segments. The default value corresponds to approximately 100 meters. The default value is '0.001'. CHAIN_WIDTH: For the MARKOV_CHAIN solver only. Length of the sample points lookahead window within the Markov kernel; the larger the number, the more accurate the solution. The default value is '9'. SOURCE: Optional WKT starting point from sample_points for the solver. The default behavior for the endpoint is to use time to determine the starting point. The default value is 'POINT NULL'. DESTINATION: Optional WKT ending point from sample_points for the solver. The default behavior for the endpoint is to use time to determine the destination point. The default value is 'POINT NULL'. PARTIAL_LOADING: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. When false (non-default), trucks do not off-load at the demand (store) side if the remainder is less than the store's need. Supported values: TRUE: Partial off-loading at multiple store (demand) locations FALSE: No partial off-loading allowed if supply is less than the store's demand. The default value is TRUE. MAX_COMBINATIONS: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. This is the cutoff for the number of generated combinations for sequencing the demand locations - can increase this up to 2M. The default value is '10000'. MAX_SUPPLY_COMBINATIONS: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. This is the cutoff for the number of generated combinations for sequencing the supply locations if/when 'permute_supplies' is true. The default value is '10000'. LEFT_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'left turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. RIGHT_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as' right turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. INTERSECTION_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'intersection' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. SHARP_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'sharp turn' or 'u-turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. AGGREGATED_OUTPUT: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. When it is true (default), each record in the output table shows a particular truck's scheduled cumulative round trip path (MULTILINESTRING) and the corresponding aggregated cost. Otherwise, each record shows a single scheduled truck route (LINESTRING) towards a particular demand location (store id) with its corresponding cost. The default value is 'true'. OUTPUT_TRACKS: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. When it is true (non-default), the output will be in tracks format for all the round trips of each truck in which the timestamps are populated directly from the edge weights starting from their originating depots. The default value is 'false'. MAX_TRIP_COST: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND and MATCH_PICKUP_DROPOFF solvers only. If this constraint is greater than zero (default) then the trucks/rides will skip travelling from one demand/pick location to another if the cost between them is greater than this number (distance or time). Zero (default) value means no check is performed. The default value is '0.0'. FILTER_FOLDING_PATHS: For the MARKOV_CHAIN solver only. When true (non-default), the paths per sequence combination is checked for folding over patterns and can significantly increase the execution time depending on the chain width and the number of gps samples. Supported values: TRUE: Filter out the folded paths. FALSE: Do not filter out the folded paths The default value is FALSE. UNIT_UNLOADING_COST: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. The unit cost per load amount to be delivered. If this value is greater than zero (default) then the additional cost of this unit load multiplied by the total dropped load will be added over to the trip cost to the demand location. The default value is '0.0'. MAX_NUM_THREADS: For the MARKOV_CHAIN solver only. If specified (greater than zero), the maximum number of threads will not be greater than the specified value. It can be lower due to the memory and the number cores available. Default value of zero allows the algorithm to set the maximal number of threads within these constraints. The default value is '0'. SERVICE_LIMIT: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. If specified (greater than zero), any supply actor's total service cost (distance or time) will be limited by the specified value including multiple rounds (if set). The default value is '0.0'. ENABLE_REUSE: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. If specified (true), all supply actors can be scheduled for second rounds from their originating depots. Supported values: TRUE: Allows reusing supply actors (trucks, e.g.) for scheduling again. FALSE: Supply actors are scheduled only once from their depots. The default value is FALSE. MAX_STOPS: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. If specified (greater than zero), a supply actor (truck) can at most have this many stops (demand locations) in one round trip. Otherwise, it is unlimited. If 'enable_truck_reuse' is on, this condition will be applied separately at each round trip use of the same truck. The default value is '0'. SERVICE_RADIUS: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND and MATCH_PICKUP_DROPOFF solvers only. If specified (greater than zero), it filters the demands/picks outside this radius centered around the supply actor/ride's originating location (distance or time). The default value is '0.0'. PERMUTE_SUPPLIES: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. If specified (true), supply side actors are permuted for the demand combinations during msdo optimization - note that this option increases optimization time significantly - use of 'max_combinations' option is recommended to prevent prohibitively long runs. Supported values: TRUE: Generates sequences over supply side permutations if total supply is less than twice the total demand FALSE: Permutations are not performed, rather a specific order of supplies based on capacity is computed The default value is TRUE. BATCH_TSM_MODE: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. When enabled, it sets the number of visits on each demand location by a single salesman at each trip is considered to be (one) 1, otherwise there is no bound. Supported values: TRUE: Sets only one visit per demand location by a salesman (tsm mode) FALSE: No preset limit (usual msdo mode) The default value is FALSE. ROUND_TRIP: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. When enabled, the supply will have to return back to the origination location. Supported values: TRUE: The optimization is done for trips in round trip manner always returning to originating locations FALSE: Supplies do not have to come back to their originating locations in their routes. The routes are considered finished at the final dropoff. The default value is TRUE. NUM_CYCLES: For the MATCH_CLUSTERS solver only. Terminates the cluster exchange iterations across 2-step-cycles (outer loop) when quality does not improve during iterations. The default value is '10'. NUM_LOOPS_PER_CYCLE: For the MATCH_CLUSTERS and MATCH_EMBEDDING solvers only. Terminates the cluster exchanges within the first step iterations of a cycle (inner loop) unless convergence is reached. The default value is '10'. NUM_OUTPUT_CLUSTERS: For the MATCH_CLUSTERS solver only. Limits the output to the top 'num_output_clusters' clusters based on density. Default value of zero outputs all clusters. The default value is '0'. MAX_NUM_CLUSTERS: For the MATCH_CLUSTERS and MATCH_EMBEDDING solvers only. If set (value greater than zero), it terminates when the number of clusters goes below than this number. For embedding solver the default is 8. The default value is '0'. CLUSTER_QUALITY_METRIC: For the MATCH_CLUSTERS solver only. The quality metric for Louvain modularity optimization solver. Supported values: GIRVAN: Uses the Newman Girvan quality metric for cluster solver SPECTRAL: Applies recursive spectral bisection (RSB) partitioning solver The default value is GIRVAN. RESTRICTED_TYPE: For the MATCH_SUPPLY_DEMAND solver only. Optimization is performed by restricting routes labeled by 'MSDO_ODDEVEN_RESTRICTED' only for this supply actor (truck) type. Supported values: ODD: Applies odd/even rule restrictions to odd tagged vehicles. EVEN: Applies odd/even rule restrictions to even tagged vehicles. NONE: Does not apply odd/even rule restrictions to any vehicles. The default value is NONE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to the server, amongst those containing the corresponding graph, that has the most computational bandwidth. The default value is ''. INVERSE_SOLVE: For the MATCH_BATCH_SOLVES solver only. Solves source-destination pairs using inverse shortest path solver. Supported values: TRUE: Solves using inverse shortest path solver. FALSE: Solves using direct shortest path solver. The default value is FALSE. MIN_LOOP_LEVEL: For the MATCH_LOOPS solver only. Finds closed loops around each node deducible not less than this minimal hop (level) deep. The default value is '0'. MAX_LOOP_LEVEL: For the MATCH_LOOPS solver only. Finds closed loops around each node deducible not more than this maximal hop (level) deep. The default value is '5'. SEARCH_LIMIT: For the MATCH_LOOPS solver only. Searches within this limit of nodes per vertex to detect loops. The value zero means there is no limit. The default value is '10000'. OUTPUT_BATCH_SIZE: For the MATCH_LOOPS solver only. Uses this value as the batch size of the number of loops in flushing(inserting) to the output table. The default value is '1000'. CHARGING_CAPACITY: For the MATCH_CHARGING_STATIONS solver only. This is the maximum ev-charging capacity of a vehicle (distance in meters or time in seconds depending on the unit of the graph weights). The default value is '300000.0'. CHARGING_CANDIDATES: For the MATCH_CHARGING_STATIONS solver only. Solver searches for this many number of stations closest around each base charging location found by capacity. The default value is '10'. CHARGING_PENALTY: For the MATCH_CHARGING_STATIONS solver only. This is the penalty for full charging. The default value is '30000.0'. MAX_HOPS: For the MATCH_SIMILARITY and MATCH_EMBEDDING solvers only. Searches within this maximum hops for source and target node pairs to compute the Jaccard scores. The default value is '3'. TRAVERSAL_NODE_LIMIT: For the MATCH_SIMILARITY solver only. Limits the traversal depth if it reaches this many number of nodes. The default value is '1000'. PAIRED_SIMILARITY: For the MATCH_SIMILARITY solver only. If true, it computes Jaccard score between each pair, otherwise it will compute Jaccard from the intersection set between the source and target nodes. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. FORCE_UNDIRECTED: For the MATCH_PATTERN and MATCH_EMBEDDING solvers only. Pattern matching will be using both pattern and graph as undirected if set to true. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. MAX_VECTOR_DIMENSION: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. Limits the number of dimensions in node vector embeddings. The default value is '1000'. OPTIMIZE_EMBEDDING_WEIGHTS: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solvers only. Solves to find the optimal weights per sub feature in vector emdeddings. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. EMBEDDING_WEIGHTS: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. User specified weights per sub feature in vector embeddings. The string contains the comma separated float values for each sub-feature in the vector space. These values will ONLY be used if 'optimize_embedding_weights' is false. The default value is '1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0'. OPTIMIZATION_SAMPLING_SIZE: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. Sets the number of random nodes from the graph for solving the weights using stochastic gradient descent. The default value is '1000'. OPTIMIZATION_MAX_ITERATIONS: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. When the iterations (epochs) for the convergence of the stochastic gradient descent algorithm reaches this number it bails out unless relative error between consecutive iterations is below the 'optimization_error_tolerance' option. The default value is '1000'. OPTIMIZATION_ERROR_TOLERANCE: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. When the relative error between all of the weights' consecutive iterations falls below this threshold the optimization cycle is interrupted unless the number of iterations reaches the limit set by the option 'max_optimization_iterations'. The default value is '0.001'. OPTIMIZATION_ITERATION_RATE: For the MATCH_EMBEDDING solver only. It is otherwise known as the learning rate, which is the proportionality constant in fornt of the gradient term in successive iterations. The default value is '0.3'. MAX_RADIUS: For the MATCH_ISOCHRONE solver only. Sets the maximal reachability limmit for computing isochrones. Zero means no limit. The default value is '0.0'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 24927 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

mergeRecords() [1/2]

MergeRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.mergeRecords ( MergeRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Create a new empty result table (specified by table_name), and insert all records from source tables (specified by source_table_names) based on the field mapping information (specified by field_maps).

For merge records details and examples, see Merge Records. For limitations, see Merge Records Limitations and Cautions.

The field map (specified by field_maps) holds the user-specified maps of target table column names to source table columns. The array of field_maps must match one-to-one with the source_table_names, e.g., there's a map present in field_maps for each table listed in source_table_names.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 24966 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

mergeRecords() [2/2]

MergeRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.mergeRecords ( string  table_name, IList< string >  source_table_names, IList< IDictionary< string, string >>  field_maps, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Create a new empty result table (specified by table_name ), and insert all records from source tables (specified by source_table_names ) based on the field mapping information (specified by field_maps ).

For merge records details and examples, see Merge Records. For limitations, see Merge Records Limitations and Cautions.

The field map (specified by field_maps ) holds the user-specified maps of target table column names to source table columns. The array of field_maps must match one-to-one with the source_table_names , e.g., there's a map present in field_maps for each table listed in source_table_names .

Parameters

table_name	The name of the new result table for the records to be merged into, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. Must NOT be an existing table.
source_table_names	The list of names of source tables to get the records from, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be existing table names.
field_maps	Contains a list of source/target column mappings, one mapping for each source table listed in source_table_names being merged into the target table specified by table_name . Each mapping contains the target column names (as keys) that the data in the mapped source columns or column expressions (as values) will be merged into. All of the source columns being merged into a given target column must match in type, as that type will determine the type of the new target column.
options	Optional parameters. CREATE_TEMP_TABLE: If TRUE, a unique temporary table name will be generated in the sys_temp schema and used in place of table_name . If PERSIST is FALSE, then this is always allowed even if the caller does not have permission to create tables. The generated name is returned in QUALIFIED_TABLE_NAME. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. COLLECTION_NAME: [DEPRECATED–please specify the containing schema for the merged table as part of table_name and use createSchema to create the schema if non-existent] Name of a schema for the newly created merged table specified by table_name . IS_REPLICATED: Indicates the distribution scheme for the data of the merged table specified in table_name . If true, the table will be replicated. If false, the table will be randomly sharded. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TTL: Sets the TTL of the merged table specified in table_name . PERSIST: If TRUE, then the table specified in table_name will be persisted and will not expire unless a TTL is specified. If FALSE, then the table will be an in-memory table and will expire unless a TTL is specified otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. CHUNK_SIZE: Indicates the number of records per chunk to be used for the merged table specified in table_name . CHUNK_COLUMN_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for each column in a chunk to be used for the merged table specified in table_name . CHUNK_MAX_MEMORY: Indicates the target maximum data size for all columns in a chunk to be used for the merged table specified in table_name . VIEW_ID: view this result table is part of. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25164 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

modifyGraph() [1/2]

ModifyGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.modifyGraph ( ModifyGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Update an existing graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, restrictions, and options.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, and Graph REST Tutorial before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25185 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

modifyGraph() [2/2]

ModifyGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.modifyGraph ( string  graph_name, IList< string >  nodes, IList< string >  edges, IList< string >  weights, IList< string >  restrictions, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Update an existing graph network using given nodes, edges, weights, restrictions, and options.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, and Graph REST Tutorial before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph resource to modify.
nodes	Nodes with which to update existing nodes in graph specified by graph_name . Review Nodes for more information. Nodes must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS NODE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'ST_MAKEPOINT(column1, column2) AS NODE_WKTPOINT', or raw values, e.g., '{9, 10, 11} AS NODE_ID'. If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. Identifier combination(s) do not have to match the method used to create the graph, e.g., if column names were specified to create the graph, expressions or raw values could also be used to modify the graph.
edges	Edges with which to update existing edges in graph specified by graph_name . Review Edges for more information. Edges must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'SUBSTR(column, 1, 6) AS EDGE_NODE1_NAME', or raw values, e.g., "{'family', 'coworker'} AS EDGE_LABEL". If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. Identifier combination(s) do not have to match the method used to create the graph, e.g., if column names were specified to create the graph, expressions or raw values could also be used to modify the graph.
weights	Weights with which to update existing weights in graph specified by graph_name . Review Weights for more information. Weights must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS WEIGHTS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'ST_LENGTH(wkt) AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED', or raw values, e.g., '{4, 15} AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED'. If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. Identifier combination(s) do not have to match the method used to create the graph, e.g., if column names were specified to create the graph, expressions or raw values could also be used to modify the graph.
restrictions	Restrictions with which to update existing restrictions in graph specified by graph_name . Review Restrictions for more information. Restrictions must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS RESTRICTIONS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'column/2 AS RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED', or raw values, e.g., '{0, 0, 0, 1} AS RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'. If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. Identifier combination(s) do not have to match the method used to create the graph, e.g., if column names were specified to create the graph, expressions or raw values could also be used to modify the graph.
options	Optional parameters. RESTRICTION_THRESHOLD_VALUE: Value-based restriction comparison. Any node or edge with a RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED value greater than the RESTRICTION_THRESHOLD_VALUE will not be included in the graph. EXPORT_CREATE_RESULTS: If set to TRUE, returns the graph topology in the response as arrays. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ENABLE_GRAPH_DRAW: If set to TRUE, adds a 'EDGE_WKTLINE' column identifier to the specified GRAPH_TABLE so the graph can be viewed via WMS; for social and non-geospatial graphs, the 'EDGE_WKTLINE' column identifier will be populated with spatial coordinates derived from a flattening layout algorithm so the graph can still be viewed. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SAVE_PERSIST: If set to TRUE, the graph will be saved in the persist directory (see the config reference for more information). If set to FALSE, the graph will be removed when the graph server is shutdown. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ADD_TABLE_MONITOR: Adds a table monitor to every table used in the creation of the graph; this table monitor will trigger the graph to update dynamically upon inserts to the source table(s). Note that upon database restart, if SAVE_PERSIST is also set to TRUE, the graph will be fully reconstructed and the table monitors will be reattached. For more details on table monitors, see createTableMonitor. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. GRAPH_TABLE: If specified, the created graph is also created as a table with the given name, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. This table will have the following identifier columns: 'EDGE_ID', 'EDGE_NODE1_ID', 'EDGE_NODE2_ID'. If left blank, no table is created. The default value is ''. REMOVE_LABEL_ONLY: When RESTRICTIONS on labeled entities requested, if set to true this will NOT delete the entity but only the label associated with the entity. Otherwise (default), it'll delete the label AND the entity. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. ADD_TURNS: Adds dummy 'pillowed' edges around intersection nodes where there are more than three edges so that additional weight penalties can be imposed by the solve endpoints. (increases the total number of edges). Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TURN_ANGLE: Value in degrees modifies the thresholds for attributing right, left, sharp turns, and intersections. It is the vertical deviation angle from the incoming edge to the intersection node. The larger the value, the larger the threshold for sharp turns and intersections; the smaller the value, the larger the threshold for right and left turns; 0 < turn_angle < 90. The default value is '60'. USE_RTREE: Use an range tree structure to accelerate and improve the accuracy of snapping, especially to edges. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. LABEL_DELIMITER: If provided the label string will be split according to this delimiter and each sub-string will be applied as a separate label onto the specified edge. The default value is ''. ALLOW_MULTIPLE_EDGES: Multigraph choice; allowing multiple edges with the same node pairs if set to true, otherwise, new edges with existing same node pairs will not be inserted. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. EMBEDDING_TABLE: If table exists (should be generated by the match/graph match_embedding solver), the vector embeddings for the newly inserted nodes will be appended into this table. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25550 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

queryGraph() [1/2]

QueryGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.queryGraph ( QueryGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Employs a topological query on a graph generated a-priori by createGraph and returns a list of adjacent edge(s) or node(s), also known as an adjacency list, depending on what's been provided to the endpoint; providing edges will return nodes and providing nodes will return edges.

To determine the node(s) or edge(s) adjacent to a value from a given column, provide a list of values to queries. This field can be populated with column values from any table as long as the type is supported by the given identifier. See Query Identifiers for more information.

To return the adjacency list in the response, leave adjacency_table empty.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /match/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25589 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

queryGraph() [2/2]

QueryGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.queryGraph ( string  graph_name, IList< string >  queries, IList< string >  restrictions = null, string  adjacency_table = "", int  rings = 1, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Employs a topological query on a graph generated a-priori by createGraph and returns a list of adjacent edge(s) or node(s), also known as an adjacency list, depending on what's been provided to the endpoint; providing edges will return nodes and providing nodes will return edges.

To determine the node(s) or edge(s) adjacent to a value from a given column, provide a list of values to queries . This field can be populated with column values from any table as long as the type is supported by the given identifier. See Query Identifiers for more information.

To return the adjacency list in the response, leave adjacency_table empty.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /match/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph resource to query.
queries	Nodes or edges to be queried specified using query identifiers. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS QUERY_NODE_ID', raw values, e.g., '{0, 2} AS QUERY_NODE_ID', or expressions, e.g., 'ST_MAKEPOINT(table.x, table.y) AS QUERY_NODE_WKTPOINT'. Multiple values can be provided as long as the same identifier is used for all values. If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination.
restrictions	Additional restrictions to apply to the nodes/edges of an existing graph. Restrictions must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS RESTRICTIONS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'column/2 AS RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED', or raw values, e.g., '{0, 0, 0, 1} AS RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'. If using raw values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. The default value is an empty List.
adjacency_table	Name of the table to store the resulting adjacencies, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. If left blank, the query results are instead returned in the response. If the 'QUERY_TARGET_NODE_LABEL' query identifier is used in queries , then two additional columns will be available: 'PATH_ID' and 'RING_ID'. See Using Labels for more information. The default value is ''.
rings	Sets the number of rings around the node to query for adjacency, with '1' being the edges directly attached to the queried node. Also known as number of hops. For example, if it is set to '2', the edge(s) directly attached to the queried node(s) will be returned; in addition, the edge(s) attached to the node(s) attached to the initial ring of edge(s) surrounding the queried node(s) will be returned. If the value is set to '0', any nodes that meet the criteria in queries and restrictions will be returned. This parameter is only applicable when querying nodes. The default value is 1.
options	Additional parameters. FORCE_UNDIRECTED: If set to TRUE, all inbound edges and outbound edges relative to the node will be returned. If set to FALSE, only outbound edges relative to the node will be returned. This parameter is only applicable if the queried graph graph_name is directed and when querying nodes. Consult Directed Graphs for more details. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. LIMIT: When specified (>0), limits the number of query results. The size of the nodes table will be limited by the LIMIT value. The default value is '0'. OUTPUT_WKT_PATH: If true then concatenated wkt line segments will be added as the WKT column of the adjacency table. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. AND_LABELS: If set to TRUE, the result of the query has entities that satisfy all of the target labels, instead of any. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to the server, amongst those containing the corresponding graph, that has the most computational bandwidth. OUTPUT_CHARN_LENGTH: When specified (>0 and <=256), limits the number of char length on the output tables for string based nodes. The default length is 64. The default value is '64'. FIND_COMMON_LABELS: If set to true, for many-to-many queries or multi-level traversals, it lists the common labels between the source and target nodes and edge labels in each path. Otherwise (zero rings), it'll list all labels of the node(s) queried. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25810 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

repartitionGraph() [1/2]

RepartitionGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.repartitionGraph ( RepartitionGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Rebalances an existing partitioned graph.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25834 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

repartitionGraph() [2/2]

RepartitionGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.repartitionGraph ( string  graph_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Rebalances an existing partitioned graph.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name

Name of the graph resource to rebalance.

options

Optional parameters. NEW_GRAPH_NAME: If a non-empty value is specified, the original graph will be kept (non-default behaviour) and a new balanced graph will be created under this given name. When the value is empty (default), the generated 'balanced' graph will replace the original 'unbalanced' graph under the same graph name. The default value is ''. SOURCE_NODE: The distributed shortest path solve is run from this source node to all the nodes in the graph to create balaced partitions using the iso-distance levels of the solution. The source node is selected by the rebalance algorithm automatically (default case when the value is an empty string). Otherwise, the user specified node is used as the source. The default value is ''. SQL_REQUEST_AVRO_JSON: The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25887 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermission() [1/2]

RevokePermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermission ( RevokePermissionRequest  request_ )

inline

Revoke user or role the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 25923 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermission() [2/2]

RevokePermissionResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermission ( string  principal, string  _object, string  object_type, string  permission, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revoke user or role the specified permission on the specified object.

Parameters

principal	Name of the user or role for which the permission is being revoked. Must be an existing user or role. The default value is ''.
_object	Name of object permission is being revoked from. It is recommended to use a fully-qualified name when possible.
object_type	The type of object being revoked. Supported values: CONTEXT: Context CREDENTIAL: Credential DATASINK: Data Sink DATASOURCE: Data Source DIRECTORY: KIFS File Directory GRAPH: A Graph object PROC: UDF Procedure SCHEMA: Schema SQL_PROC: SQL Procedure SYSTEM: System-level access TABLE: Database Table TABLE_MONITOR: Table monitor
permission	Permission being revoked. Supported values: ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access on the object. CONNECT: Connect access on the given data source or data sink. CREATE: Ability to create new objects of this type. DELETE: Delete rows from tables. EXECUTE: Ability to Execute the Procedure object. INSERT: Insert access to tables. READ: Ability to read, list and use the object. UPDATE: Update access to the table. USER_ADMIN: Access to administer users and roles that do not have system_admin permission. WRITE: Access to write, change and delete objects.
options	Optional parameters. COLUMNS: Revoke table security from these columns, comma-separated. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26099 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionCredential() [1/2]

RevokePermissionCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionCredential ( RevokePermissionCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a credential-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26119 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionCredential() [2/2]

RevokePermissionCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionCredential ( string  name, string  permission, string  credential_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a credential-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: CREDENTIAL_ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access on the credential. CREDENTIAL_READ: Ability to read and use the credential.
credential_name	Name of the credential on which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing credential, or an empty string to revoke access on all credentials.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26160 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionDatasource() [1/2]

RevokePermissionDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionDatasource ( RevokePermissionDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a data source permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26179 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionDatasource() [2/2]

RevokePermissionDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionDatasource ( string  name, string  permission, string  datasource_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a data source permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: ADMIN: Admin access on the given data source CONNECT: Connect access on the given data source
datasource_name	Name of the data source on which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing data source, or an empty string to revoke permission from all data sources.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26219 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionDirectory() [1/2]

RevokePermissionDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionDirectory ( RevokePermissionDirectoryRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a KiFS directory-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26238 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionDirectory() [2/2]

RevokePermissionDirectoryResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionDirectory ( string  name, string  permission, string  directory_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a KiFS directory-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: DIRECTORY_READ: For files in the directory, access to list files, download files, or use files in server side functions DIRECTORY_WRITE: Access to upload files to, or delete files from, the directory. A user or role with write access automatically has read acceess
directory_name	Name of the KiFS directory to which the permission revokes access
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26279 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionProc() [1/2]

RevokePermissionProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionProc ( RevokePermissionProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a proc-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26297 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionProc() [2/2]

RevokePermissionProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionProc ( string  name, string  permission, string  proc_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a proc-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: PROC_ADMIN: Admin access to the proc. PROC_EXECUTE: Execute access to the proc.
proc_name	Name of the proc to which the permission grants access. Must be an existing proc, or an empty string if the permission grants access to all procs.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26334 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionSystem() [1/2]

RevokePermissionSystemResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionSystem ( RevokePermissionSystemRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a system-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26352 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionSystem() [2/2]

RevokePermissionSystemResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionSystem ( string  name, string  permission, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a system-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: SYSTEM_ADMIN: Full access to all data and system functions. SYSTEM_USER_ADMIN: Access to administer users and roles that do not have system_admin permission. SYSTEM_WRITE: Read and write access to all tables. SYSTEM_READ: Read-only access to all tables.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26401 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionTable() [1/2]

RevokePermissionTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionTable ( RevokePermissionTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes a table-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26417 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokePermissionTable() [2/2]

RevokePermissionTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokePermissionTable ( string  name, string  permission, string  table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes a table-level permission from a user or role.

Parameters

name	Name of the user or role from which the permission will be revoked. Must be an existing user or role.
permission	Permission to revoke from the user or role. Supported values: TABLE_ADMIN: Full read/write and administrative access to the table. TABLE_INSERT: Insert access to the table. TABLE_UPDATE: Update access to the table. TABLE_DELETE: Delete access to the table. TABLE_READ: Read access to the table.
table_name	Name of the table to which the permission grants access, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing table, view or schema.
options	Optional parameters. COLUMNS: Apply security to these columns, comma-separated. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26484 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokeRole() [1/2]

RevokeRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokeRole ( RevokeRoleRequest  request_ )

inline

Revokes membership in a role from a user or role.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26502 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

revokeRole() [2/2]

RevokeRoleResponse kinetica.Kinetica.revokeRole ( string  role, string  member, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Revokes membership in a role from a user or role.

Parameters

role	Name of the role in which membership will be revoked. Must be an existing role.
member	Name of the user or role that will be revoked membership in role . Must be an existing user or role.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26521 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

SetKineticaSourceClassToTypeMapping()

void kinetica.Kinetica.SetKineticaSourceClassToTypeMapping ( Type?  objectType, KineticaType  kineticaType  )

inline

Saves an object class type to a KineticaType association.

If the class type already exists in the map, replaces the old KineticaType value.

Parameters

objectType	The type of the object.
kineticaType	The associated KinetiaType object.

Definition at line 203 of file Kinetica.cs.

showCredential() [1/2]

ShowCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showCredential ( ShowCredentialRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about a specified credential or all credentials.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26554 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showCredential() [2/2]

ShowCredentialResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showCredential ( string  credential_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about a specified credential or all credentials.

Parameters

credential_name	Name of the credential on which to retrieve information. The name must refer to a currently existing credential. If '*' is specified, information about all credentials will be returned.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26573 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDatasink() [1/2]

ShowDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDatasink ( ShowDatasinkRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about a specified data sink or all data sinks.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26587 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDatasink() [2/2]

ShowDatasinkResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDatasink ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about a specified data sink or all data sinks.

Parameters

name	Name of the data sink for which to retrieve information. The name must refer to a currently existing data sink. If '*' is specified, information about all data sinks will be returned.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26606 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDatasource() [1/2]

ShowDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDatasource ( ShowDatasourceRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about a specified data source or all data sources.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26620 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDatasource() [2/2]

ShowDatasourceResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDatasource ( string  name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about a specified data source or all data sources.

Parameters

name	Name of the data source for which to retrieve information. The name must refer to a currently existing data source. If '*' is specified, information about all data sources will be returned.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26639 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDirectories() [1/2]

ShowDirectoriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDirectories ( ShowDirectoriesRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about directories in KiFS.

Can be used to show a single directory, or all directories.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26654 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showDirectories() [2/2]

ShowDirectoriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showDirectories ( string  directory_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about directories in KiFS.

Can be used to show a single directory, or all directories.

Parameters

directory_name	The KiFS directory name to show. If empty, shows all directories. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26672 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showEnvironment() [1/2]

ShowEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showEnvironment ( ShowEnvironmentRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about a specified user-defined function (UDF) environment or all environments.Returns detailed information about existing environments.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26687 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showEnvironment() [2/2]

ShowEnvironmentResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showEnvironment ( string  environment_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about a specified user-defined function (UDF) environment or all environments.Returns detailed information about existing environments.

Parameters

environment_name	Name of the environment on which to retrieve information. The name must refer to a currently existing environment. If '*' or an empty value is specified, information about all environments will be returned. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE and if the environment specified in environment_name does not exist, no error is returned. If FALSE and if the environment specified in environment_name does not exist, then an error is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26740 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showFiles() [1/2]

ShowFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showFiles ( ShowFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about files in KiFS.

Can be used for individual files, or to show all files in a given directory.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26755 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showFiles() [2/2]

ShowFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showFiles ( IList< string >  paths, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about files in KiFS.

Can be used for individual files, or to show all files in a given directory.

Parameters

paths	File paths to show. Each path can be a KiFS directory name, or a full path to a KiFS file. File paths may contain wildcard characters after the KiFS directory delimeter. Accepted wildcard characters are asterisk (*) to represent any string of zero or more characters, and question mark (?) to indicate a single character.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26777 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showGraph() [1/2]

ShowGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showGraph ( ShowGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information and characteristics of graphs that exist on the graph server.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26807 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showGraph() [2/2]

ShowGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showGraph ( string  graph_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information and characteristics of graphs that exist on the graph server.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph on which to retrieve information. If left as the default value, information about all graphs is returned. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. SHOW_ORIGINAL_REQUEST: If set to TRUE, the request that was originally used to create the graph is also returned as JSON. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to get information about all the servers. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26859 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showProc() [1/2]

ShowProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showProc ( ShowProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about a proc.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26904 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showProc() [2/2]

ShowProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showProc ( string  proc_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about a proc.

Parameters

proc_name	Name of the proc to show information about. If specified, must be the name of a currently existing proc. If not specified, information about all procs will be returned. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. INCLUDE_FILES: If set to TRUE, the files that make up the proc will be returned. If set to FALSE, the files will not be returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26949 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showProcStatus() [1/2]

ShowProcStatusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showProcStatus ( ShowProcStatusRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows the statuses of running or completed proc instances.

Results are grouped by run ID (as returned from executeProc) and data segment ID (each invocation of the proc command on a data segment is assigned a data segment ID).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 26966 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showProcStatus() [2/2]

ShowProcStatusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showProcStatus ( string  run_id = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows the statuses of running or completed proc instances.

Results are grouped by run ID (as returned from executeProc) and data segment ID (each invocation of the proc command on a data segment is assigned a data segment ID).

Parameters

run_id

The run ID of a specific proc instance for which the status will be returned. If a proc with a matching run ID is not found, the response will be empty. If not specified, the statuses of all executed proc instances will be returned. The default value is ''.

options

Optional parameters. CLEAR_COMPLETE: If set to TRUE, if a proc instance has completed (either successfully or unsuccessfully) then its status will be cleared and no longer returned in subsequent calls. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RUN_TAG: If run_id is specified, return the status for a proc instance that has a matching run ID and a matching run tag that was provided to executeProc. If run_id is not specified, return statuses for all proc instances where a matching run tag was provided to executeProc. The default value is ''. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27031 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceGroups() [1/2]

ShowResourceGroupsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceGroups ( ShowResourceGroupsRequest  request_ )

inline

Requests resource group properties.Returns detailed information about the requested resource groups.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27186 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceGroups() [2/2]

ShowResourceGroupsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceGroups ( IList< string >  names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Requests resource group properties.Returns detailed information about the requested resource groups.

Parameters

names

List of names of groups to be shown. A single entry with an empty string returns all groups.

options

Optional parameters. SHOW_DEFAULT_VALUES: If TRUE include values of fields that are based on the default resource group. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SHOW_DEFAULT_GROUP: If TRUE include the default and system resource groups in the response. This value defaults to false if an explicit list of group names is provided, and true otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SHOW_TIER_USAGE: If TRUE include the resource group usage on the worker ranks in the response. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27280 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceObjects() [1/2]

ShowResourceObjectsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceObjects ( ShowResourceObjectsRequest  request_ )

inline

Returns information about the internal sub-components (tiered objects) which use resources of the system.

The request can either return results from actively used objects (default) or it can be used to query the status of the objects of a given list of tables.Returns detailed information about the requested resource objects.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27048 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceObjects() [2/2]

ShowResourceObjectsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceObjects ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Returns information about the internal sub-components (tiered objects) which use resources of the system.

The request can either return results from actively used objects (default) or it can be used to query the status of the objects of a given list of tables.Returns detailed information about the requested resource objects.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. TIERS: Comma-separated list of tiers to query, leave blank for all tiers. EXPRESSION: An expression to filter the returned objects. Expression is limited to the following operators: =,!=,<,<=,>,>=,+,-,*,AND,OR,LIKE. For details see Expressions. To use a more complex expression, query the ki_catalog.ki_tiered_objects table directly. ORDER_BY: Single column to be sorted by as well as the sort direction, e.g., 'size asc'. Supported values: SIZE ID PRIORITY TIER EVICTABLE OWNER_RESOURCE_GROUP LIMIT: An integer indicating the maximum number of results to be returned, per rank, or (-1) to indicate that the maximum number of results allowed by the server should be returned. The number of records returned will never exceed the server's own limit, defined by the max_get_records_size parameter in the server configuration. The default value is '100'. TABLE_NAMES: Comma-separated list of tables to restrict the results to. Use '*' to show all tables. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27148 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceStatistics() [1/2]

ShowResourceStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceStatistics ( ShowResourceStatisticsRequest  request_ )

inline

Requests various statistics for storage/memory tiers and resource groups.Returns statistics on a per-rank basis.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27160 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showResourceStatistics() [2/2]

ShowResourceStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showResourceStatistics ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Requests various statistics for storage/memory tiers and resource groups.Returns statistics on a per-rank basis.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27174 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSchema() [1/2]

ShowSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSchema ( ShowSchemaRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves information about a schema (or all schemas), as specified in schema_name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27295 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSchema() [2/2]

ShowSchemaResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSchema ( string  schema_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves information about a schema (or all schemas), as specified in schema_name .

Parameters

schema_name	Name of the schema for which to retrieve the information. If blank, then info for all schemas is returned.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If FALSE will return an error if the provided schema_name does not exist. If TRUE then it will return an empty result if the provided schema_name does not exist. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27344 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSecurity() [1/2]

ShowSecurityResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSecurity ( ShowSecurityRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows security information relating to users and/or roles.

If the caller is not a system administrator, only information relating to the caller and their roles is returned.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27360 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSecurity() [2/2]

ShowSecurityResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSecurity ( IList< string >  names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows security information relating to users and/or roles.

If the caller is not a system administrator, only information relating to the caller and their roles is returned.

Parameters

names	A list of names of users and/or roles about which security information is requested. If none are provided, information about all users and roles will be returned.
options	Optional parameters. SHOW_CURRENT_USER: If TRUE, returns only security information for the current user. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27406 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSqlProc() [1/2]

ShowSqlProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSqlProc ( ShowSqlProcRequest  request_ )

inline

Shows information about SQL procedures, including the full definition of each requested procedure.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27419 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSqlProc() [2/2]

ShowSqlProcResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSqlProc ( string  procedure_name = "", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Shows information about SQL procedures, including the full definition of each requested procedure.

Parameters

procedure_name	Name of the procedure for which to retrieve the information. If blank, then information about all procedures is returned. The default value is ''.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE, no error will be returned if the requested procedure does not exist. If FALSE, an error will be returned if the requested procedure does not exist. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27466 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showStatistics() [1/2]

ShowStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showStatistics ( ShowStatisticsRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves the collected column statistics for the specified table(s).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27479 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showStatistics() [2/2]

ShowStatisticsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showStatistics ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves the collected column statistics for the specified table(s).

Parameters

table_names	Names of tables whose metadata will be fetched, each in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. All provided tables must exist, or an error is returned.
options	Optional parameters. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If TRUE and if the table names specified in table_names does not exist, no error is returned. If FALSE and if the table names specified in table_names does not exist, then an error is returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27529 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemProperties() [1/2]

ShowSystemPropertiesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemProperties ( ShowSystemPropertiesRequest  request_ )

inline

Returns server configuration and version related information to the caller.

The admin tool uses it to present server related information to the user.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27544 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemProperties() [2/2]

ShowSystemPropertiesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemProperties ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Returns server configuration and version related information to the caller.

The admin tool uses it to present server related information to the user.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters. PROPERTIES: A list of comma separated names of properties requested. If not specified, all properties will be returned. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27570 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemStatus() [1/2]

ShowSystemStatusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemStatus ( ShowSystemStatusRequest  request_ )

inline

Provides server configuration and health related status to the caller.

The admin tool uses it to present server related information to the user.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27584 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemStatus() [2/2]

ShowSystemStatusResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemStatus ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Provides server configuration and health related status to the caller.

The admin tool uses it to present server related information to the user.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters, currently unused. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27600 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemTiming() [1/2]

ShowSystemTimingResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemTiming ( ShowSystemTimingRequest  request_ )

inline

Returns the last 100 database requests along with the request timing and internal job id.

The admin tool uses it to present request timing information to the user.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27614 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showSystemTiming() [2/2]

ShowSystemTimingResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showSystemTiming ( IDictionary< string, string >  options = null )

inline

Returns the last 100 database requests along with the request timing and internal job id.

The admin tool uses it to present request timing information to the user.

Parameters

options

Optional parameters, currently unused. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27630 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTable() [1/2]

ShowTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTable ( ShowTableRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves detailed information about a table, view, or schema, specified in table_name.

If the supplied table_name is a schema the call can return information about either the schema itself or the tables and views it contains. If table_name is empty, information about all schemas will be returned.

If the option GET_SIZES is set to TRUE, then the number of records in each table is returned (in sizes and full_sizes), along with the total number of objects across all requested tables (in total_size and total_full_size).

For a schema, setting the SHOW_CHILDREN option to FALSE returns only information about the schema itself; setting SHOW_CHILDREN to TRUE returns a list of tables and views contained in the schema, along with their corresponding detail.

To retrieve a list of every table, view, and schema in the database, set table_name to '*' and SHOW_CHILDREN to TRUE. When doing this, the returned total_size and total_full_size will not include the sizes of non-base tables (e.g., filters, views, joins, etc.).

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27676 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTable() [2/2]

ShowTableResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTable ( string  table_name, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves detailed information about a table, view, or schema, specified in table_name .

If the supplied table_name is a schema the call can return information about either the schema itself or the tables and views it contains. If table_name is empty, information about all schemas will be returned.

If the option GET_SIZES is set to TRUE, then the number of records in each table is returned (in sizes and full_sizes), along with the total number of objects across all requested tables (in total_size and total_full_size).

For a schema, setting the SHOW_CHILDREN option to FALSE returns only information about the schema itself; setting SHOW_CHILDREN to TRUE returns a list of tables and views contained in the schema, along with their corresponding detail.

To retrieve a list of every table, view, and schema in the database, set table_name to '*' and SHOW_CHILDREN to TRUE. When doing this, the returned total_size and total_full_size will not include the sizes of non-base tables (e.g., filters, views, joins, etc.).

Parameters

table_name

Name of the table for which to retrieve the information, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. If blank, then returns information about all tables and views.

options

Optional parameters. DEPENDENCIES: Include view dependencies in the output. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. FORCE_SYNCHRONOUS: If TRUE then the table sizes will wait for read lock before returning. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. GET_CACHED_SIZES: If TRUE then the number of records in each table, along with a cumulative count, will be returned; blank, otherwise. This version will return the sizes cached at rank 0, which may be stale if there is a multihead insert occuring. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. GET_SIZES: If TRUE then the number of records in each table, along with a cumulative count, will be returned; blank, otherwise. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. NO_ERROR_IF_NOT_EXISTS: If FALSE will return an error if the provided table_name does not exist. If TRUE then it will return an empty result. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. SHOW_CHILDREN: If table_name is a schema, then TRUE will return information about the tables and views in the schema, and FALSE will return information about the schema itself. If table_name is a table or view, SHOW_CHILDREN must be FALSE. If table_name is empty, then SHOW_CHILDREN must be TRUE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. GET_COLUMN_INFO: If TRUE then column info (memory usage, etc) will be returned. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27921 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTableMetadata() [1/2]

ShowTableMetadataResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTableMetadata ( ShowTableMetadataRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves the user provided metadata for the specified tables.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27934 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTableMetadata() [2/2]

ShowTableMetadataResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTableMetadata ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves the user provided metadata for the specified tables.

Parameters

table_names	Names of tables whose metadata will be fetched, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. All provided tables must exist, or an error is returned.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27953 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTableMonitors() [1/2]

ShowTableMonitorsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTableMonitors ( ShowTableMonitorsRequest  request_ )

inline

Show table monitors and their properties.

Table monitors are created using createTableMonitor.Returns detailed information about existing table monitors.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27969 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTableMonitors() [2/2]

ShowTableMonitorsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTableMonitors ( IList< string >  monitor_ids, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Show table monitors and their properties.

Table monitors are created using createTableMonitor.Returns detailed information about existing table monitors.

Parameters

monitor_ids	List of monitors to be shown. An empty list or a single entry with an empty string returns all table monitors.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 27989 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTablesByType() [1/2]

ShowTablesByTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTablesByType ( ShowTablesByTypeRequest  request_ )

inline

Gets names of the tables whose type matches the given criteria.

Each table has a particular type. This type comprises the schema and properties of the table and sometimes a type label. This function allows a look up of the existing tables based on full or partial type information. The operation is synchronous.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28007 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTablesByType() [2/2]

ShowTablesByTypeResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTablesByType ( string  type_id, string  label, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Gets names of the tables whose type matches the given criteria.

Each table has a particular type. This type comprises the schema and properties of the table and sometimes a type label. This function allows a look up of the existing tables based on full or partial type information. The operation is synchronous.

Parameters

type_id	Type id returned by a call to createType.
label	Optional user supplied label which can be used instead of the type_id to retrieve all tables with the given label.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28032 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTriggers() [1/2]

ShowTriggersResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTriggers ( ShowTriggersRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves information regarding the specified triggers or all existing triggers currently active.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28046 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTriggers() [2/2]

ShowTriggersResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTriggers ( IList< string >  trigger_ids, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves information regarding the specified triggers or all existing triggers currently active.

Parameters

trigger_ids	List of IDs of the triggers whose information is to be retrieved. An empty list means information will be retrieved on all active triggers.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28063 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTypes() [1/2]

ShowTypesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTypes ( ShowTypesRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves information for the specified data type ID or type label.

For all data types that match the input criteria, the database returns the type ID, the type schema, the label (if available), and the type's column properties.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28079 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showTypes() [2/2]

ShowTypesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showTypes ( string  type_id, string  label, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves information for the specified data type ID or type label.

For all data types that match the input criteria, the database returns the type ID, the type schema, the label (if available), and the type's column properties.

Parameters

type_id	Type Id returned in response to a call to createType.
label	Option string that was supplied by user in a call to createType.
options	Optional parameters. NO_JOIN_TYPES: When set to 'true', no join types will be included. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28138 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showVideo() [1/2]

ShowVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showVideo ( ShowVideoRequest  request_ )

inline

Retrieves information about rendered videos.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28151 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showVideo() [2/2]

ShowVideoResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showVideo ( IList< string >  paths, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Retrieves information about rendered videos.

Parameters

paths	The fully-qualified KiFS paths for the videos to show. If empty, shows all videos.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28167 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showWal() [1/2]

ShowWalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showWal ( ShowWalRequest  request_ )

inline

Requests table wal properties.Returns information about the requested table wal entries.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28180 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

showWal() [2/2]

ShowWalResponse kinetica.Kinetica.showWal ( IList< string >  table_names, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Requests table wal properties.Returns information about the requested table wal entries.

Parameters

table_names	List of tables to query. An asterisk returns all tables.
options	Optional parameters. SHOW_SETTINGS: If TRUE include a map of the wal settings for the requested tables. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28222 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

solveGraph() [1/2]

SolveGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.solveGraph ( SolveGraphRequest  request_ )

inline

Solves an existing graph for a type of problem (e.g., shortest path, page rank, travelling salesman, etc.) using source nodes, destination nodes, and additional, optional weights and restrictions.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /solve/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28245 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

solveGraph() [2/2]

SolveGraphResponse kinetica.Kinetica.solveGraph ( string  graph_name, IList< string >  weights_on_edges = null, IList< string >  restrictions = null, string  solver_type = SolveGraphRequest.SolverType.SHORTEST_PATH, IList< string >  source_nodes = null, IList< string >  destination_nodes = null, string  solution_table = "graph_solutions", IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Solves an existing graph for a type of problem (e.g., shortest path, page rank, travelling salesman, etc.) using source nodes, destination nodes, and additional, optional weights and restrictions.

IMPORTANT: It's highly recommended that you review the Graphs & Solvers concepts documentation, the Graph REST Tutorial, and/or some /solve/graph examples before using this endpoint.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph resource to solve.
weights_on_edges	Additional weights to apply to the edges of an existing graph. Weights must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS WEIGHTS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'ST_LENGTH(wkt) AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED', or constant values, e.g., '{4, 15, 2} AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED'. Any provided weights will be added (in the case of 'WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED') to or multiplied with (in the case of 'WEIGHTS_FACTORSPECIFIED') the existing weight(s). If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. The default value is an empty List.
restrictions	Additional restrictions to apply to the nodes/edges of an existing graph. Restrictions must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS RESTRICTIONS_EDGE_ID', expressions, e.g., 'column/2 AS RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED', or constant values, e.g., '{0, 0, 0, 1} AS RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'. If using constant values in an identifier combination, the number of values specified must match across the combination. If remove_previous_restrictions option is set to true, any provided restrictions will replace the existing restrictions. Otherwise, any provided restrictions will be added (in the case of 'RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED') to or replaced (in the case of 'RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'). The default value is an empty List.
solver_type	The type of solver to use for the graph. Supported values: SHORTEST_PATH: Solves for the optimal (shortest) path based on weights and restrictions from one source to destinations nodes. Also known as the Dijkstra solver. PAGE_RANK: Solves for the probability of each destination node being visited based on the links of the graph topology. Weights are not required to use this solver. PROBABILITY_RANK: Solves for the transitional probability (Hidden Markov) for each node based on the weights (probability assigned over given edges). CENTRALITY: Solves for the degree of a node to depict how many pairs of individuals that would have to go through the node to reach one another in the minimum number of hops. Also known as betweenness. MULTIPLE_ROUTING: Solves for finding the minimum cost cumulative path for a round-trip starting from the given source and visiting each given destination node once then returning to the source. Also known as the travelling salesman problem. INVERSE_SHORTEST_PATH: Solves for finding the optimal path cost for each destination node to route to the source node. Also known as inverse Dijkstra or the service man routing problem. BACKHAUL_ROUTING: Solves for optimal routes that connect remote asset nodes to the fixed (backbone) asset nodes. ALLPATHS: Solves for paths that would give costs between max and min solution radia - Make sure to limit by the 'max_solution_targets' option. Min cost shoudl be >= shortest_path cost. STATS_ALL: Solves for graph statistics such as graph diameter, longest pairs, vertex valences, topology numbers, average and max cluster sizes, etc. CLOSENESS: Solves for the centrality closeness score per node as the sum of the inverse shortest path costs to all nodes in the graph. The default value is SHORTEST_PATH.
source_nodes	It can be one of the nodal identifiers - e.g: 'NODE_WKTPOINT' for source nodes. For BACKHAUL_ROUTING, this list depicts the fixed assets. The default value is an empty List.
destination_nodes	It can be one of the nodal identifiers - e.g: 'NODE_WKTPOINT' for destination (target) nodes. For BACKHAUL_ROUTING, this list depicts the remote assets. The default value is an empty List.
solution_table	Name of the table to store the solution, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. The default value is 'graph_solutions'.
options	Additional parameters. MAX_SOLUTION_RADIUS: For ALLPATHS, SHORTEST_PATH and INVERSE_SHORTEST_PATH solvers only. Sets the maximum solution cost radius, which ignores the destination_nodes list and instead outputs the nodes within the radius sorted by ascending cost. If set to '0.0', the setting is ignored. The default value is '0.0'. MIN_SOLUTION_RADIUS: For ALLPATHS, SHORTEST_PATH and INVERSE_SHORTEST_PATH solvers only. Applicable only when MAX_SOLUTION_RADIUS is set. Sets the minimum solution cost radius, which ignores the destination_nodes list and instead outputs the nodes within the radius sorted by ascending cost. If set to '0.0', the setting is ignored. The default value is '0.0'. MAX_SOLUTION_TARGETS: For ALLPATHS, SHORTEST_PATH and INVERSE_SHORTEST_PATH solvers only. Sets the maximum number of solution targets, which ignores the destination_nodes list and instead outputs no more than n number of nodes sorted by ascending cost where n is equal to the setting value. If set to 0, the setting is ignored. The default value is '1000'. UNIFORM_WEIGHTS: When specified, assigns the given value to all the edges in the graph. Note that weights provided in weights_on_edges will override this value. LEFT_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'left turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. RIGHT_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as' right turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. INTERSECTION_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'intersection' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. SHARP_TURN_PENALTY: This will add an additonal weight over the edges labelled as 'sharp turn' or 'u-turn' if the 'add_turn' option parameter of the createGraph was invoked at graph creation. The default value is '0.0'. NUM_BEST_PATHS: For MULTIPLE_ROUTING solvers only; sets the number of shortest paths computed from each node. This is the heuristic criterion. Default value of zero allows the number to be computed automatically by the solver. The user may want to override this parameter to speed-up the solver. The default value is '0'. MAX_NUM_COMBINATIONS: For MULTIPLE_ROUTING solvers only; sets the cap on the combinatorial sequences generated. If the default value of two millions is overridden to a lesser value, it can potentially speed up the solver. The default value is '2000000'. OUTPUT_EDGE_PATH: If true then concatenated edge ids will be added as the EDGE path column of the solution table for each source and target pair in shortest path solves. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. OUTPUT_WKT_PATH: If true then concatenated wkt line segments will be added as the Wktroute column of the solution table for each source and target pair in shortest path solves. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. SERVER_ID: Indicates which graph server(s) to send the request to. Default is to send to the server, amongst those containing the corresponding graph, that has the most computational bandwidth. For SHORTEST_PATH solver type, the input is split amongst the server containing the corresponding graph. CONVERGENCE_LIMIT: For PAGE_RANK solvers only; Maximum percent relative threshold on the pagerank scores of each node between consecutive iterations to satisfy convergence. Default value is 1 (one) percent. The default value is '1.0'. MAX_ITERATIONS: For PAGE_RANK solvers only; Maximum number of pagerank iterations for satisfying convergence. Default value is 100. The default value is '100'. MAX_RUNS: For all CENTRALITY solvers only; Sets the maximum number of shortest path runs; maximum possible value is the number of nodes in the graph. Default value of 0 enables this value to be auto computed by the solver. The default value is '0'. OUTPUT_CLUSTERS: For STATS_ALL solvers only; the cluster index for each node will be inserted as an additional column in the output. Supported values: TRUE: An additional column 'CLUSTER' will be added for each node FALSE: No extra cluster info per node will be available in the output The default value is FALSE. SOLVE_HEURISTIC: Specify heuristic search criterion only for the geo graphs and shortest path solves towards a single target. Supported values: ASTAR: Employs A-STAR heuristics to speed up the shortest path traversal NONE: No heuristics are applied The default value is NONE. ASTAR_RADIUS: For path solvers only when 'solve_heuristic' option is 'astar'. The shortest path traversal front includes nodes only within this radius (kilometers) as it moves towards the target location. The default value is '70'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28702 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

updateRecords< T >() [1/2]

UpdateRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.updateRecords< T > ( UpdateRecordsRequest< T >  request_ )

inline

Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call.

With the list of given expressions, any matching record's column values will be updated as provided in new_values_maps. There is also an optional 'upsert' capability where if a particular predicate doesn't match any existing record, then a new record can be inserted.

Note that this operation can only be run on an original table and not on a result view.

This operation can update primary key values. By default only 'pure primary key' predicates are allowed when updating primary key values. If the primary key for a table is the column 'attr1', then the operation will only accept predicates of the form: "attr1 == 'foo'" if the attr1 column is being updated. For a composite primary key (e.g. columns 'attr1' and 'attr2') then this operation will only accept predicates of the form: "(attr1 == 'foo') and (attr2 == 'bar')". Meaning, all primary key columns must appear in an equality predicate in the expressions. Furthermore each 'pure primary key' predicate must be unique within a given request. These restrictions can be removed by utilizing some available options through options.

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record primary key collision policy for tables with a primary key, while IGNORE_EXISTING_PK specifies the record primary key collision error-suppression policy when those collisions result in the update being rejected. Both are ignored on tables with no primary key.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being added.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28800 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

updateRecords< T >() [2/2]

UpdateRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.updateRecords< T > ( string  table_name, IList< string >  expressions, IList< IDictionary< string, string >>  new_values_maps, IList< T >  data = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call.

With the list of given expressions, any matching record's column values will be updated as provided in new_values_maps . There is also an optional 'upsert' capability where if a particular predicate doesn't match any existing record, then a new record can be inserted.

Note that this operation can only be run on an original table and not on a result view.

This operation can update primary key values. By default only 'pure primary key' predicates are allowed when updating primary key values. If the primary key for a table is the column 'attr1', then the operation will only accept predicates of the form: "attr1 == 'foo'" if the attr1 column is being updated. For a composite primary key (e.g. columns 'attr1' and 'attr2') then this operation will only accept predicates of the form: "(attr1 == 'foo') and (attr2 == 'bar')". Meaning, all primary key columns must appear in an equality predicate in the expressions. Furthermore each 'pure primary key' predicate must be unique within a given request. These restrictions can be removed by utilizing some available options through options .

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record primary key collision policy for tables with a primary key, while IGNORE_EXISTING_PK specifies the record primary key collision error-suppression policy when those collisions result in the update being rejected. Both are ignored on tables with no primary key.

Template Parameters

T	The type of object being added.

Parameters

table_name	Name of table to be updated, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be a currently existing table and not a view.
expressions	A list of the actual predicates, one for each update; format should follow the guidelines here.
new_values_maps	List of new values for the matching records. Each element is a map with (key, value) pairs where the keys are the names of the columns whose values are to be updated; the values are the new values. The number of elements in the list should match the length of expressions .
data	An optional list of new binary-avro encoded records to insert, one for each update. If one of expressions does not yield a matching record to be updated, then the corresponding element from this list will be added to the table. The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. GLOBAL_EXPRESSION: An optional global expression to reduce the search space of the predicates listed in expressions . The default value is ''. BYPASS_SAFETY_CHECKS: When set to TRUE, all predicates are available for primary key updates. Keep in mind that it is possible to destroy data in this case, since a single predicate may match multiple objects (potentially all of records of a table), and then updating all of those records to have the same primary key will, due to the primary key uniqueness constraints, effectively delete all but one of those updated records. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision policy for updating a table with a primary key. There are two ways that a record collision can occur. The first is an "update collision", which happens when the update changes the value of the updated record's primary key, and that new primary key already exists as the primary key of another record in the table. The second is an "insert collision", which occurs when a given filter in expressions finds no records to update, and the alternate insert record given in data (or records_to_insert_str) contains a primary key matching that of an existing record in the table. If UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is set to TRUE, "update collisions" will result in the existing record collided into being removed and the record updated with values specified in new_values_maps taking its place; "insert collisions" will result in the collided-into record being updated with the values in data /records_to_insert_str (if given). If set to FALSE, the existing collided-into record will remain unchanged, while the update will be rejected and the error handled as determined by IGNORE_EXISTING_PK. If the specified table does not have a primary key, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Overwrite the collided-into record when updating a record's primary key or inserting an alternate record causes a primary key collision between the record being updated/inserted and another existing record in the table FALSE: Reject updates which cause primary key collisions between the record being updated/inserted and an existing record in the table The default value is FALSE. IGNORE_EXISTING_PK: Specifies the record collision error-suppression policy for updating a table with a primary key, only used when primary key record collisions are rejected (UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is FALSE). If set to TRUE, any record update that is rejected for resulting in a primary key collision with an existing table record will be ignored with no error generated. If FALSE, the rejection of any update for resulting in a primary key collision will cause an error to be reported. If the specified table does not have a primary key or if UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK is TRUE, then this option has no effect. Supported values: TRUE: Ignore updates that result in primary key collisions with existing records FALSE: Treat as errors any updates that result in primary key collisions with existing records The default value is FALSE. UPDATE_PARTITION: Force qualifying records to be deleted and reinserted so their partition membership will be reevaluated. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. TRUNCATE_STRINGS: If set to TRUE, any strings which are too long for their charN string fields will be truncated to fit. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. USE_EXPRESSIONS_IN_NEW_VALUES_MAPS: When set to TRUE, all new values in new_values_maps are considered as expression values. When set to FALSE, all new values in new_values_maps are considered as constants. NOTE: When TRUE, string constants will need to be quoted to avoid being evaluated as expressions. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RECORD_ID: ID of a single record to be updated (returned in the call to insertRecords or getRecordsFromCollection). The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29112 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

updateRecordsBySeries() [1/2]

UpdateRecordsBySeriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.updateRecordsBySeries ( UpdateRecordsBySeriesRequest  request_ )

inline

Updates the view specified by table_name to include full series (track) information from the world_table_name for the series (tracks) present in the view_name.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29135 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

updateRecordsBySeries() [2/2]

UpdateRecordsBySeriesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.updateRecordsBySeries ( string  table_name, string  world_table_name, string  view_name = "", IList< string >  reserved = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Updates the view specified by table_name to include full series (track) information from the world_table_name for the series (tracks) present in the view_name .

Parameters

table_name	Name of the view on which the update operation will be performed, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules. Must be an existing view.
world_table_name	Name of the table containing the complete series (track) information, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
view_name	Name of the view containing the series (tracks) which have to be updated, in [schema_name.]view_name format, using standard name resolution rules. The default value is ''.
reserved	The default value is an empty List.
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29169 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

updateRecordsRaw()

UpdateRecordsResponse kinetica.Kinetica.updateRecordsRaw ( RawUpdateRecordsRequest  request_ )

inline

Runs multiple predicate-based updates in a single call.

With the list of given expressions, any matching record's column values will be updated as provided in new_values_maps. There is also an optional 'upsert' capability where if a particular predicate doesn't match any existing record, then a new record can be inserted.

Note that this operation can only be run on an original table and not on a result view.

This operation can update primary key values. By default only 'pure primary key' predicates are allowed when updating primary key values. If the primary key for a table is the column 'attr1', then the operation will only accept predicates of the form: "attr1 == 'foo'" if the attr1 column is being updated. For a composite primary key (e.g. columns 'attr1' and 'attr2') then this operation will only accept predicates of the form: "(attr1 == 'foo') and (attr2 == 'bar')". Meaning, all primary key columns must appear in an equality predicate in the expressions. Furthermore each 'pure primary key' predicate must be unique within a given request. These restrictions can be removed by utilizing some available options through options.

The UPDATE_ON_EXISTING_PK option specifies the record primary key collision policy for tables with a primary key, while IGNORE_EXISTING_PK specifies the record primary key collision error-suppression policy when those collisions result in the update being rejected. Both are ignored on tables with no primary key.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 28754 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

uploadFiles() [1/2]

UploadFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.uploadFiles ( UploadFilesRequest  request_ )

inline

Uploads one or more files to KiFS.

There are two methods for uploading files: load files in their entirety, or load files in parts. The latter is recommeded for files of approximately 60 MB or larger.

To upload files in their entirety, populate file_names with the file names to upload into on KiFS, and their respective byte content in file_data.

Multiple steps are involved when uploading in multiple parts. Only one file at a time can be uploaded in this manner. A user-provided UUID is utilized to tie all the upload steps together for a given file. To upload a file in multiple parts:

1. Provide the file name in file_names, the UUID in the MULTIPART_UPLOAD_UUID key in options, and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of INIT.

2. Upload one or more parts by providing the file name, the part data in file_data, the UUID, a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of UPLOAD_PART, and the part number in the MULTIPART_UPLOAD_PART_NUMBER. The part numbers must start at 1 and increase incrementally. Parts may not be uploaded out of order.

3. Complete the upload by providing the file name, the UUID, and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of COMPLETE.

Multipart uploads in progress may be canceled by providing the file name, the UUID, and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of CANCEL. If an new upload is initialized with a different UUID for an existing upload in progress, the pre-existing upload is automatically canceled in favor of the new upload.

The multipart upload must be completed for the file to be usable in KiFS. Information about multipart uploads in progress is available in showFiles.

File data may be pre-encoded using base64 encoding. This should be indicated using the FILE_ENCODING option, and is recommended when using JSON serialization.

Each file path must reside in a top-level KiFS directory, i.e. one of the directories listed in showDirectories. The user must have write permission on the directory. Nested directories are permitted in file name paths. Directories are deliniated with the directory separator of '/'. For example, given the file path '/a/b/c/d.txt', 'a' must be a KiFS directory.

These characters are allowed in file name paths: letters, numbers, spaces, the path delimiter of '/', and the characters: '.' '-' ':' '[' ']' '(' ')' '#' '='.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29251 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

uploadFiles() [2/2]

UploadFilesResponse kinetica.Kinetica.uploadFiles ( IList< string >  file_names, IList< byte[]>  file_data, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Uploads one or more files to KiFS.

There are two methods for uploading files: load files in their entirety, or load files in parts. The latter is recommeded for files of approximately 60 MB or larger.

To upload files in their entirety, populate file_names with the file names to upload into on KiFS, and their respective byte content in file_data .

Multiple steps are involved when uploading in multiple parts. Only one file at a time can be uploaded in this manner. A user-provided UUID is utilized to tie all the upload steps together for a given file. To upload a file in multiple parts:

1. Provide the file name in file_names , the UUID in the MULTIPART_UPLOAD_UUID key in options , and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of INIT.

2. Upload one or more parts by providing the file name, the part data in file_data , the UUID, a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of UPLOAD_PART, and the part number in the MULTIPART_UPLOAD_PART_NUMBER. The part numbers must start at 1 and increase incrementally. Parts may not be uploaded out of order.

3. Complete the upload by providing the file name, the UUID, and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of COMPLETE.

Multipart uploads in progress may be canceled by providing the file name, the UUID, and a MULTIPART_OPERATION value of CANCEL. If an new upload is initialized with a different UUID for an existing upload in progress, the pre-existing upload is automatically canceled in favor of the new upload.

The multipart upload must be completed for the file to be usable in KiFS. Information about multipart uploads in progress is available in showFiles.

File data may be pre-encoded using base64 encoding. This should be indicated using the FILE_ENCODING option, and is recommended when using JSON serialization.

Each file path must reside in a top-level KiFS directory, i.e. one of the directories listed in showDirectories. The user must have write permission on the directory. Nested directories are permitted in file name paths. Directories are deliniated with the directory separator of '/'. For example, given the file path '/a/b/c/d.txt', 'a' must be a KiFS directory.

These characters are allowed in file name paths: letters, numbers, spaces, the path delimiter of '/', and the characters: '.' '-' ':' '[' ']' '(' ')' '#' '='.

Parameters

file_names	An array of full file name paths to be used for the files uploaded to KiFS. File names may have any number of nested directories in their paths, but the top-level directory must be an existing KiFS directory. Each file must reside in or under a top-level directory. A full file name path cannot be larger than 1024 characters.
file_data	File data for the files being uploaded, for the respective files in file_names .
options	Optional parameters. FILE_ENCODING: Encoding that has been applied to the uploaded file data. When using JSON serialization it is recommended to utilize BASE64. The caller is responsible for encoding the data provided in this payload. Supported values: BASE64: Specifies that the file data being uploaded has been base64 encoded. NONE: The uploaded file data has not been encoded. The default value is NONE. MULTIPART_OPERATION: Multipart upload operation to perform. Supported values: NONE: Default, indicates this is not a multipart upload INIT: Initialize a multipart file upload UPLOAD_PART: Uploads a part of the specified multipart file upload COMPLETE: Complete the specified multipart file upload CANCEL: Cancel the specified multipart file upload The default value is NONE. MULTIPART_UPLOAD_UUID: UUID to uniquely identify a multipart upload MULTIPART_UPLOAD_PART_NUMBER: Incremental part number for each part in a multipart upload. Part numbers start at 1, increment by 1, and must be uploaded sequentially DELETE_IF_EXISTS: If TRUE, any existing files specified in file_names will be deleted prior to start of upload. Otherwise the file is replaced once the upload completes. Rollback of the original file is no longer possible if the upload is cancelled, aborted or fails if the file was deleted beforehand. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29455 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

uploadFilesFromurl() [1/2]

UploadFilesFromurlResponse kinetica.Kinetica.uploadFilesFromurl ( UploadFilesFromurlRequest  request_ )

inline

Uploads one or more files to KiFS.

Each file path must reside in a top-level KiFS directory, i.e. one of the directories listed in showDirectories. The user must have write permission on the directory. Nested directories are permitted in file name paths. Directories are deliniated with the directory separator of '/'. For example, given the file path '/a/b/c/d.txt', 'a' must be a KiFS directory.

These characters are allowed in file name paths: letters, numbers, spaces, the path delimiter of '/', and the characters: '.' '-' ':' '[' ']' '(' ')' '#' '='.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29479 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

uploadFilesFromurl() [2/2]

UploadFilesFromurlResponse kinetica.Kinetica.uploadFilesFromurl ( IList< string >  file_names, IList< string >  urls, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Uploads one or more files to KiFS.

Each file path must reside in a top-level KiFS directory, i.e. one of the directories listed in showDirectories. The user must have write permission on the directory. Nested directories are permitted in file name paths. Directories are deliniated with the directory separator of '/'. For example, given the file path '/a/b/c/d.txt', 'a' must be a KiFS directory.

These characters are allowed in file name paths: letters, numbers, spaces, the path delimiter of '/', and the characters: '.' '-' ':' '[' ']' '(' ')' '#' '='.

Parameters

file_names	An array of full file name paths to be used for the files uploaded to KiFS. File names may have any number of nested directories in their paths, but the top-level directory must be an existing KiFS directory. Each file must reside in or under a top-level directory. A full file name path cannot be larger than 1024 characters.
urls	List of URLs to upload, for each respective file in file_names .
options	Optional parameters. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29511 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

visualizeImageChart() [1/2]

VisualizeImageChartResponse kinetica.Kinetica.visualizeImageChart ( VisualizeImageChartRequest  request_ )

inline

Scatter plot is the only plot type currently supported.

A non-numeric column can be specified as x or y column and jitters can be added to them to avoid excessive overlapping. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value).The image is contained in the image_data field.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29621 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

visualizeImageChart() [2/2]

VisualizeImageChartResponse kinetica.Kinetica.visualizeImageChart ( string  table_name, IList< string >  x_column_names, IList< string >  y_column_names, double  min_x, double  max_x, double  min_y, double  max_y, int  width, int  height, string  bg_color, IDictionary< string, IList< string >>  style_options, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Scatter plot is the only plot type currently supported.

A non-numeric column can be specified as x or y column and jitters can be added to them to avoid excessive overlapping. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value).The image is contained in the image_data field.

Parameters

table_name	Name of the table containing the data to be drawn as a chart, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules.
x_column_names	Names of the columns containing the data mapped to the x axis of a chart.
y_column_names	Names of the columns containing the data mapped to the y axis of a chart.
min_x	Lower bound for the x column values. For non-numeric x column, each x column item is mapped to an integral value starting from 0.
max_x	Upper bound for the x column values. For non-numeric x column, each x column item is mapped to an integral value starting from 0.
min_y	Lower bound for the y column values. For non-numeric y column, each y column item is mapped to an integral value starting from 0.
max_y	Upper bound for the y column values. For non-numeric y column, each y column item is mapped to an integral value starting from 0.
width	Width of the generated image in pixels.
height	Height of the generated image in pixels.
bg_color	Background color of the generated image.
style_options	Rendering style options for a chart. POINTCOLOR: The color of points in the plot represented as a hexadecimal number. The default value is '0000FF'. POINTSIZE: The size of points in the plot represented as number of pixels. The default value is '3'. POINTSHAPE: The shape of points in the plot. Supported values: NONE CIRCLE SQUARE DIAMOND HOLLOWCIRCLE HOLLOWSQUARE HOLLOWDIAMOND The default value is SQUARE. CB_POINTCOLORS: Point color class break information consisting of three entries: class-break attribute, class-break values/ranges, and point color values. This option overrides the pointcolor option if both are provided. Class-break ranges are represented in the form of "min:max". Class-break values/ranges and point color values are separated by cb_delimiter, e.g. {"price", "20:30;30:40;40:50", "0xFF0000;0x00FF00;0x0000FF"}. CB_POINTSIZES: Point size class break information consisting of three entries: class-break attribute, class-break values/ranges, and point size values. This option overrides the pointsize option if both are provided. Class-break ranges are represented in the form of "min:max". Class-break values/ranges and point size values are separated by cb_delimiter, e.g. {"states", "NY;TX;CA", "3;5;7"}. CB_POINTSHAPES: Point shape class break information consisting of three entries: class-break attribute, class-break values/ranges, and point shape names. This option overrides the pointshape option if both are provided. Class-break ranges are represented in the form of "min:max". Class-break values/ranges and point shape names are separated by cb_delimiter, e.g. {"states", "NY;TX;CA", "circle;square;diamond"}. CB_DELIMITER: A character or string which separates per-class values in a class-break style option string. The default value is ';'. X_ORDER_BY: An expression or aggregate expression by which non-numeric x column values are sorted, e.g. "avg(price) descending". Y_ORDER_BY: An expression or aggregate expression by which non-numeric y column values are sorted, e.g. "avg(price)", which defaults to "avg(price) ascending". SCALE_TYPE_X: Type of x axis scale. Supported values: NONE: No scale is applied to the x axis. LOG: A base-10 log scale is applied to the x axis. The default value is NONE. SCALE_TYPE_Y: Type of y axis scale. Supported values: NONE: No scale is applied to the y axis. LOG: A base-10 log scale is applied to the y axis. The default value is NONE. MIN_MAX_SCALED: If this options is set to "false", this endpoint expects request's min/max values are not yet scaled. They will be scaled according to scale_type_x or scale_type_y for response. If this options is set to "true", this endpoint expects request's min/max values are already scaled according to scale_type_x/scale_type_y. Response's min/max values will be equal to request's min/max values. The default value is 'false'. JITTER_X: Amplitude of horizontal jitter applied to non-numeric x column values. The default value is '0.0'. JITTER_Y: Amplitude of vertical jitter applied to non-numeric y column values. The default value is '0.0'. PLOT_ALL: If this options is set to "true", all non-numeric column values are plotted ignoring min_x, max_x, min_y and max_y parameters. The default value is 'false'.
options	Optional parameters. IMAGE_ENCODING: Encoding to be applied to the output image. When using JSON serialization it is recommended to specify this as BASE64. Supported values: BASE64: Apply base64 encoding to the output image. NONE: Do not apply any additional encoding to the output image. The default value is NONE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 29916 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

visualizeIsochrone() [1/2]

VisualizeIsochroneResponse kinetica.Kinetica.visualizeIsochrone ( VisualizeIsochroneRequest  request_ )

inline

Generate an image containing isolines for travel results using an existing graph.

Isolines represent curves of equal cost, with cost typically referring to the time or distance assigned as the weights of the underlying graph. See Graphs & Solvers for more information on graphs.

Parameters

request_

Request object containing the parameters for the operation.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 30162 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

visualizeIsochrone() [2/2]

VisualizeIsochroneResponse kinetica.Kinetica.visualizeIsochrone ( string  graph_name, string  source_node, double  max_solution_radius, IList< string >  weights_on_edges, IList< string >  restrictions, int  num_levels, bool  generate_image, string  levels_table, IDictionary< string, string >  style_options, IDictionary< string, string >  solve_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  contour_options = null, IDictionary< string, string >  options = null  )

inline

Generate an image containing isolines for travel results using an existing graph.

Isolines represent curves of equal cost, with cost typically referring to the time or distance assigned as the weights of the underlying graph. See Graphs & Solvers for more information on graphs.

Parameters

graph_name	Name of the graph on which the isochrone is to be computed.
source_node	Starting vertex on the underlying graph from/to which the isochrones are created.
max_solution_radius	Extent of the search radius around source_node . Set to '-1.0' for unrestricted search radius. The default value is -1.0.
weights_on_edges	Additional weights to apply to the edges of an existing graph. Weights must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS WEIGHTS_EDGE_ID', or expressions, e.g., 'ST_LENGTH(wkt) AS WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED'. Any provided weights will be added (in the case of 'WEIGHTS_VALUESPECIFIED') to or multiplied with (in the case of 'WEIGHTS_FACTORSPECIFIED') the existing weight(s). The default value is an empty List.
restrictions	Additional restrictions to apply to the nodes/edges of an existing graph. Restrictions must be specified using identifiers; identifiers are grouped as combinations. Identifiers can be used with existing column names, e.g., 'table.column AS RESTRICTIONS_EDGE_ID', or expressions, e.g., 'column/2 AS RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED'. If REMOVE_PREVIOUS_RESTRICTIONS is set to TRUE, any provided restrictions will replace the existing restrictions. If REMOVE_PREVIOUS_RESTRICTIONS is set to FALSE, any provided restrictions will be added (in the case of 'RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED') to or replaced (in the case of 'RESTRICTIONS_ONOFFCOMPARED'). The default value is an empty List.
num_levels	Number of equally-separated isochrones to compute. The default value is 1.
generate_image	If set to TRUE, generates a PNG image of the isochrones in the response. Supported values: true false The default value is true.
levels_table	Name of the table to output the isochrones to, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. The table will contain levels and their corresponding WKT geometry. If no value is provided, the table is not generated. The default value is ''.
style_options	Various style related options of the isochrone image. LINE_SIZE: The width of the contour lines in pixels. The default value is '3'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '20'. COLOR: Color of generated isolines. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value). If alpha is specified and flooded contours are enabled, it will be used for as the transparency of the latter. The default value is 'FF696969'. BG_COLOR: When generate_image is set to TRUE, background color of the generated image. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value). The default value is '00000000'. TEXT_COLOR: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, color for the labels. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value). The default value is 'FF000000'. COLORMAP: Colormap for contours or fill-in regions when applicable. All color values must be in the format RRGGBB or AARRGGBB (to specify the alpha value). Supported values: JET ACCENT AFMHOT AUTUMN BINARY BLUES BONE BRBG BRG BUGN BUPU BWR CMRMAP COOL COOLWARM COPPER CUBEHELIX DARK2 FLAG GIST_EARTH GIST_GRAY GIST_HEAT GIST_NCAR GIST_RAINBOW GIST_STERN GIST_YARG GNBU GNUPLOT2 GNUPLOT GRAY GREENS GREYS HOT HSV INFERNO MAGMA NIPY_SPECTRAL OCEAN ORANGES ORRD PAIRED PASTEL1 PASTEL2 PINK PIYG PLASMA PRGN PRISM PUBU PUBUGN PUOR PURD PURPLES RAINBOW RDBU RDGY RDPU RDYLBU RDYLGN REDS SEISMIC SET1 SET2 SET3 SPECTRAL SPRING SUMMER TERRAIN VIRIDIS WINTER WISTIA YLGN YLGNBU YLORBR YLORRD The default value is JET.
solve_options	Solver specific parameters. REMOVE_PREVIOUS_RESTRICTIONS: Ignore the restrictions applied to the graph during the creation stage and only use the restrictions specified in this request if set to TRUE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. RESTRICTION_THRESHOLD_VALUE: Value-based restriction comparison. Any node or edge with a 'RESTRICTIONS_VALUECOMPARED' value greater than the RESTRICTION_THRESHOLD_VALUE will not be included in the solution. UNIFORM_WEIGHTS: When specified, assigns the given value to all the edges in the graph. Note that weights provided in weights_on_edges will override this value. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
contour_options	Solver specific parameters. PROJECTION: Spatial Reference System (i.e. EPSG Code). Supported values: _3857 _102100 _900913 EPSG_4326 PLATE_CARREE EPSG_900913 EPSG_102100 EPSG_3857 WEB_MERCATOR The default value is PLATE_CARREE. WIDTH: When generate_image is set to TRUE, width of the generated image. The default value is '512'. HEIGHT: When generate_image is set to TRUE, height of the generated image. If the default value is used, the HEIGHT is set to the value resulting from multiplying the aspect ratio by the WIDTH. The default value is '-1'. SEARCH_RADIUS: When interpolating the graph solution to generate the isochrone, neighborhood of influence of sample data (in percent of the image/grid). The default value is '20'. GRID_SIZE: When interpolating the graph solution to generate the isochrone, number of subdivisions along the x axis when building the grid (the y is computed using the aspect ratio of the output image). The default value is '100'. COLOR_ISOLINES: Color each isoline according to the colormap; otherwise, use the foreground color. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. ADD_LABELS: If set to TRUE, add labels to the isolines. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is FALSE. LABELS_FONT_SIZE: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, size of the font (in pixels) to use for labels. The default value is '12'. LABELS_FONT_FAMILY: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, font name to be used when adding labels. The default value is 'arial'. LABELS_SEARCH_WINDOW: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, a search window is used to rate the local quality of each isoline. Smooth, continuous, long stretches with relatively flat angles are favored. The provided value is multiplied by the LABELS_FONT_SIZE to calculate the final window size. The default value is '4'. LABELS_INTRALEVEL_SEPARATION: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, this value determines the distance (in multiples of the LABELS_FONT_SIZE) to use when separating labels of different values. The default value is '4'. LABELS_INTERLEVEL_SEPARATION: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, this value determines the distance (in percent of the total window size) to use when separating labels of the same value. The default value is '20'. LABELS_MAX_ANGLE: When ADD_LABELS is set to TRUE, maximum angle (in degrees) from the vertical to use when adding labels. The default value is '60'. The default value is an empty Dictionary.
options	Additional parameters. SOLVE_TABLE: Name of the table to host intermediate solve results, in [schema_name.]table_name format, using standard name resolution rules and meeting table naming criteria. This table will contain the position and cost for each vertex in the graph. If the default value is used, a temporary table is created and deleted once the solution is calculated. The default value is ''. IS_REPLICATED: If set to TRUE, replicate the SOLVE_TABLE. Supported values: TRUE FALSE The default value is TRUE. DATA_MIN_X: Lower bound for the x values. If not provided, it will be computed from the bounds of the input data. DATA_MAX_X: Upper bound for the x values. If not provided, it will be computed from the bounds of the input data. DATA_MIN_Y: Lower bound for the y values. If not provided, it will be computed from the bounds of the input data. DATA_MAX_Y: Upper bound for the y values. If not provided, it will be computed from the bounds of the input data. CONCAVITY_LEVEL: Factor to qualify the concavity of the isochrone curves. The lower the value, the more convex (with '0' being completely convex and '1' being the most concave). The default value is '0.5'. The minimum allowed value is '0'. The maximum allowed value is '1'. USE_PRIORITY_QUEUE_SOLVERS: sets the solver methods explicitly if true. Supported values: TRUE: uses the solvers scheduled for 'shortest_path' and 'inverse_shortest_path' based on solve_direction FALSE: uses the solvers 'priority_queue' and 'inverse_priority_queue' based on solve_direction The default value is FALSE. SOLVE_DIRECTION: Specify whether we are going to the source node, or starting from it. Supported values: FROM_SOURCE: Shortest path to get to the source (inverse Dijkstra) TO_SOURCE: Shortest path to source (Dijkstra) The default value is FROM_SOURCE. The default value is an empty Dictionary.

Returns

Response object containing the result of the operation.

Definition at line 31097 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

Member Data Documentation

API_VERSION

const string kinetica.Kinetica.API_VERSION = "7.2.3.0"

Definition at line 15 of file KineticaFunctions.cs.

END_OF_SET

const int kinetica.Kinetica.END_OF_SET = -9999

No Limit

Definition at line 45 of file Kinetica.cs.

Property Documentation

ThreadCount

int kinetica.Kinetica.ThreadCount = 1

getset

Thread Count

Definition at line 121 of file Kinetica.cs.

Url

string kinetica.Kinetica.Url

get

URL for Kinetica Server (including "http:" and port) as a string

Definition at line 86 of file Kinetica.cs.

URL

Uri kinetica.Kinetica.URL

get

URL for Kinetica Server (including "http:" and port)

Definition at line 91 of file Kinetica.cs.

Username

string? kinetica.Kinetica.Username = null

get

Optional: User Name for Kinetica security

Definition at line 96 of file Kinetica.cs.

UseSnappy

bool kinetica.Kinetica.UseSnappy = false

getset

Use Snappy

Definition at line 116 of file Kinetica.cs.

---

The documentation for this class was generated from the following files:

• Kinetica/Kinetica.cs
• Kinetica/KineticaFunctions.cs